ENGINE

ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM (R9M)

SECTION EC9 EC9

E
CONTENTS
R9M DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter) .................................20 F
Exhaust Gas Pressure Sensor ................................20
PRECAUTION ............................................... 9 DPF Differential Pressure Sensor ...........................20
Exhaust Gas Temperature Sensor 1 .......................20 G
PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 9 Exhaust Gas Temperature Sensor 2 .......................21
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System Glow Control Unit ....................................................21
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN- Glow Plug ................................................................21
SIONER" ................................................................... 9 H
Glow Indicator Lamp ................................................21
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover...... 9 Cooling Fan .............................................................21
Precautions for Removing Battery Terminal ............. 9 Cooling Fan Resistor ...............................................21
Precaution for Stop/Start System Service ............... 11 Thermoplunger ........................................................21 I
On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine ....... 11 Thermoplunger Control Unit ....................................21
Engine Coolant Bypass Valve .................................22
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ............................. 12 Engine Coolant Bypass Valve Control Solenoid J
COMPONENT PARTS .......................................12 Valve ........................................................................22
Component Parts Location ...................................... 12 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor ..........................22
ECM ........................................................................ 16 Refrigerant Pressure Sensor ...................................22
K
Camshaft Position Sensor ....................................... 16 Stop Lamp Switch ....................................................22
Crankshaft Position Sensor ..................................... 16 Clutch Interlock Switch & Clutch Pedal Position
Mass Air Flow Sensor ............................................. 16 Switch ......................................................................22
ASCD Steering Switch .............................................22 L
Intake Air Temperature Sensor 1 ............................ 16
Turbocharger Boost Sensor .................................... 17 Malfunction Indicator Lamp .....................................23
Intake Air Temperature Sensor 2 ............................ 17 Information Display ..................................................23
Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor ..................................... 17 DC/DC Converter ....................................................23 M
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor ...................... 17 Engine Restart Relay ...............................................23
High Pressure Fuel Pump ....................................... 17 Engine Restart Bypass Control Relay .....................23
Fuel Pump ............................................................... 17 Engine Restart Bypass Relay ..................................23 N
Fuel Injector ............................................................ 18 Hood Switch ............................................................24
Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor ...................................... 18 Stop/Start Indicator Lamp ........................................24
Fuel Pressure Sensor ............................................. 18 Stop/Start OFF Switch .............................................24
O
Fuel Temperature Sensor ....................................... 18 SYSTEM ............................................................ 25
Fuel Heater With Water In Fuel Level Sensor ......... 18
FPCM (Fuel Pump Control Module) ........................ 18 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ...................................25
Turbocharger Boost Control Solenoid Valve ........... 18 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : System Diagram....25 P
EGR Volume Control Valve ..................................... 18 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Vacuum Hose
Low Pressure EGR Volume Control Valve .............. 19 Drawing ...................................................................25
Low Pressure EGR Temperature Sensor ............... 19 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : System Descrip-
Electric Throttle Control Actuator ............................ 19 tion ...........................................................................26
Intake Manifold Runner Control Valve .................... 19
Exhaust Electric Throttle Control Actuator .............. 19 ENGINE SPEED CONTROL ......................................26

EC9-1
 ENGINE SPEED CONTROL : System Description CAN COMMUNICATION ........................................... 53
... 26 CAN COMMUNICATION : System Description ...... 53

POWERTRAIN COORDINATION CONTROL .......... 27 OPERATION ...................................................... 54

POWERTRAIN COORDINATION CONTROL :
System Description ................................................. 27 AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)... 54
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (AS-
TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL ................... 27 CD) : Switch Name and Function ............................ 54
TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL : System
Description .............................................................. 27 SPEED LIMITER ....................................................... 55
SPEED LIMITER : Switch Name and Function ....... 55
EGR SYSTEM ........................................................... 28
EGR SYSTEM : System Description ...................... 28 OIL CONTROL SYSTEM .......................................... 56
OIL CONTROL SYSTEM : Switch Name and
THROTTLE CONTROL ............................................. 29 Function .................................................................. 56
THROTTLE CONTROL : System Description ........ 29
STOP/START SYSTEM ............................................ 57
SWIRL CONTROL SYSTEM ..................................... 29 STOP/START SYSTEM : Switch Name and Func-
SWIRL CONTROL SYSTEM : System Description tion .......................................................................... 57
... 29
HANDLING PRECAUTION ............................... 59
ENGINE TORQUE CONTROL .................................. 30 Precaution for Stop/Start System ............................ 59
ENGINE TORQUE CONTROL : System Descrip-
tion .......................................................................... 30 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM ..... 60
Diagnosis Description ............................................. 60
COMBUSTION CONTROL ....................................... 32
COMBUSTION CONTROL : System Description ... 32 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM) ............................ 61
CONSULT Function ................................................ 61
AFTER TREATMENT SYSTEM ................................ 33
AFTER TREATMENT SYSTEM : System De- ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION ............. 90
scription .................................................................. 34
ECM ................................................................... 90
COOLING FAN CONTROL ....................................... 34 Reference Value ..................................................... 90
COOLING FAN CONTROL : System Description... 34 Fail-safe ................................................................ 102
DTC Inspection Priority Chart ............................. 105
THERMOSTAT CONTROL ....................................... 35
DTC Index ............................................................. 106
THERMOSTAT CONTROL : System Description... 35

GLOW CONTROL ..................................................... 35 DC/DC CONVERTER ....................................... 110

GLOW CONTROL : System Description ................ 35 Reference Value ................................................... 110

OIL CONTROL SYSTEM .......................................... 36 WIRING DIAGRAM ................................... 112

OIL CONTROL SYSTEM : System Description ...... 36
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM .......................... 112
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)... 36 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 112
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (AS-
CD) : System Description ....................................... 36 BASIC INSPECTION ................................. 135
SPEED LIMITER ....................................................... 36 BASIC INSPECTION ........................................ 135
SPEED LIMITER : System Description .................. 36 Work Procedure .................................................... 135

GEAR SHIFT INDICATOR SYSTEM ........................ 36 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW ........ 137
GEAR SHIFT INDICATOR SYSTEM : System De- Work Flow ............................................................. 137
scription .................................................................. 37 Diagnostic Work Sheet ......................................... 139

STOP/START SYSTEM ............................................ 37 SERVICE AFTER REPLACING OR REMOV-

STOP/START SYSTEM : System Description (M/ ING ENGINE PARTS ........................................ 141
T models) ................................................................ 38 Special Repair Requirement List .......................... 141
STOP/START SYSTEM : System Description
(CVT models) ......................................................... 46 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING
ECM .................................................................. 142
ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM ......................... 53 Description ............................................................ 142
ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM : System De- Work Procedure .................................................... 142
scription .................................................................. 53

EC9-2
INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VALUE REGIS- ECM : Diagnosis Procedure .................................. 162
TRATION .......................................................... 145 ECM : Component Inspection (ECM Relay) .......... 164 A
Description ............................................................ 145
Work Procedure .................................................... 145
U0111 CAN COMMUNICATION (BATTERY
C/U) ................................................................. 165
EC9
THROTTLE VALVE POSITION LEARNING .... 147 DTC Logic .............................................................. 165
Description ............................................................ 147
Work Procedure .................................................... 147 U0121 CAN COMMUNICATION ..................... 166
DTC Logic .............................................................. 166 C
EXHAUST THROTTLE VALVE POSITION Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 166
LEARNING ....................................................... 148
Description ............................................................ 148
U0298 DC/DC CONVERTER .......................... 167
DTC Logic .............................................................. 167 D
Work Procedure .................................................... 148
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 167
EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE POSITION
U0299 LOST COMMUNICATION (DC/DC E
LEARNING ....................................................... 149
Description ............................................................ 149
CONVERTER) ................................................. 169
DTC Logic .............................................................. 169
Work Procedure .................................................... 149
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 169
F
LOW PRESSURE EGR VOLUME CONTROL
U0315 CAN COMMUNICATION [ABS ACTU-
VALVE POSITION LEARNING ........................ 150
Description ............................................................ 150
ATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL
UNIT)] .............................................................. 170 G
Work Procedure .................................................... 150
DTC Logic .............................................................. 170
SWIRL CONTROL VALVE POSITION Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 170
LEARNING ....................................................... 151 H
Description ............................................................ 151
U0415 CAN COMMUNICATION ..................... 171
Work Procedure .................................................... 151 DTC Logic .............................................................. 171
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 171
SERVICE REGENERATION ............................ 152 I
Description ............................................................ 152
B1900 DC/DC CONVERTER .......................... 172
Work Procedure .................................................... 152 DTC Logic .............................................................. 172
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 172 J
DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER DATA
B1901 DC/DC CONVERTER .......................... 174
CLEAR .............................................................. 155
DTC Logic .............................................................. 174
Description ............................................................ 155 K
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 174
Special Repair Requirement ................................. 155
B1902 DC/DC CONVERTER .......................... 176
FUEL PUMP LEARNING VALUE CLEARING.. 156
DTC Logic .............................................................. 176 L
Description ............................................................ 156
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 176
Special Repair Requirement ................................. 156
B1903 DC/DC CONVERTER .......................... 178
ENGINE OIL DATA RESET ............................. 157 M
DTC Logic .............................................................. 178
Description ............................................................ 157
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 178
Work Procedure .................................................... 157
B1904 DC/DC CONVERTER .......................... 180
STARTER OPERATION COUNTER CLEAR .. 158 N
DTC Logic .............................................................. 180
Description ............................................................ 158
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 180
Work Procedure .................................................... 158
P0001 FUEL PUMP ......................................... 181 O
ACCELERATOR PEDAL ................................. 159
DTC Logic .............................................................. 181
Work Procedure .................................................... 159
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 181
FUEL PRESSURE CHECK .............................. 161 Component Inspection (Fuel Flow Actuator) ......... 182 P
Description ............................................................ 161
P0002 FUEL PRESSURE ............................... 183
Work Procedure .................................................... 161
DTC Logic .............................................................. 183
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS ....................... 162 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 183
Component Inspection (Fuel Flow Actuator) ......... 184
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT .... 162 Component Inspection (Fuel Injector) ................... 184
Component Inspection (Fuel Tempearature Sen-
ECM ......................................................................... 162 sor) ........................................................................ 185
EC9-3
P0016 CKP - CMP CORRELATION ................ 186 DTC Logic ............................................................. 205
DTC Logic ..............................................................186 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 205
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................186 Component Inspection (A/F Sensor) ..................... 206
Component Inspection (Crankshaft Position Sen-
sor) ........................................................................187 P0190 FRP SENSOR ....................................... 207
Component Inspection (Camshaft Position Sen- DTC Logic ............................................................. 207
sor) ........................................................................187 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 207

P0045 TC BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID P0200 FUEL INJECTOR .................................. 209

VALVE ............................................................. 188 DTC Logic ............................................................. 209
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 209
DTC Logic ..............................................................188
Component Inspection (Fuel Injector) ................... 210
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................188

P0095 IAT SENSOR 2 ..................................... 190 P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204 FUEL INJEC-
DTC Logic ..............................................................190 TOR ................................................................... 211
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................190 DTC Logic ............................................................. 211
Component Inspection (Intake Air Temperature Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 211
Sensor 2) ...............................................................191 Component Inspection (Fuel Injector) ................... 212
Component Inspection (Low Pressure EGR Vol- P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE ......... 213
ume Control Valve Upstream Temperature Sen-
DTC Logic ............................................................. 213
sor) ........................................................................191
Component Function Check ................................. 213
P0100 MAF SENSOR ...................................... 192 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 214
DTC Logic ..............................................................192 P0225 APP SENSOR ....................................... 216
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................192
DTC Logic ............................................................. 216
Component Inspection (Mass Air Flow Sensor) ....193
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 216
P0101 MAF SENSOR ...................................... 194 Component Inspection (Accelerator Pedal Posi-
DTC Logic ..............................................................194 tion Sensor) ........................................................... 217
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................194 P0226 APP SENSOR ....................................... 218
P0105 TC BOOST SENSOR ........................... 195 DTC Logic ............................................................. 218
DTC Logic ..............................................................195 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 218
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................195 Component Inspection (Accelerator Pedal Posi-
Component Inspection (Turbocharger Boost Sen- tion Sensor) ........................................................... 219
sor) ........................................................................196 P025A FUEL PUMP ......................................... 220
P0106 TC BOOST SENSOR ........................... 197 DTC Logic ............................................................. 220
DTC Logic ..............................................................197 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 220
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................197 P025B FUEL PUMP CONTROL MODULE
Component Inspection (Turbocharger Boost Sen-
CONTROL ........................................................ 222
sor) ........................................................................198
DTC Logic ............................................................. 222
P0110 IAT SENSOR ........................................ 199 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 222
DTC Logic ..............................................................199
P0335 CKP SENSOR ....................................... 224
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................199
DTC Logic ............................................................. 224
Component Inspection (Intake Air Temperature
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 224
Sensor 1) ...............................................................200
Component Inspection (Crankshaft Position Sen-
P0115 ECT SENSOR ....................................... 201 sor) ........................................................................ 224
DTC Logic ..............................................................201
P0340 CMP SENSOR ....................................... 226
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................201
DTC Logic ............................................................. 226
Component Inspection (Engine Coolant Tempera-
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 226
ture Sensor) ...........................................................202
Component Inspection (Camshaft Position Sen-
P0120 TP SENSOR ......................................... 203 sor) ........................................................................ 227
DTC Logic ..............................................................203
P0380 GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM ................. 228
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................203
DTC Logic ............................................................. 228
Component Inspection (Throttle Position Sensor)..204
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 228
P0135 A/F SENSOR HEATER ........................ 205 Component Inspection (Glow Plug) ...................... 229

EC9-4
P0402 EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE ....... 230 P0575 ASCD STEERING SWITCH ................. 251
DTC Logic ............................................................. 230 DTC Logic .............................................................. 251 A
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 230 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 251
Component Inspection (EGR Volume Control
Valve Motor) .......................................................... 231 P060A ECM ..................................................... 253
EC9
DTC Logic .............................................................. 253
P0403 EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE ....... 232 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 253
DTC Logic ............................................................. 232
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 232 P060B ECM ..................................................... 254 C
Component Inspection (EGR Volume Control DTC Logic .............................................................. 254
Valve Motor) .......................................................... 233 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 254

P061A ECM ..................................................... 255 D

P0409 EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE PO-
SITION SENSOR .............................................. 234 DTC Logic .............................................................. 255
DTC Logic ............................................................. 234 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 255
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 234 E
P0627 FUEL PUMP ......................................... 256
P0470 EXHAUST GAS PRESSURE SENSOR.. 236 DTC Logic .............................................................. 256
DTC Logic ............................................................. 236 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 256
F
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 236 Component Inspection (Fuel Pressure Sensor) .... 257
Component Inspection (Exhaust Gas Pressure P062B ECM ..................................................... 258
Sensor) .................................................................. 237
DTC Logic .............................................................. 258 G
P0471 EXHAUST PRESSURE SENSOR ........ 238 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 258
DTC Logic ............................................................. 238 P0638 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 238 H
ACTUATOR FUNCTION ................................. 259
Component Inspection (Exhaust Gas Pressure
DTC Logic .............................................................. 259
Sensor) .................................................................. 239
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 259
P0487 EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE ....... 240 I
P0641 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY ................ 261
DTC Logic ............................................................. 240
DTC Logic .............................................................. 261
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 240
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 261 J
Component Inspection (EGR Volume Control
Valve Motor) .......................................................... 241 P0651 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY ................ 263
DTC Logic .............................................................. 263
P0488 EGR SYSTEM ....................................... 242
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 263 K
DTC Logic ............................................................. 242
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 242 P0657 ECM RELAY ........................................ 265
Component Inspection (EGR Volume Control DTC Logic .............................................................. 265
Valve Motor) .......................................................... 243 L
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 265
Component Inspection (ECM Relay) ..................... 266
P0530 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
.. 244 P0697 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY ................ 268 M
DTC Logic ............................................................. 244 DTC Logic .............................................................. 268
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 244 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 268
P0544 EGT SENSOR 1 .................................... 246 P0833 CPP SWITCH ....................................... 270 N
DTC Logic ............................................................. 246 DTC Logic .............................................................. 270
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 246 Component Function Check .................................. 270
Component Inspection (Exhaust Gas Tempera- Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 270 O
ture Sensor 1) ....................................................... 247 Component Inspection (Clutch Pedal Position
Switch) ................................................................... 271
P0560 BATTERY VOLTAGE ........................... 248
DTC Logic ............................................................. 248 P1010 SWIRL CONTROL VALVE ACTUA- P
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 248 TOR ................................................................. 273
DTC Logic .............................................................. 273
P0564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH .................. 249
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 273
DTC Logic ............................................................. 249
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 249 P1011 SWIRL CONTROL VALVE ACTUA-
Component Inspection (ASCD Steering Switch) .. 250 TOR ................................................................. 275
DTC Logic .............................................................. 275
EC9-5
 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................275 P1485 LOW PRESSURE EGR VOLUME
CONTROL VALVE ........................................... 296
P1012 SWIRL CONTROL VALVE ACTUA- DTC Logic ............................................................. 296
TOR .................................................................. 277 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 296
DTC Logic ..............................................................277 Component Inspection (Low Pressure EGR Vol-
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................277 ume Control Valve Motor) ..................................... 297
P1013 SWIRL CONTROL VALVE POSITION P1486 LOW PRESSURE EGR VOLUME
SENSOR .......................................................... 279 CONTROL VALVE POSITION SENSOR ......... 298
DTC Logic ..............................................................279 DTC Logic ............................................................. 298
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................279 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 298
P1453 DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER Component Inspection (Low Pressure EGR Vol-
ume Control Valve Motor) ..................................... 299
PRESSURE SENSOR ..................................... 281
DTC Logic ..............................................................281 P1487 LOW PRESSURE EGR VOLUME
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................281 CONTROL VALVE ........................................... 300
Component Inspection (DPF Differential Pressure DTC Logic ............................................................. 300
Sensor) ..................................................................282 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 300
P1480 EXHAUST ELECTRIC THROTTLE Component Inspection (Low Pressure EGR Vol-
ume Control Valve Motor) ..................................... 301
CONTROL ACTUATOR .................................. 283
DTC Logic ..............................................................283 P1488 LOW PRESSURE EGR VOLUME
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................283 CONTROL VALVE ........................................... 302
Component Inspection (Exhaust Throttle Control DTC Logic ............................................................. 302
Motor) ....................................................................284 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 302
Component Inspection (Exhaust Throttle Position Component Inspection (Low Pressure EGR Vol-
Sensor) ..................................................................284 ume Control Valve Motor) ..................................... 303
P1481 EXHAUST ELECTRIC THROTTLE P1489 LOW PRESSURE EGR VOLUME
CONTROL ACTUATOR .................................. 286 CONTROL VALVE UPSTREAM TEMPERA-
DTC Logic ..............................................................286 TURE SENSOR ................................................ 304
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................286
DTC Logic ............................................................. 304
Component Inspection (Exhaust Throttle Control
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 304
Motor) ....................................................................287
Component Inspection (Low Pressure EGR Tem-
Component Inspection (Exhaust Throttle Position
perature Sensor) ................................................... 305
Sensor) ..................................................................287
P148A HIGH PRESSURE EGR VOLUME
P1482 EXHAUST ELECTRIC THROTTLE
CONTROL VALVE ........................................... 306
CONTROL ACTUATOR .................................. 289 DTC Logic ............................................................. 306
DTC Logic ..............................................................289
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 306
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................289
Component Inspection (EGR Volume Control
Component Inspection (Exhaust Throttle Position Valve Motor) .......................................................... 307
Sensor) ..................................................................290
P148B LOW PRESSURE EGR VOLUME
P1483 EXHAUST ELECTRIC THROTTLE
CONTROL VALVE ........................................... 308
CONTROL ACTUATOR .................................. 291 DTC Logic ............................................................. 308
DTC Logic ..............................................................291
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 308
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................291
Component Inspection (Low Pressure EGR Vol-
Component Inspection (Exhaust Throttle Control ume Control Valve Motor) ..................................... 309
Motor) ....................................................................292
Component Inspection (Exhaust Throttle Position P148C EXHAUST ELECTRIC THROTTLE
Sensor) ..................................................................292 CONTROL ACTUATOR ................................... 310
DTC Logic ............................................................. 310
P1484 LOW PRESSURE EGR VOLUME
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 310
CONTROL VALVE ........................................... 294 Component Inspection (Exhaust Throttle Control
DTC Logic ..............................................................294 Motor) .................................................................... 311
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................294 Component Inspection (Exhaust Throttle Position
Component Inspection (Low Pressure EGR Vol- Sensor) ................................................................. 312
ume Control Valve Motor) ......................................295
P1503 ACTIVE GRILL SHUTTER .................... 313

EC9-6
 DTC Logic ............................................................. 313 DTC Logic .............................................................. 338
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 313 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 338 A
Component Inspection ........................................... 340
P1512 STARTER MOTOR ............................... 315
Description ............................................................ 315 P1650 STARTER MOTOR RELAY 2 .............. 341
DTC Logic ............................................................. 315 DTC Logic .............................................................. 341 EC9
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 315 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 341
Component Inspection ........................................... 343
P1525 ASCD SYSTEM ..................................... 316 C
DTC Logic ............................................................. 316 P1655 ENGINE RESTART BYPASS RELAY . 344
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 316 DTC Logic .............................................................. 344
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 344
P1544 EGT SENSOR 2 .................................... 317 D
Component Inspection (Engine Restart Bypass
DTC Logic ............................................................. 317 Control Relay) ........................................................ 346
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 317 Component Inspection (Engine Restart Bypass
Component Inspection (DPF Upstream Tempera- Relay) .................................................................... 346 E
ture Sensor) .......................................................... 319
P1656 ENGINE RESTART BYPASS RELAY . 348
P1546 EXHAUST GAS TEMPERATURE ........ 320 DTC Logic .............................................................. 348
DTC Logic ............................................................. 320 F
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 348
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 320 Component Inspection (Engine Restart Bypass
Control Relay) ........................................................ 350
P1589 NEUTRAL SWITCH .............................. 321 G
Component Inspection (Engine Restart Bypass
DTC Logic ............................................................. 321
Relay) .................................................................... 350
Component Function Check .................................. 321

2WD ......................................................................... 321

P1675 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE . 351 H
DTC Logic .............................................................. 351
2WD : Diagnosis Procedure .................................. 321
Component Function Check .................................. 351
4WD ......................................................................... 323 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 352
I
4WD : Diagnosis Procedure .................................. 323
P2002 DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER ........ 354
P158A CLUTCH SWITCH ................................ 325 DTC Logic .............................................................. 354
DTC Logic ............................................................. 325 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 354 J
Component Function Check .................................. 325 Component Inspection ........................................... 354
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 325
Component Inspection (Clutch Pedal Position P2080 EGT SENSOR 1 ................................... 355
DTC Logic .............................................................. 355 K
Switch) .................................................................. 326
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 355
P160C ECM ...................................................... 327
DTC Logic ............................................................. 327 P2100 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RE- L
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 327 LAY .................................................................. 356
DTC Logic .............................................................. 356
P160D ECM ...................................................... 329 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 356
M
DTC Logic ............................................................. 329 Component Inspection ........................................... 357
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 329
P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL
P1620 ECM ....................................................... 330 FUNCTION ...................................................... 358 N
DTC Logic ............................................................. 330 DTC Logic .............................................................. 358
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 330 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 358
P1641 THERMOPLUNGER CONTROL UNIT.. 332 O
P2120 APP SENSOR ...................................... 359
DTC Logic ............................................................. 332 DTC Logic .............................................................. 359
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 332 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 359
Component Inspection .......................................... 334 Component Inspection (Accelerator Pedal Posi- P
tion Sensor) ........................................................... 360
P1642 THERMOPLUNGER CONTROL UNIT.. 335
DTC Logic ............................................................. 335 P2226 BARO SENSOR ................................... 361
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 335 DTC Logic .............................................................. 361
Component Inspection .......................................... 337 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 361
P1643 THERMOPLUNGER CONTROL UNIT.. 338 P2243 A/F SENSOR ....................................... 362

EC9-7
 DTC Logic ..............................................................362 STOP/START OFF SWITCH ............................ 386
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................362 Component Function Check ................................. 386
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 386
P2244 A/F SENSOR ........................................ 364 Component Inspection .......................................... 387
DTC Logic ..............................................................364
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................364 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ........................... 389
P2263 TC SYSTEM ......................................... 366 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS .... 389
DTC Logic ..............................................................366 Symptom Table ..................................................... 389
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................366
STOP/START SYSTEM .................................... 393
P2264 WATER IN FUEL SENSOR .................. 368 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 393
DTC Logic ..............................................................368
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................368 STOP/START SYSTEM NOT ACTIVATED ..... 394
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 394
P2452 DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER
PRESSURE SENSOR ..................................... 370 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE ...................... 397
DTC Logic ..............................................................370
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................370 IDLE SPEED ..................................................... 397
Inspection .............................................................. 397
P2504 CHARGING SYSTEM VOLTAGE ........ 372
DTC Logic ..............................................................372 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ............. 398

P253F ENGINE OIL DETERIORATED ............ 373 VACUUM LINES ............................................... 398
DTC Logic ..............................................................373 Vacuum Layout ..................................................... 398
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................373
ECM .................................................................. 399
P2626 A/F SENSOR ........................................ 374 Exploded View ...................................................... 399
DTC Logic ..............................................................374 Removal and Installation ....................................... 399
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................374
GLOW CONTROL UNIT ................................... 400
P2681 ENGINE COOLANT BYPASS VALVE . 376 Exploded View ...................................................... 400
DTC Logic ..............................................................376 Removal and Installation ....................................... 400
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................376
THERMOPLUNGER CONTROL UNIT ............. 401
Component Inspection ...........................................377
Exploded View ...................................................... 401
P2A06 A/F SENSOR ....................................... 378 Removal and Installation ....................................... 401
DTC Logic ..............................................................378
DC/DC CONVERTER ....................................... 402
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................378
Exploded View ...................................................... 402
LOW PRESSURE FUEL PUMP ...................... 380 Removal and Installation ....................................... 402
Component Function Check ..................................380
ENGINE RESTART BYPASS RELAY ............. 403
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................380
Exploded View ...................................................... 403
Component Inspection (Low Pressure Fuel Pump)
Removal and Installation ....................................... 403
..381
FUEL PUMP CONTROL MODULE (FPCM) .... 404
STOP LAMP SWITCH ..................................... 382
Exploded View ...................................................... 404
Component Function Check ..................................382
Removal and Installation ....................................... 404
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................382
Component Inspection ...........................................383 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
HOOD SWITCH ............................................... 384 (SDS) ......................................................... 405
Component Function Check ..................................384
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................384
Component Inspection ...........................................385
(SDS) ................................................................ 405
Idle Speed ............................................................. 405

EC9-8
 PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [R9M]

PRECAUTION A
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT EC9
PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000010308911

The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along C
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the “SRS AIR BAG” and
“SEAT BELT” of this Service Manual.
WARNING: D
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision that would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by E
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
F
Module, see “SRS AIR BAG”.
• Never use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Ser-
vice Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness
connectors. G
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
WARNING: H
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
• When working near the Air Bag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Air Bag System sensors with the
ignition ON or engine running, never use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with
a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing I
serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the ignition OFF, disconnect the
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service. J
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover INFOID:0000000010308912

When performing the procedure after removing cowl top cover, cover K
the lower end of windshield with urethane, etc to prevent damage to
windshield.
L

PIIB3706J N
Precautions for Removing Battery Terminal INFOID:0000000010505549

• With the adoption of Auto ACC function, ACC power is automatically supplied by operating the intelligent key O
or remote keyless entry or by opening/closing the driver side door. In addition, ACC power is supplied even
after the ignition switch is turned to the OFF position, i.e. ACC power is supplied for a certain fixed time.
P

EC9-9
 PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [R9M]
• When disconnecting the 12V battery terminal, turn off the ACC
power before disconnecting the 12V battery terminal, observing
“How to disconnect 12V battery terminal” described below.
NOTE:
Some ECUs operate for a certain fixed time even after ignition
switch is turned OFF and ignition power supply is stopped. If the
battery terminal is disconnected before ECU stops, accidental DTC
detection or ECU data damage may occur.

SEF289H

HOW TO DISCONNECT 12V BATTERY TERMINAL

Disconnect 12V battery terminal according to Instruction 1 or Instruction 2 described below.
For vehicles parked by ignition switch OFF, refer to Instruction 2.
INSTRUCTION 1
1. Open the hood.
2. Turn key switch to the OFF position with the driver side door opened.
3. Get out of the vehicle and close the driver side door.
4. Wait at least 3 minutes. For vehicle with the engine listed below, remove the battery terminal after a lapse
of the specified time.

D4D engine : 20 minutes

K9K engine : 4 minutes
M9R engine : 4 minutes
R9M engine : 4 minutes
V9X engine : 4 minutes
CAUTION:
While waiting, never operate the vehicle such as locking, opening, and closing doors. Violation of
this caution results in the activation of ACC power supply according to the Auto ACC function.
5. Remove 12V battery terminal.
CAUTION:
After installing 12V battery, always check self-diagnosis results of all ECUs and erase DTC.
INSTRUCTION 2 (FOR VEHICLES PARKED BY IGNITION SWITCH OFF)
1. Unlock the door with intelligent key or remote keyless entry.
NOTE:
At this moment, ACC power is supplied.
2. Open the driver side door.
3. Open the hood.
4. Close the driver side door.
5. Wait at least 3 minutes.
CAUTION:
While waiting, never operate the vehicle such as locking, opening, and closing doors. Violation of
this caution results in the activation of ACC power supply according to the Auto ACC function.
6. Remove 12V battery terminal.
CAUTION:
After installing 12V battery, always check self-diagnosis results of all ECUs and erase DTC.
• For vehicles with the 2-batteries, be sure to connect the main battery and the sub battery before turning ON
the ignition switch.
NOTE:
If the ignition switch is turned ON with any one of the terminals of main battery and sub battery discon-
nected, then DTC may be detected.
• After installing the 12V battery, always check "Self Diagnosis Result" of all ECUs and erase DTC.
NOTE:
The removal of 12V battery may cause a DTC detection error.

EC9-10
 PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [R9M]
Precaution for Stop/Start System Service INFOID:0000000010308914

A
CAUTION:
When performing an inspection and its related work with the engine at idle, always turn the stop/start
OFF switch ON or open the hood to release the stop/start system. EC9
On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine INFOID:0000000010308915

The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will light up the malfunction indicator (MI) to warn the driver of C
a malfunction causing emission deterioration.
CAUTION:
• Be sure to turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the negative battery cable before any repair
or inspection work. The open/short circuit of related switches, sensors, solenoid valves, etc. will D
cause the MI to light up.
• Be sure to connect and lock the connectors securely after work. A loose (unlocked) connector will
cause the MI to light up due to the open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease, E
dirt, bent terminals, etc.)
• Certain systems and components, especially those related to OBD, may use a new style slide-lock-
ing type harness connector. For description and how to disconnect, refer to GI-3, "Contents".
• Be sure to route and secure the harnesses properly after work. The interference of the harness with F
a bracket, etc. may cause the MI to light up due to the short circuit.
• Be sure to connect rubber tubes properly after work. A misconnected or disconnected rubber tube
may cause the MI to light up due to the malfunction of the fuel injection system, etc. G
• Be sure to erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the ECM before
returning the vehicle to the customer.
H

EC9-11
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [R9M]

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
COMPONENT PARTS
Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000010308916

ENGINE ROOM COMPARTMENT

JSBIA4742ZZ

No. Component parts Function

IPDM E/R activates the internal control circuit to perform the
relay ON-OFF control according to the input signals from vari-
ous sensors and the request signals received from control
1 IPDM E/R
units via CAN communication.
Refer to PCS-6, "Component Parts Location" for detailed in-
stallation location.
Mass air flow (MAF) sensor (with intake air temperature sen- • EC9-16, "Mass Air Flow Sensor"
2
sor 1) • EC9-16, "Intake Air Temperature Sensor 1"
3 Fuel heater and water in fuel level sensor EC9-18, "Fuel Heater With Water In Fuel Level Sensor"
4 Fuel pressure sensor EC9-18, "Fuel Pressure Sensor"
5 Alternator CHG-5, "Alternator"
6 Food switch EC9-24, "Hood Switch"
7 Reverse / neutral position switch (M/T models) It detects that the transmission is in reverse and neutral.

EC9-12
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [R9M]
No. Component parts Function
A
8 ECM EC9-16, "ECM"
9 Engine restart bypass relay EC9-23, "Engine Restart Bypass Relay"

ENGINE COMPARTMENT EC9

JSBIA4743ZZ

K
No. Component parts Function
1 Fuel injector EC9-18, "Fuel Injector"
2 Fuel temperature sensor EC9-18, "Fuel Temperature Sensor" L
3 Glow plug EC9-21, "Glow Plug"
EC9-22, "Engine Coolant Bypass Valve Control Solenoid
4 Engine coolant bypass control solenoid valve
Valve" M
5 Electric throttle control actuator EC9-19, "Electric Throttle Control Actuator"
6 Intake valve runner control valve EC9-19, "Intake Manifold Runner Control Valve"
N
7 EGR volume control valve EC9-18, "EGR Volume Control Valve"
Turbocharger boost sensor (with intake air temperature sen- • EC9-17, "Turbocharger Boost Sensor"
8
sor 2) • EC9-17, "Intake Air Temperature Sensor 2"
O
9 Fuel rail pressure sensor EC9-18, "Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor"
10 Camshaft position sensor EC9-16, "Camshaft Position Sensor"
11 Engine oil level sensor — P
12 Engine oil pressure sensor —
13 Engine coolant temperature sensor EC9-17, "Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor"
14 Crankshaft position sensor EC9-16, "Crankshaft Position Sensor"
15 Fuel flow actuator EC9-17, "High Pressure Fuel Pump"
16 Turbocharger boost control solenoid valve EC9-18, "Turbocharger Boost Control Solenoid Valve"

EC9-13
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [R9M]
No. Component parts Function
17 DPF (diesel particulate filter) differential pressure sensor EC9-20, "DPF Differential Pressure Sensor"
18 Low pressure EGR volume control valve EC9-19, "Low Pressure EGR Volume Control Valve"
19 Low pressure EGR temperature sensor EC9-19, "Low Pressure EGR Temperature Sensor"
20 Exhaust gas temperature sensor 2 EC9-21, "Exhaust Gas Temperature Sensor 2"
21 Exhaust gas temperature sensor 1 EC9-20, "Exhaust Gas Temperature Sensor 1"
EC9-27, "TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL : System
22 Turbocharger
Description"
23 A/F sensor 1 EC9-17, "Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor"
23 Exhaust gas pressure sensor EC9-20, "Exhaust Gas Pressure Sensor"

EXHAUST COMPARTMENT

JSBIA4744ZZ

No. Component parts Function

1 DPF (diesel particulate filter) EC9-20, "DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter)"
2 Exhaust electric throttle control actuator EC9-19, "Exhaust Electric Throttle Control Actuator"

BODY COMPARTMENT

EC9-14
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [R9M]

EC9

JSBIA4745ZZ
K

Behind luggage side finisher RH Radiator assembly Behind front fender protector LH
Instrument lower panel Periphery of pedals Behind of glove upper box assembly L

No. Component parts Function

M
1 Refrigerant pressure sensor EC9-22, "Refrigerant Pressure Sensor"
EXT-12, "ACTIVE GRILLE SHUTTER SYSTEM : Active grille
2 Active grille shutter
shutter" N
3 Cooling fan resistor EC9-21, "Cooling Fan Resistor"
4 ASCD steering switch EC9-22, "ASCD Steering Switch"
5 Combination meter MWI-9, "METER SYSTEM : System Description" O
6 Fuel pump control module (FPCM) EC9-18, "FPCM (Fuel Pump Control Module)"
7 Cooling fan resistor EC9-21, "Cooling Fan Resistor"
P
8 Cooling fan motor EC9-21, "Cooling Fan"
9 Termoplunger control unit EC9-21, "Thermoplunger Control Unit"
10 Termoplunger unit EC9-21, "Thermoplunger"
11 Glow control unit EC9-21, "Glow Control Unit"
12 Relay box —
13 Fuse block (J/B) —

EC9-15
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [R9M]
No. Component parts Function
14 Stop/start OFF switch EC9-24, "Stop/Start OFF Switch"
15 Clutch interlock switch (M/T models) EC9-22, "Clutch Interlock Switch & Clutch Pedal Position
16 Clutch pedal position switch (M/T models) Switch"

17 Accelerator pedal position sensor EC9-22, "Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor"

18 Stop lamp switch EC9-22, "Stop Lamp Switch"
19 Brake pedal position switch (CVT models) EC9-22, "Stop Lamp Switch"
20 DC/DC converter EC9-23, "DC/DC Converter"

ECM INFOID:0000000010308918

The ECM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal input and output and for power supply. The
ECM controls the engine.
Camshaft Position Sensor INFOID:0000000010308919

The camshaft position (CMP) sensor senses the retraction with camshaft to identify a particular cylinder. The
camshaft position (CMP) sensor senses the piston position. When the crankshaft position (CKP) sensor sys-
tem becomes inoperative, the camshaft position (CMP) sensor provides various controls of engine parts
instead, utilizing timing of cylinder identification signals. The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall
IC.
Crankshaft Position Sensor INFOID:0000000010308920

Crankshaft position (CKP) sensor detects engine speed and crank-

shaft position. The size difference of gear tooth placed on signal
plate changes the gap between signal plate and sensor, and mag-
netic field change around the sensor induces sensor output voltage
change. ECM detects engine speed and crankshaft position based
on this voltage change.

JSBIA0442ZZ

Mass Air Flow Sensor INFOID:0000000010308921

The mass air flow sensor (1) is installed in the passage of intake air
and measures the intake flow rate. The mass air flow sensor controls
the temperature of the hot wire to a certain amount. The heat gener-
ated by the hot wire is reduced as the intake air flows around it. The
greater air flow, the greater the heat loss.
Therefore, the electric current supplied to hot wire is changed to
maintain the temperature of the hot wire as air flow increases. The
ECM detects the air flow by means of this current change.

MBIB1523E

Intake Air Temperature Sensor 1 INFOID:0000000010308922

The intake air temperature (IAT) sensor 1 is built-into the mass air flow sensor. The sensor detects intake air
temperature and transmits a signal to the ECM.
The temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature. Electrical
resistance of the thermistor decreases in response to the rise in temperature.

EC9-16
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [R9M]
<Reference data>

Intake air temperature °C (°F) Resistance (Approx.) kΩ A

−10 (14) 8.716 – 9.689
10 (50) 3.553 – 3.875
EC9
20 (68) 2.353 – 2.544
30 (86) 1.613 – 1.730
50 (122) 0.794 – 0.839 C

Turbocharger Boost Sensor INFOID:0000000010308923

The turbocharger boost sensor detects pressure in the charge air cooler outlet area. The sensor send to volt- D
age signal to the ECM. As the pressure increases, the voltage rises.
Intake Air Temperature Sensor 2 INFOID:0000000010308924
E
The Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor 2 is built-into the Turbocharger Boost Pressure Sensor. The sensor
detects intake air temperature and transmits a signal to the ECM.
<Reference data>
F

Intake air temperature °C (°F) Resistance (Approx.) kΩ

−10 (14) 9.395 – 9.775 G
10 (50) 3.791 – 3.927
20 (68) 2.499 – 2.583
30 (86) 1.706 – 1.760
H
50 (122) 0.833 – 0.857

Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor INFOID:0000000010308925 I

Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor is installed on the upstream of the oxidation catalyst. A/F sensor measures the oxy-
gen level in the exhaust gas and converts it into a voltage signal. A/F sensor sends the signal to ECM. Based J
on the signal from A/F sensor, ECM calculates the air fuel mixture ratio. ECM uses the calculated ratio for the
DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter) regeneration control.
A heater is integrated in A/F sensor to ensure the required operating temperature.
K
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor INFOID:0000000010308926

The engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor is used to detect the engine coolant temperature.
L
<Reference data>

Engine coolant temperature °C

Resistance (Approx.) kΩ
(°F)
M
−10 (14) 11.33 – 13.59
25 (77) 2.140 – 2.364
80 (176) 0.274 – 0.290 N
110 (230) 0.112 – 0.117

High Pressure Fuel Pump INFOID:0000000010308928 O

High Pressure Fuel Pump is operated by high pressure fuel pump drive pinion, installed at camshaft. The high
pressure fuel pump inlets fuel transported through fuel filter and performs pressure feed to fuel rail. The pump
includes fuel flow actuator which enables adjustment of fuel rail pressure. P

Fuel Pump INFOID:0000000010456182

The fuel pump is installed in the fuel tank to start the engine faster.
CAUTION:
Fuel pump is lubricated by the fuel in the tank. Never operate the pump for a long time without fuel in
the tank to prevent serious damages.

EC9-17
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [R9M]
Fuel Injector INFOID:0000000010308927

This injector is a magnetic type injector. It has a code exhibiting unique characteristics, and fuel injection quan-
tity can be controlled with more precision by writing the code into ECM.
Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor INFOID:0000000010308931

The fuel rail pressure (FRP) sensor is placed to the fuel rail. It measures the fuel pressure in the fuel rail. The
sensor sends voltage signal to the ECM. As the pressure increases, the voltage rises. ECM operates fuel flow
actuator according to feedback signal from fuel rail pressure sensor, and controls fuel pressure inside fuel rail.
Fuel Pressure Sensor INFOID:0000000010501531

The fuel pressure sensor detects the fuel pressure (actual pressure)
of the fuel pump.
The fuel pressure measured by a measuring capacitor coupled with
the fuel pressure sensor.
When fuel pressure increase, the gap between the capacitor elec-
trodes decreases. The capacitance, and therefore the signal voltage,
thus increase in proportion to the fuel pressure.
The signal voltage serves the FPCM as information about the fuel
pressure.

JSBIA4055ZZ

Fuel Temperature Sensor INFOID:0000000010308932

Fuel temperature sensor measures fuel temperature inside fuel tube of engine room. The sensor uses a ther-
mistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases
as temperature increases.
<Reference data>

Fuel temperature °C (°F) Resistance (Approx.) kΩ

−10 (14) 8.623 – 10.454
25 (77) 1.928 – 2.174
80 (176) 0.292 – 0.326
110 (230) 0.127 – 0.143

Fuel Heater With Water In Fuel Level Sensor INFOID:0000000010308933

Fuel heater is installed on fuel filter and operated when fuel temperature is low in order to inhibit fuel solidifica-
tion caused by wax content separation in fuel.
FPCM (Fuel Pump Control Module) INFOID:0000000010501530

FPCM (Fuel Pump Control Module) controls fuel pump discharge rate according to the actual fuel require-
ments of the engine and, as a result, the idling power of the electric fuel pump is significantly reduced.
This control unit consists of a control and power electronics unit.
The fuel pump is switched ON when a fuel pump ON signal is received by the FPCM.
Turbocharger Boost Control Solenoid Valve INFOID:0000000010308934

Turbocharger boost control solenoid valve controls the turbocharger boost control actuator. By changing the
variable nozzle vane opening through the rods, the intake air volume is adjusted. The turbocharger boost con-
trol solenoid valve is moved by ON/OFF pulse from the ECM. The longer the ON pulse, the charge air pres-
sure rises.
EGR Volume Control Valve INFOID:0000000010308935

EGR Volume Control Valve controls the volume of EGR gas returning from the exhaust manifold to the intake
manifold.

EC9-18
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [R9M]
The EGR Volume Control Valve consists of EGR Volume Control Valve Position Sensor, EGR Valve, and DC
motor. The EGR Volume Control Valve Position Sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC, and A
senses the valve position and feeds the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening
angle of the valve from this signals, and controls the DC motor to make the valve opening angle in response to
driving conditions.
EC9
The valve is controlled by means of double regulation loop.
The first loop, the quicker of the two, is a position loop. It allows the valve to be adjusted to the desired position
by feedback based on the information derived from the sensor position.
The second loop (slower) is a mass air flow loop. The mass air flow set-point is set by reference maps C
depending on engine working point, ambient condition corrections (air and coolant liquid temperatures, atmo-
spheric pressure), gear engaged and state of EGR cooler bypass. For a given operating point, the air flow is
obtained by modulating the quantity of exhaust gases passing through the EGR valve and the fresh air flow D
passing through the intake flap. When EGR flow is increase, fresh air flow is decrease. The air flow measure-
ment is provided by the mass air flow sensor. The fresh air and EGR flow controller provides the EGR and inlet
throttle position set-points.
E
Low Pressure EGR Volume Control Valve INFOID:0000000010308936

Low Pressure EGR Volume Control Valve controls the volume of EGR gas returning from the exhaust tube
(downstream of DPF) to the passage of intake air (upstream of turbocharger). F
The Low pressure EGR Volume Control Valve consists of Low pressure EGR Volume Control Valve Position
Sensor, EGR Valve, and DC motor. The EGR Volume Control Valve Position Sensor consists of a permanent
magnet and Hall IC, and senses the valve position and feeds the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges G
the current opening angle of the valve from this signals, and controls the DC motor to make the valve opening
angle in response to driving conditions.
Low Pressure EGR Temperature Sensor INFOID:0000000010308937 H

Low Pressure EGR Volume Control Valve Upstream Temperature Sensor is installed on the downstream of
EGR cooler. The sensor detects the low pressure EGR gas temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal I
from the ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the exhaust gas temperature input.
<Reference data>

Exhaust gas temperature °C (°F) Resistance (Approx.) kΩ J

0 (32) 148.9 – 175.5
20 (68) 57.1 – 65.9
K
100 (212) 3.167 – 3.433
130 (572) 0.062 – 0.068

Electric Throttle Control Actuator INFOID:0000000010308938

L

The Electric Throttle Control Actuator consists of position sensor, throttle valve, and DC motor. The position
sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC, and senses the valve position and feeds the voltage sig- M
nals to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the valve from this signals, and controls the
DC motor to make the valve opening angle in response to driving conditions.
Throttle valve is fully open when in non-operating status. When EGR is Performed or the engine is stopped,
this valve operates in direction that closes itself. N

Intake Manifold Runner Control Valve INFOID:0000000010308939

O
Swirl Control Valve Actuator is located on the intake manifold. This valve has position sensor. It senses the
valve position and feeds the voltage signals to the ECM.
Exhaust Electric Throttle Control Actuator INFOID:0000000010308940
P
Exhaust Electric Throttle Control Actuator is installed to the exhaust tube and activated only during low pres-
sure EGR.

EC9-19
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [R9M]
DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter) INFOID:0000000010308941

PBIB3160E

DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter) traps PM (Particulate Matter) in exhaust gas. DPF is formed in a honeycomb
form made of ceramic. This structure facilitates to trap particulate matter. When the amount of particulate mat-
ter in the DPF reaches the specified level, the particulate matter needs to be reduced through burning to main-
tain the DPF function. This reducing of particulate matter is called Regeneration and should be performed
periodically. DPF can be effective for a long time through the cycle of trapping particulate matter and regener-
ation.
Exhaust Gas Pressure Sensor INFOID:0000000010308942

Exhaust gas pressure sensor measures exhaust gas pressure around turbocharger outlet, converts it to volt-
age signal and transmits it to ECM. ECM controls turbocharger boost pressure according to this signal.
DPF Differential Pressure Sensor INFOID:0000000010308943

DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter) pressure sensor is connected to DPF

with tubes (upstream and downstream). DPF pressure sensor mea-
sures the difference between the exhaust pressure before and after
the DPF. DPF pressure sensor converts the difference pressure into
a voltage signal. ECM receives the signal and estimates the amount
of particulate matter in DPF.

PBIB3165E

Exhaust Gas Temperature Sensor 1 INFOID:0000000010308944

The exhaust gas temperature (EGT) sensor is built-into the Exhaust Pressure Sensor. The sensor detects the
exhaust gas temperature before turbocharger. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the ECM. The modi-
fied signal returns to the ECM as the exhaust gas temperature input.

EC9-20
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [R9M]
<Reference data>

Exhaust gas temperature °C (°F) Resistance (Approx.) kΩ A

0 (32) 5.671 – 6.118
25 (77) 1.99 – 2.123
EC9
100 (212) 0.097 – 0.103
130 (266) 0.087 – 0.091
C
Exhaust Gas Temperature Sensor 2 INFOID:0000000010308945

Upstream DPF Temperature Sensor is installed DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter). The sensor uses a thermistor
which is sensitive to the change in temperature. Electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases in response D
to the temperature rises.
<Reference data>

Exhaust gas temperature °C (°F) Resistance (Approx.) kΩ E

0 (32) 159.8 – 309.4
20 (68) 89.3 – 159.8
F
100 (212) 15.2 – 22.1
300 (572) 1.307 – 1.562
400 (752) 0.606 – 0.697 G

Glow Control Unit INFOID:0000000010308946

H
Glow Control Unit performs PWM (Pulse Width Modulation) communication with ECM. It improves engine
starting function by performing glow control.
Glow Plug INFOID:0000000010308947
I
The glow plug is located in the cylinder head, in order to stabilize combustion and keep good cold start perfor-
mance.
The glow plug glows in response to a signal sent from the ECM, allowing current to flow through the glow plug J
via the glow control unit.
Glow Indicator Lamp INFOID:0000000010308948
K
Glow indicator lamp illuminates when glow system is activated in order to inform it to the driver.
Cooling Fan INFOID:0000000010503744
L
Cooling fan operates at each speed when the current flows in the cooling fan motor as follows.
Refer to EC9-34, "COOLING FAN CONTROL : System Description" for cooling fan operation.
M
Cooling Fan Resistor INFOID:0000000010308949

Cooling Fan Resister is installed to the power circuit of Cooling Fan Motor and switches cooling fan speed
between LOW and HIGH. N
When Cooling Fan Motor is rotated at LOW speeds, power is supplied to the cooling fan via Cooling Fan
Resistor.
O
Thermoplunger INFOID:0000000010308950

Thermoplunger Unit is installed to the passage of engine coolant and has four thermoplungers. These ther-
moplungers increase engine coolant temperature by the passage of electric current through the Ther- P
moplunger Control Unit.
Thermoplunger Control Unit INFOID:0000000010308951

Thermoplunger Control Unit passes a current to Thermoplungers according to a signal transmitted from ECM.

EC9-21
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [R9M]
Engine Coolant Bypass Valve INFOID:0000000010308952

Engine Coolant Bypass Valve switches the flow passage of engine coolant. This valve is controlled by Engine
Coolant Bypass Valve Control Solenoid Valve.
Engine Coolant Bypass Valve Control Solenoid Valve INFOID:0000000010308953

Engine coolant bypass valve control solenoid valve is controlled by ECM. The solenoid valve controls negative
pressure given to diaphragm of engine coolant bypass valve. When engine coolant bypass valve control sole-
noid valve is activated, it opens solenoid valve and gives negative pressure from vacuum pump to diaphragm
of engine coolant bypass valve.
Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor INFOID:0000000010308954

The accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor is installed on the upper

end of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensors detect the
accelerator pedal position and sends a signal to the ECM. The ECM
uses the signal to determine the amount of fuel to be injected.

PBIB1741E

Refrigerant Pressure Sensor INFOID:0000000010308955

The refrigerant pressure sensor is installed at the liquid tank of the air conditioner system. The sensor is used
to sense a refrigerant pressure.
Stop Lamp Switch INFOID:0000000010308956

Stop lamp switch signal is sent to ECM via CAN communication line from BCM. This signal is used mainly to
decrease the engine speed when the vehicle is driving.
Clutch Interlock Switch & Clutch Pedal Position Switch INFOID:0000000010501522

Clutch interlock switch and clutch pedal position switch are installed to clutch pedal bracket.
ECM detects the state of the clutch pedal by those two types of input signal (ON/OFF).

Clutch pedal Clutch interlock switch Clutch pedal position switch

Released OFF ON
Depressed ON OFF

ASCD Steering Switch INFOID:0000000010308958

ASCD steering switch has variant values of electrical resistance for each button. ECM reads voltage variation
of switch, and determines which button is operated.

EC9-22
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [R9M]
Malfunction Indicator Lamp INFOID:0000000010308959

A
The malfunction indicator Lamp (MIL) is located on the combination
meter. The MIL will illuminate when the ignition switch is turned ON
without the engine running (bulb check). EC9
When the engine is started, the MIL should turn OFF. If the MIL
remains illuminated, the on board diagnostic system has detected an
engine system malfunction.
C

D
JSBIA1315ZZ

Information Display INFOID:0000000010308960

E
The operation mode of the ASCD and speed limiter are indicated on the information display in the combination
meter.
ECM transmits the status signal to the combination meter via CAN communication according to ASCD and F
speed limiter operation.
DC/DC Converter INFOID:0000000010308962

G
The DC/DC converter is installed at the back of the glove upper box
assembly (or instrument finisher B) and supplies power to the electri-
cal equipment. H
This converter is connected to ECM via the engine communication
line and includes an internal voltage converter. When restarting the
vehicle from the stop/start system operating condition, the voltage
converter boosts the voltage conveyed from the battery and provides I
stable power to the electrical equipment to prevent reset from occur-
ring. For further details, refer to EC9-38, "STOP/START SYSTEM :
System Description (M/T models)" or EC9-46, "STOP/START SYS- J
TEM : System Description (CVT models)".
JPBIA4264ZZ

Engine Restart Relay INFOID:0000000010308963

K
The engine restart relay is installed in the relay box and controlled by ECM when restarting the engine during
the stop/start system operation.
L
Engine Restart Bypass Control Relay INFOID:0000000010308964

The engine restart bypass control relay is controlled by ECM and controls the engine restart bypass relay.
M
Engine Restart Bypass Relay INFOID:0000000010308965

The engine restart bypass relay reduces battery voltage drop right
after the starter motor activation at an engine restart by switching the N
electric circuit of the starter motor. For details, refer to EC9-38,
"STOP/START SYSTEM : System Description (M/T models)" or
EC9-46, "STOP/START SYSTEM : System Description (CVT mod- O
els)".

JSBIA1994ZZ

EC9-23
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [R9M]
Hood Switch INFOID:0000000010308970

Hood switch is located in the hood lock assembly. Hood switch

detects open/close condition of hood and input the hood switch sig-
nal to IPDM E/R.

JPBIA4271ZZ

Stop/Start Indicator Lamp INFOID:0000000010308971

The stop/start indicator lamp is located on the combination meter.

The stop/start indicator lamp turns ON when the stop/start system is
operating.
When a malfunction is detected in the stop/start system, the stop/
start indicator lamp blinks at a slow speed to alert the driver to the
malfunction. When a driver′s operation is judged as dangerous one
during stop/start system operation, the stop/start indicator lamp
blinks at a high speed.

JPBIA4266ZZ

Stop/start indicator lamp status

System condition Condition Stop/start indicator lamp Warning chime

Normal Illuminate —
Operate Door (driver side) open High speed blinking Sound
*
Hood open High speed blinking Sound*
Starter motor operation
Slow speed blinking —
counter: too much
Fail-Safe
Malfunction of stop/start
Slow speed blinking —
system
*: Engine is stalled after alert for 1.5 seconds.
Stop/Start OFF Switch INFOID:0000000010308972

The stop/start OFF switch is mounted on the switch panel of the

driver side lower instrument panel. When the stop/start OFF switch
is pressed, the indicator lump turns ON and the stop/start system
can be deactivated.
For further details, refer to EC9-57, "STOP/START SYSTEM :
Switch Name and Function".

JPBIA4265ZZ

EC9-24
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [R9M]
SYSTEM
A
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : System Diagram INFOID:0000000010308973
EC9

JSBIA4781GB

ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Vacuum Hose Drawing INFOID:0000000010308974

For vacuum hose drawing, refer to EC9-398, "Vacuum Layout".

EC9-25
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [R9M]
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000010308975

ECM controls the engine by various functions.

Function Reference
Engine speed control EC9-26, "ENGINE SPEED CONTROL : System Description"
Engine torque control EC9-30, "ENGINE TORQUE CONTROL : System Description"
Fuel rail pressure control EC9-30, "ENGINE TORQUE CONTROL : System Description"
EC9-27, "TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL : System De-
Turbocharger boost control
scription"
EGR system EC9-28, "EGR SYSTEM : System Description"
Throttle control EC9-29, "THROTTLE CONTROL : System Description"
Swirl control system EC9-29, "SWIRL CONTROL SYSTEM : System Description"
Cooling fan control EC9-34, "COOLING FAN CONTROL : System Description"
Thermostat control EC9-35, "THERMOSTAT CONTROL : System Description"
Glow control EC9-35, "GLOW CONTROL : System Description"
DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter) EC9-34, "AFTER TREATMENT SYSTEM : System Description"
Oil control system EC9-36, "OIL CONTROL SYSTEM : System Description"
EC9-36, "AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) : Sys-
ASCD (Automatic Speed Control Device)
tem Description"
Speed limiter EC9-36, "SPEED LIMITER : System Description"
EC9-38, "STOP/START SYSTEM : System Description (M/T mod-
Stop/start system
els)"
CAN communication EC9-53, "CAN COMMUNICATION : System Description"

ENGINE SPEED CONTROL

ENGINE SPEED CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000010308976

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The engine speed control consists of the following functions:
• Curative anti-jerk
• Idle speed control
• Engine speed limitation
• Engine state
CURATIVE ANTI-JERK
This function aims to smooth the engine speed through torque corrections out of idle engine speed regulation.
The torque correction is made by the anti-jerk function to damp the engine speed vibrations caused by the
drive-line vibrations.
IDLE SPEED CONTROL
ECM calculates the engine idle speed set point and maintains the engine speed in order to follow the set point.
The engine idle speed set-point is computed for the following load and signal:
• Post treatment
- Diesel particulate filter
• Electric consumers
- Cooling fan
- Air heater (air conditioning system)
- Power window
- Alternator output current
• Automatic transmission
- Automatic transmission idle speed set point function (according to coolant temperature)
- Automatic transmission idle speed increase request
• Mechanical consumers
- Air conditioning

EC9-26
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [R9M]
- Power steering
• Diagnosis and protection A
- Diagnosis
- Engine protection by oil temperature survey
- CONSULT function
EC9
- Manifold absolute pressure sensor signal
The final engine idle speed set point is computed from each comsumer′s engine idle speed set point:
• The final corrective torque of the Idle Speed Regulation is obtained taking into account proportional, integral,
and derivative corrections. C
ENGINE SPEED LIMITATION
ECM calculates the maximum engine speed set point and controls the maximum engine speed in order to fol-
low the set point. D
• Fail-safe mode
• Maximum available engine speed
ENGINE STATE E
ECM calculates the engine state from detected engine speed:
• Engine running
- Driving state F
- Idling state
• Engine stalled
- Initial state G
- Stalled state
POWERTRAIN COORDINATION CONTROL
POWERTRAIN COORDINATION CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000010437573
H

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The powertrain coordination can be explained by following: I
• Powertrain coordination inputs
• Preventive anti-jerk
• Gear shift indicator (for details, refer to EC9-37, "GEAR SHIFT INDICATOR SYSTEM : System Descrip- J
tion".)
POWERTRAIN COORDINATION INPUTS
ECM detects following signals necessary to decide the torque set point: K
• Gear position
• Torque request from automatic transmission
• Torque request from ABS system L
• Brake pedal operation
• Status of Cruise Control System or Speed Limiter
PREVENTIVE ANTI-JERK M
The main objective of the preventive anti-jerk function is to decrease discomforts of driver during depress the
accelerator pedal and during release the accelerator pedal.
The abrupt change of torque are delivered by engine excites a torsional natural frequencies of drive-line. It
causes vehicle jerking and acceleration fluctuations. And they are causes of perception and assessment of N
performance and comfort for driver and the passengers.
The purpose of this function is to limit drive-line torque excitations. In fact, the engine torque set point is filtered
according to requirements of driveability. O
TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL
TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000010308979
P

DESCRIPTION
Turbocharger is used to increase the air pressrue entering the engine. The turbocharger has two separate
chambers. The turbocharger consists of the following components:
• A chamber linked to the engine exhaust gas system
• A chamber linked to the engine air inlet system
• A turbine and a compressor, joined together by shaft.

EC9-27
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [R9M]
The turbine, driven by exhaust gases, drives the compressor which compresses the inlet air.
CAUTION:
To stop the engine immediately after high-load driving, park the vehicle with the engine at idle before
turning OFF the ignition switch.
The boost pressure control is able to increase the manifold pressure with respect to the engine operating
point. The system has an electric solenoid valve connected on the vacuum circuit to control the flow of exhaust
gases through the turbine in order to generate high pressure in the boost circuit.
EGR SYSTEM
EGR SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000010308980

DESCRIPTION

JSBIA2009GB

EGR (Exhaust Gas Recirculation) system reduces NOx emissions and improves fuel efficiency by recirculat-
ing exhaust gas into the intake manifold.
This engine has two EGR systems (low pressure and high pressure), and one of them is selected depending
on condition.
The purpose of the low pressure EGR is to decrease fuel consumption.
The low pressure EGR system and the high pressure EGR system are not activated simultaneously.
LOW PRESSURE EGR SYSTEM
The low pressure EGR system recirculates exhaust gasses in the downstream DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter)
to the upstream turbocharger of intake air passage.
If EGR conditions are satisfied when engine coolant temperature is more than 70°C (158°F) and intake air
temperature is 20°C (68°F), the opening angle of the exhaust throttle valve is reduced and the low pressure
EGR volume control valve angle is adjusted to control EGR for achieving an appropriate EGR rate.

EC9-28
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [R9M]
HIGH PRESSURE EGR SYSTEM
High pressure EGR system recirculates exhaust gasses in the exhaust manifold to the intake manifold. A
If EGR conditions are satisfied when engine coolant temperature is less than 30°C (86°F), the opening angle
of the throttle valve is reduced and the EGR volume control valve angle is adjusted to control EGR for achiev-
ing an appropriate EGR rate. EC9
EGR COOLING SYSTEM
The EGR cooler bypass is controlled by ON/OFF solenoid valve, connected to the vacuum circuit. Control is
determined according to the engine coolant temperature, intake air temperature, and the engine operating C
point. The gases flow through the cooler during the EGR activation, except when the engine is cold; otherwise,
they go through the bypass. There is also a regular bypass activation function to prevent its clogging or jam-
ming.
D
THROTTLE CONTROL
THROTTLE CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000010308981
E
DESCRIPTION
This engine has two throttle valves. One of them is installed to the upstream of the intake manifold on the air
intake line and used for the high pressure EGR control and smooth engine stop. The other throttle valve is F
installed to the downstream of DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter) on the exhaust line and used for the low pres-
sure EGR control.
These valves are normally open. G
ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
• During high pressure EGR control, the electric throttle control actuator reduces the opening angle of the
throttle valve and lowers pressure around the EGR feed port so that intake EGR gasses can be efficiently H
taken in.
• When ignition switch is turned OFF, throttle valve is closed to stop the engine smoothly.
• In DPF regeneration mode, fresh air flow control uses only electric throttle control actuator (EGR valve is
fully closed). I

EXHAUST ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR

The exhaust electric throttle control actuator reduces the opening angle of the exhaust throttle valve and intro-
J
duces exhaust gasses to the low pressure EGR system.
SWIRL CONTROL SYSTEM
SWIRL CONTROL SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000010308982 K

DESCRIPTION
L

EC9-29
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [R9M]
The swirl control valve mounted on the intake manifold generates swirl flow in the combustion chamber. This
swirl flow allows air mixture to become even, enabling the obtainment of the steady combustion.

JSBIA2015GB

ENGINE TORQUE CONTROL

ENGINE TORQUE CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000010308977

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The torque function can be explained by the following:
• Accessories torque management
• Engine torque losses
• Minimum available torque
• Maximum available torque
• Fast set-points to complete torque request
• Final torque requests setting
ACCESSORIES TORQUE MANAGEMENT
Air Conditioning Power
The amount of power absorbed by the air conditioning is useful for the engine control to compute the torque
requirement for air conditioning. Therefore, ECM can adapt dynamically the engine speed regulation depend-
ing on the load variations.
The power absorbed by the air conditioning depends on the refrigerant pressure and the compressor speed.
The air conditioning system power correction for idle speed regulation avoids engine speed undershoots and
overshoots at the compressor compressed volume variation.
Coolant heaters or air heaters

EC9-30
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [R9M]
The air heater is activated on a driver request.
The thrmoplunger are exclusively used to increase engine load during DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter) regener- A
ation. When the vehicle is in a regenerating phase and the load is low, the coolant heaters are activated to
increase the overall load.
ENGINE TORQUE LOSSES EC9
The torque losses are the sum of three components: the rubbing, the pumping, and the torque losses caused
by accessories consumption.
• The basic friction torque loss uses the coolant liquid temperature sensor and the engine speed for the torque C
correction.
• Accessories′ consumption is caused by additional electrical (alternator power) and mechanical (power steer-
ing and air conditioning) components.
D
MINIMUM AVAILABLE TORQUE
The minimum available torque is used for the minimum driver setpoint calculation and the intersystem informa-
tion.
E
The minimum torque is designed with a hyperbolic shape depending on the difference between the engine
speed and the idle speed set-point:
• When the engine speed is under the idle speed set-point, the minimum torque is equal to the hyperbolic
torque which increases to avoid an engine stalling. F
• When the engine speed is over an engine speed threshold, the minimum torque reaches the engine torque
losses with a ramp.
When the engine starts, a specific torque set-point is calculated to ensure the engine start. This torque is G
dependent of the engine speed and the coolant temperature.
At first, a calculation of the starting torque value is performed. In case of a difficult start (too long), this torque
may be increased thanks to ramp.
The start torque offset is progressively set to zero to ensure a transition with the current torque set-point. H

MAXIMUM AVAILABLE TORQUE

The maximum available torque results of a minimum selection including all powertrain constraints:
• Transmission torque limitation I
• Maximum engine torque
• Torque reduction for the heating protection
• Torque for smoke limitation J
• Fail-safe
Transmission torque limitation
This limitation is the maximum torque to protect the transmission from a mechanical overload: K
• For a manual transmission, the limitation value of the torque is function of the engine speed and the trans-
mission ratio.
• For an automatic transmission, the limitation value is directly supplied by the automatic transmission. L
Maximum engine torque
The maximum torque depends on the engine speed and the manifold air pressure. It is corrected by:
• The soot mass value in order to take into account the limitations due to the particulate filter M
• The atmospeeric pressure
• The upstream inlet throttle temperature.
The maximum engine also depends on the combustion mode (the normal or the regeneration combustion
mode). In some conditions (DPF clogging, etc.), this maximum available torque is reduced in order to keep the N
engine within its safety working limits.
Torque for the heating protection
This torque limitation is dedicated to the protection of the engine from an overheating. This limitation calcula- O
tion depends on the engine speed, the engine coolant temperature, the intake air temperature and the vehicle
speed.
Torque for the smoke limitation P
This torque limitation is used to reduce the smoke emissions during a high torque driver request. The maxi-
mum fuel mass that can be injected is limited according to the maximum richness depending on the gear ratio,
the engine speed, and the intake air mass flow. This value is corrected depending on the vehicle speed and
the coolant temperature.
Fail-safe
The ECM limits a engine torque in case of malfunction of engine component or ECM.

EC9-31
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [R9M]
Depending on the engine components, ECM activates the fail-safe mode of the torque limitation level 1 (low
limitation), the level 2 (mean limitation), or the level 3 (strong limitation function of vehicle speed).
FAST SET-POINTS TO COMPLETE TORQUE REQUEST
For each combustion mode (the normal combustion mode, the regeneration combustion mode, and the pro-
tection combustion mode), a torque model is designed to calculate the total fuel mass quantity, the estimated
mean effective torque, the combustion efficiency and the current fuel consumption for the final torque set-point
and the engine current speed.
The total fuel mass quantity is corrected to take into account the main injection advance deviation and the
mass air flow deviation.
For each combustion mode, the after and the post injection relative efficiencies are calculated to determine the
fuel mass quantity needed to perform the engine inner torque.
The after injection relative efficiency is equal to one in normal combustion mode and to zero in a regeneration
combustion mode or in a protection combustion mode.
The post injection relative efficiency is function of the post injection timing and the difference between the cur-
rent and the basic post injection timing.
FINAL TORQUE REQUESTS SETTING
The final torque requests are computed by the arbitration with the driver request, the intersystem torque
request (VDC/ESP), the torque limitations and the curative anti-jerk correction.
The set-point torque is used for fuel mass calculation. It is filtered by the preventive anti-jerk and corrected by
the curative anti-jerk.
COMBUSTION CONTROL
COMBUSTION CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000010438173

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The torque set-point is converted into a total fuel quantity injected. This quantity is split in various injections
according to a mapped injection pattern. Thus, a fuel quantity and an initial phasing of injection are allocated
for each injection. The choice of the number of injection (limited to five maximum) is given with different con-
straints such as acoustic, performance and emissions.
In the DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter) regeneration phase, post injections do not contribute to the torque elabo-
ration but to the increase of the DPF temperature. Therefore, the fuel consumption increases in the DPF
regeneration phase.
FUEL SUPPLY AND PRESSURE CONTROL SYSTEM
Fuel Supply System
The fuel supply system consists of two circuits: the fuel low and high-pressure circuit.
The fuel low-pressure circuit brings fuel from the tank to the high-pressure fuel pump through the fuel filter
(with fuel heater).
The high-pressure circuit function is to put the fuel under pressure and distribute it to the injectors:
• High-pressure fuel pump
• Fuel flow actuator
• Common rail
• Fuel injectors
The low-pressure fuel (coming from low-pressure circuit) is transferred to the high-pressure pump part via the
fuel flow actuator, which regulates the fuel flow quantity. The high-pressure fuel pump consists of a three-pis-
ton pump.
The fuel under pressure goes to the common rail, which distributes the fuel equally to each injector.
Finally, the commanded injectors deliver the fuel flow entering the cylinder.
Fuel Pressure Control
The combustion quality is influenced by the size of the droplets sprayed into the cylinder. In the combustion
chamber, smaller fuel droplets will have enough time to burn completely and will produce less smoke and less
unburnt particulate matter. To meet pollution requirements, the size of the droplets needs to be reduced and
hence so too do the injection orifices.
Since these orifices are smaller, less fuel can be injected for a given pressure, which in turn limits the power.
To counter this drawback, it is necessary to increase the quantity of injected fuel, which involves raising the
pressure (and the number of orifices on the injector nozzles). The pressure is continuously regulated to high
pressure in the rail. The measurement circuit consists of an pressure sensor on the rail and transmits the pres-
sure signal to ECM.

EC9-32
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [R9M]
The high-pressure pump is self-supplied by an integrated gear pump. This supplies the rail, whose pressure is
controlled for loading by the fuel flow actuator. The flow regulation actuator allows the high-pressure fuel pump A
to supply only the necessary quantity of diesel for maintaining pressure in the rail.
Pressure regulation can be done with one actuator in case of magnetic injectors because of their natural leak
during injector closing.
EC9
INJECTION CONTROL
The injection control parameters are the quantities to inject and their respective advances. The system per-
forms one to five injections. C
The injectors are magnetic injectors. An electrical current (pulse) is sent to each injector holder based on the
previously computed data.
To control injector, ECM punctually drivers energy to obtain actuator deformation and the injector opening.
During the injection time, the length of electrical pulse is computed with the fuel flow demand and injectors cor- D
rections. The system has three injector corrections:
• Injector adjustment value registration
• Zero fuel calibration E
• Pressure wave correction
Injector Adjustment Value Registration
Injector adjustment value indicates manufacturing tolerance. The injector adjustment value which is correctly F
stored in ECM is needed for precise fuel injection control. A performance of emission control and a drivability
may effect when there is a mismatch between the following two values.
• The injector adjustment value stored in ECM
• The injector adjustment value of the injector which is installed on the vehicle G

Zero Fuel Calibration (ZFC)

During the lifetime of an injector, it is subject to thermal and mechanical constraints that modify the injection H
characteristics. This wear-and-tear on the orifices (blocked or expanded holes) causes drift in the quantity of
injected fuel, which can lead to smoke generation or increased noise. To compensate for this drift, ECM imple-
ments a teach-in in the raised foot phase and under certain condition, which allows it to regulate the ZFC cor-
rector parameter. I
Pressure Wave Correction:
The first injection causes a pressure wave in the pipe between rail and injector and the bores in the injector
itself. The quantity of the next injections is influenced by this pressure wave. J
Main parameters of this influence are:
• Rail pressure
• Distance between the two injections K
• Fuel temperature
• Injection quantities of both injections
The pressure wave correction minimizes the influence of the first injection on the next injections with simple
structure and parameters which can be measured. L

TEMPERATURE BEFORE TURBINE CONTROL

Upstream turbine temperature control sequentially uses injection parameters: M
• Main injection phasing
• Post injection fuel mass
• Total fuel mass quantity
• Maximum torque N
In normal combustion mode (without regeneration), the regulation aims to protect the turbine. If the tempera-
ture exceeds the recommended limits, the reguletion is able to limit total fuel mass quantity and torque
demand. O
In regeneration mode, to increase the temperature in exhaust line, the regulation controls main injection phas-
ing and post injection.
The purpose is to obtain the highest temperature while respecting the recommended limits. In addition, the
regulation protects the turbine when the temperature is too hot. P

WATER IN FUEL FUNCTION

The water in fuel detection sensor is an optional sensor integrated in the fuel filter. This function prevents seri-
ous damages on the common-rail system caused by water presence.
AFTER TREATMENT SYSTEM

EC9-33
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [R9M]
AFTER TREATMENT SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000010308986

DESCRIPTION
This system has two main functions:
• Use the present oxygen in exhaust gases to transform the CO in CO2, and the HC in CO2 and H2O.
• Increase the temperature of exhaust gases (with the exothermal energy of the oxidation reaction) to allow
the regeneration in the DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter).
To be effective, the catalytic converter must reach the working temperature of 350 to 400°C (662 to 752°F).
NOX TRAP
On diesel engines, it is possible to reduce the NOx produced by the engine by inserting a NOx-trap into the
exhaust line. This system works by alternating phase of load and phases of purges.
There are two types of purge, depending on the pollutant type:
• NOx purge
• SOx purge
These purges are made of alternative rich and lean phases, so in order to control them a O2 downstream pro-
portional sensor is added to the system.
The management of these requests has to manage the compromise between:
• Improve the NOx emission (objective leading to increase the number of purges)
• Do not impact on the customer on the fuel consumption and of the oil change interval (objective leading to
decrease the number of purges)
DPF (DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER)
The DPF filters up to 99% of the soot particulates that have not been filtered out up to this point. These partic-
ulates consist essentially of aggregates of variable size. The quantity of particulates and their composition
depend on:
• The combustion process (an homogeneous air/fuel mixture minimizes particulate formation)
• The quantity of diesel (increasing the cetane index limits the number of particulates formed)
• The post-processing efficiency (only filtration allows the particulates to be removed efficiently)
The DPF is a porous structure with channels set out in such a way as to force the exhaust gases through the
chamber walls.
In normal operation, DPF captures all the particulates emitted by the engine and so fills up progressively. It
therefore becomes necessary to eliminate all the accumulated particulates, which is done by combustion
(regeneration).
REGULATION OF TEMPERATURE BEFORE DPF
Regulation of the exhaust gas temperature before DPF is needed to complete a secure regeneration. This
strategy uses both exhaust line injectors and late post injections (fuel injectors).
ECM computes the fuel mass flow injected by injectors (post injection) according to several parameters:
• Exhaust line temperature before DPF
• Atmospheric pressure
• Intake air temperature
• Differential pressure of the CSF
• Minimum level of fuel
• Engine speed
• Engine torque
COOLING FAN CONTROL
COOLING FAN CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000010308983

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The cooling of the engine is done by a double speed motor driven fan unit (FAN1: small speed; FAN2: high
speed). The ECM controls cooling fan relays through CAN communication line.
When the engine is running
To cool the engine, a request for FAN1 activation is sent when the engine coolant temperature exceeds 99°C
(210°F) and a deactivated request is sent when the engine coolant temperature becomes lower than 96°C
(204°F).
When the engine coolant temperature continues to increase, a request for FAN2 activation is sent when the
engine coolant temperature exceeds 102°C (215°F) and a deactivated request is sent when the engine cool-
ant temperature becomes lower than 99°C (210°F).

EC9-34
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [R9M]
When the engine coolant temperature continues to increase and exceeds the alert threshold calibrated at
115°C (239°F), ECM judges the engine is over temperature status until the temperature becomes lower than A
110°C (230°F).
In case of an abnormally high engine coolant temperature, the maximum engine torque is reduced; the driver
will then feel a lack of engine power.
EC9
When the engine is not running
Only a FAN1 activation request can be sent for anti-percolation purpose (engine stopped with high engine
coolant temperature). The anti-percolation function is active after ignition switch OFF for a defined maximum C
time. At ignition switch OFF, a FAN1 activation request is sent if the engine coolant temperature exceeds
100°C (212°F) and a cutting request is sent when the engine coolant temperature becomes lower than 95°C
(203°F).
When there is a default on the engine coolant temperature signal, the FAN1 activation is permanently D
requested (engine running).
In addition to this, depending on the equipment mounted on the vehicle, the ECM can also send an activation
request for air conditioning needs or automatic transmission needs or DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter) regener- E
ation needs.
THERMOSTAT CONTROL
THERMOSTAT CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000010308984
F

SYSTEM DRAWING
For system drawing of the thermostat control, Refer to CO-58, "Engine Cooling System". G

DESCRIPTION
This engine has an engine coolant bypass valve and a thermoplunger and uses them for improving a warm-up H
time.
Termoplunger
The thermoplunger is installed to the engine coolant line and directly warms up engine coolant. I
ECM transmits a thermoplunger operating signal to the thermoplunger control unit when engine coolant tem-
perature is low.
The thermoplunger control unit applies power to the thermoplunger according to the received signal and
warms up engine coolant. J
In addition, ECM activates the thermoplunger during DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter) regeneration and
increases electric load for get more engine load to perform normal DPF regeneration.
ECM controls thermoplunger based on the following information. K
• Engine coolant temperature
• Battery voltage
• Engine speed
• Alternator load L

Engine Coolant Bypass Valve

The engine coolant bypass valve circulates engine coolant within a narrow range and accelerates a warm-up
M
by closing the valve and cutting off the engine coolant passage.
ECM applies power to the engine coolant bypass valve control solenoid valve when engine coolant tempera-
ture is low.
The engine coolant bypass valve control solenoid valve switches the passage of negative pressure (vacuum) N
sent from the vacuum pump. When power is applied to the solenoid valve, negative pressure is applied to the
engine coolant bypass valve. Accordingly, the engine coolant bypass valve closes.
GLOW CONTROL O
GLOW CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000010308985

P
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Glow control system operates at engine starting and after engine starting. The system energizes glow plug
according to engine coolant temperature to improve engine starting function.
When the ignition switch is turned ON, the glow control system starts Pre-glow and the glow indicator lamp
turns ON. When the engine starts, the glow indicator lamp turns OFF and the glow control state changes to
After-glow.
Glow time varies according to engine coolant temperature, barometric pressure and battery voltage.

EC9-35
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [R9M]
OIL CONTROL SYSTEM
OIL CONTROL SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000010308987

DESCRIPTION
ECM calculates oil degradation based on engine speed and vehicle speed, and displays engine oil change
timing on combination meter.
When the mileage before engine oil change comes to approximately 1500 km or less, pre-alert message is
displayed to inform the driver that the maintenance timing is close as shown in the following table.
At oil change, the mileage must be reset using combination meter function.For how to reset, refer to EC9-157,
"Description".
NOTE:
• Alerted mileage might be different from actual mileage.
• The level of oil deterioration may be increased depending on the status of vehicle use (e.g. frequent short-
distance driving and engine start).
ECM calculates two types of oil deterioration
• Oxidation
• Dilution
Calculating oxidation of engine oil
Based on engine speed, ECM calculates the degree of oxidation of oxidation by adding correction value calcu-
lated from engine oil temperature and so on.
Calculating dilution of engine oil
ECM calculates the degree of dilution, based on air temperature, injection quantity at post-injection, the num-
ber of regeneration and so on.
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) : System Description INFOID:0000000010308988

BASIC ASCD SYSTEM

Automatic Speed Control Device (ASCD) allows a driver to keep vehicle at predetermined constant speed
without depressing accelerator pedal. Driver can set vehicle speed in advance between approximately 40 km/
h (25 MPH) and 170 km/h (105 MPH).
ECM controls fuel injector to regulate engine speed.
Operation status of ASCD is indicated on the information display in the combination meter. If any malfunction
occurs in ASCD system, it automatically deactivates control.
NOTE:
Always drive vehicle in a safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws.
SPEED LIMITER
SPEED LIMITER : System Description INFOID:0000000010308989

BASIC SPEED LIMITER SYSTEM

The speed limiter is a system that enables to restrict the vehicle speed within the set speed that is selected by
the driver. Driver can set vehicle speed between 30 km/h and 180 km/h (in the metric system mode) or 20
MPH and 115 MPH (in the yard/pound system mode). ECM controls fuel injector to regulate vehicle speed.
Operation status of speed limiter is indicated on the information display in the combination meter. If any mal-
function occurs in speed limiter system, it automatically deactivates control.
NOTE:
Always drive vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws.
GEAR SHIFT INDICATOR SYSTEM

EC9-36
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [R9M]
GEAR SHIFT INDICATOR SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000010438161

A
SYSTEM DIAGRAM

EC9

JSBIA0802GB

G
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

Input signal to ECM ECM function ECM function Actuator

H
Crankshaft position sensor Engine speed
Brake pedal position switch Brake pedal operation
Gear shift indica- Combination meter
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position I
tor control (Gear shift indicator)
Combination meter Vehicle speed*
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) EPS operation signal
J
*: This signal is sent via CAN communication line.

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The gear shift indicator is controlled by ECM and indicates recommended gear shift timing on the combination K
meter.
• Upward arrow indication (↑): Upshift recommendation
• Downward arrow indication (↓): Downshift recommendation
ECM calculates optimal gear shift timing for better fuel consumption, according to the input signal and a gear L
ratio. In addition, the recommended gear shift timing is corrected, according to driver’s operation and road
conditions. ECM transmits a gear shift indicator signal to the combination meter via CAN communication line.
The gear shift indicator is deactivated when any of the following conditions is satisfied; M
• Shift lever is in neutral position.
• Vehicle is under cruise control (ASCD function) or speed limit (speed limiter function).
• MI (Malfunction Indicator) is indicated.
N
• ABS system or ESP system is operating.
STOP/START SYSTEM
O

EC9-37
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [R9M]
STOP/START SYSTEM : System Description (M/T models) INFOID:0000000010308990

SYSTEM DIAGRAM

JSBIA4778GB

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

EC9-38
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [R9M]

Input/ A
Transmits/Receives component Signal name Description
Output
Accelerator pedal position sen- Detects an accelerator pedal po-
Accelerator pedal position sensor signal
sor (intagrated ECM) sition.
EC9
Detects the brake pedal is de-
Stop lamp switch Stop lamp switch signal
pressed.
Crankshaft position sensor Crankshaft position sensor signal Detects an engine speed. C
Engine coolant temperature Detects an engine coolant tem-
Engine coolant temperature sensor signal
sensor perature.
Detects the clutch pedal is de- D
Clutch pedal position switch Clutch pedal position switch signal
pressed (fully depressed).
Detects the clutch pedal is de-
Clutch pedal interlock switch Clutch pedal interlock switch signal
pressed (not released).
E
Neutral position switch Neutral position switch signal Detects the neutral position.
Atmospheric pressure sensor Detects an atmospheric pres-
Atmospheric pressure sensor signal
(integrated in ECM) sure. F
Detects the transmission is
Stop/Start permit signal ready to operate the stop/start
system.
G
Buttery current signal Detects battery current.
CAN communica-
IPDM E/R
tion Neutral position switch signal Detects the neutral position.
Hood switch signal Detects engine hood status. H
Battery current sensor malfunc- Detects the battery current sen-
tion signal sor is normal.
Ignition switch status signal Detects ignition switch status. I
Detects the status of driver side
CAN communica- Door switch signal
Input BCM door.
tion
Detects stop/start OFF switch J
Stop/Start OFF switch signal
status.
Vehicle speed signal Detects vehicle speed.
K
Brake booster pressure sensor Detects a pressure in brake
signal booster.
ABS actuator and electric unit CAN communica- ABS operation signal Detects ABS operation.
(control unit) tion L
ESP operation signal Detects ESP operation.
Detects the brake hold readiness
Brake hold readiness signal status judged by the ABS actua-
tor and electric unit (control unit). M
Detects an operational state of
EPS torque signal
EPS system.
CAN communica- N
EPS control unit Receives the intelligent parking
tion assist status signal sent from the
Stop/Start inhibit signal
around view monitor control unit
through the EPS control unit. O
Detects the air conditioning sys-
CAN communica-
A/C auto amp. Stop/Start permit signal tem is ready to operate the stop/
tion
start system.
P
CAN communica- Detects driver is sitting on the
Combination meter Seat belt buckle switch signal
tion driver seat.
Detects an operational state of
Operation status signal
DC/DC converter.
DC/DC converter LIN communication
Detects DC/DC converter mal-
Diagnosis signal
function.

EC9-39
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [R9M]
Input/
Transmits/Receives component Signal name Description
Output
CAN communica- Transmits a stop/start status sig-
Around view monitor control unit Stop/Start status signal
tion nal
CAN communica- Transmits a stop/start status sig-
BCM Stop/Start status signal
tion nal
Transmits a stop/start status sig-
Stop/Start status signal
nal
ABS actuator and electric unit CAN communica-
(control unit) tion Transmits the brake hold/release
Brake hold request signal request according to the stop/
start system.
Transmits a stop/start status sig-
Stop/Start status signal
CAN communica- nal
Output EPS control unit
tion Transmits EPS assist permit/in-
EPS assist request signal
hibit signal.
CAN communica- Transmits a stop/start status sig-
A/C auto amp. Stop/Start status signal
tion nal
Transmits a stop/start status sig-
Stop/Start status signal
nal
CAN communica-
Combination meter Transmits request signal which
tion Stop/Start indicator lamp request
turn ON the stop/start indicator
signal
lamp.
DC/DC converter operation check Check DC/DC converter opera-
DC/DC converter LIN communication
signal tion status.

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The stop/start system enables the engine to automatically stop/restart with a simple operation and reduces
unnecessary idling during stoplight or traffic congestion to improve fuel economy, reduce exhaust gas, and
minimize noise.
ECM detects a vehicle condition, engine condition and driver′s operation condition based on signals sent from
each unit and the sensors to comprehensively control the stop/start system.
The operation condition of the stop/start system is indicated by the stop/start indicator lamp on the combina-
tion meter and showing on the information display (dot matrix information display). (Refer to EC9-24, "Stop/
Start Indicator Lamp".) If a malfunction is detected in the stop/start system, the system control is automatically
deactivated and the malfunction is alerted to the driver by blinking the stop/start indicator lamp and showing
the status on the information display (dot matrix information display). When a driver′s operation is judged as
dangerous one during the stop/start system operation, the stop/start indicator lamp blinks at a high speed and
the status is shown on the information display (with dot matrix information display). The buzzer mounted on
the combination meter sounds simultaneously to warn the driver of the dangerous operation.
NOTE:
Starting the engine from stop/start system operation is regarded as “Restart”.

EC9-40
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [R9M]
BASIC OPERATION
A

EC9

JSBIA3733GB
P
FUNCTION DESCRIPTION
When the stop/start system readiness conditions are satisfied while the vehicle is moving, the system is ready.
When the stop/start system operation conditions are satisfied while the vehicle is in a stop condition, the
engine is stopped.
During stop/start system operation, stopping time, the amount of fuel saved by the stop/start system and CO2
saved information are indicated on the combination meter. (With dot matrix information display. Refer to MWI-
17, "INFORMATION DISPLAY : System Description".)

EC9-41
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [R9M]
When the engine restart conditions are satisfied, ECM activates the engine restart relay, the engine restart
bypas control relay, and the engine restart bypass relay to restart the engine. And the DC/DC converter boosts
the voltage during cranking to protect the electrical equipment from low voltage.
After restarting the engine, the stop/start indicator lamp and the indication on the information display turn OFF.
NOTE:
When the electric parking brake operation and engine restart occur simultaneously, ECM performs the engine
restart after the completion of the electric parking brake operation. This may cause delay in engine restart,
compared with a usual engine restart.
Stop/Start Readiness Condition
ECM judges stop/start system is ready when the following conditions are satisfied.
And ECM transmits a stop/start readiness signal to each control unit by CAN communication via ECM.

Item Condition
Stop/start OFF switch OFF (Switch indicator: OFF)
Stop/start indicator Lamp Not blink (No malfunction)
Door (driver side) Close
Seat belt (driver side) Fastened
Drive the vehicle at 20 km/h (12 MPH) or more after start the en-
gine with ignition switch
Passes 2 minutes or more after start the engine with ignition
switch
Driving history
Gear position other than neutral is selected after restart
Drive the vehicle at 4 km/h (2.5 MPH) or more after restart
Passes 5 seconds or more after restart
Hood Close
Not in DEF mode
Vehicle Automatic air condi- Recieves Stop/start parmit signal
tioning (for details, refer to HAC-32, "STOP/START SYSTEM : System
Air conditioning
Description".)
Manual air condi-
Not in DEF mode
tioning
System is normal
ABS ABS not activated*
ESP not activated
EPS System is normal
Recieves Stop/start parmit signal from IPDM E/R.
Battery status (for details, refer to CHG-7, "ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
: System Description".)
Elevation 2,000 m (6,562 ft) or less
Intelligent parking assist OFF
MIL (Malfunction indicator lamp) Not illuminate (No malfunction)
DPF Not regeneration
Engine coolant temperature 21 - 105 °C (70 -221 °F)
Fuel temperature 90 °C (194 °F) or less
Engine
Turbocharger temperature 670 °C (1238 °F) or less
The number of starter motor operations exceeds the specified
Starter motor
times
The number of high pressure fuel pump operations exceeds the
High pressure fuel pump
specified times
*: If ABS system is activated, drive the vehicle at 12 km/h (7.5 MPH) or more after stop the vehicle.
CAUTION:

EC9-42
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [R9M]
• The stop/start system may be cancelled when the battery is weak or if a battery other than the stop/
start system specific battery is used. A
• Even though the vehicle is in above conditions, the stop/start system may be cancelled automati-
cally.
Refer to EC9-11, "Precaution for Stop/Start System Service".
EC9
Stop/Start Operation Condition
When the following conditions are satisfied, ECM stops the engine. And the combination meter turns ON a
stop/start indicator lamp. C
Item Condition
Stop/start readiness condition Ready
D
Vehicle speed Vehicle stopped [0 km/h (0 MPH)]
Steering wheel Not steer (steering force does not occur)
Vehicle E
Presence of sufficient negative pressure to a brake-
Brake booster pressure force. (Refer to BRC-35, "BRAKE FORCE DISTRI-
BUTION FUNCTION : System Description".)
Clutch pedal position Released F
Engine Engine speed Around idle speed (Approx. 850 rpm or less)
Transmission Shift lever position Neutral position
G
NOTE:
During the operation of the stop/start system, the stop/start system continues operating even if the vehicle is
stopped by using the parking brake.
H
Restart Condition
When any of the following conditions is satisfied during stop/start system operating condition, ECM restarts
the engine. And the combination meter turns OFF the stop/start indicator lamp.
I
Item Condition
Stop/start OFF switch ON (Switch indicator: ON)
J
Clutch pedal position Fully depressed*
DEF switch is pressed.
Automatic air conditioning Air conditioning system cannot keep the perfor- K
Air conditioning
mance.
Manual air conditioning Mode dial is in DEF position.
Brake booster pressure Insufficient negative pressure for braking force L
Vehicle speed 2 km/h (1.3 MPH) or more
Intelligent parking assist Intelligent parking assist is activated.
M
Poor battery performance
Battery (for details, refer to CHG-7, "ENERGY MANAGE-
MENT SYSTEM : System Description".)
N
*: Restart timing varies according to vehicle condition. For details, refer to RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN VEHI-
CLE CONDITION AND RESTART TIMING.
NOTE:
In models with M/T, the stop/start system operates continuously even if the steering wheel is operated during O
the system operating condition.
Restart Inhibit Mode
When the any of the following condition is satisfied during stop/start system operating condition, ECM inhibits P
restart of the engine (go into a state in ENGINE STALL). In this case, the engine needs to be started with igni-
tion switch.

EC9-43
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [R9M]

Item Condition
Engine hood Opened
Absent: Both of the following conditions are
satisfied.
Driver presence* • Seat belt (driver side): Released
• Door (driver side): Open
*: When the condition is satisfied either door open or seat belt released, ECM transitions to the recovery wait-
ing mode (not ENGINE STALL) for approximately 5 minutes. In this case, the engine is able to start by clutch
operation.
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN VEHICLE CONDITION AND RESTART TIMING
ECM detects clutch pedal position based on the clutch pedal position switch signal and clutch interlock switch
signal. The engine restart timing baries with gear position, vehicle speed, and clutch position.
Engine restart condition
x: Restart —: Not restart
Vehicle condition Clutch pedal position
Fully depressed Half depressed Released
Vehicle Gear Clutch pedal Clutch interlock Clutch pedal Clutch interlock Clutch pedal Clutch interlock
speed position position SW SW position SW SW position SW SW
OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF
Neutral x x —
Vehicle
stopped Except
x — —
neutral

Vehicle Neutral x x x
speed oc- Except
curs x — —
neutral

NOTE:
If the above mentioned “Not restart” condition occurs during restart, ECM stops cranking and returns to the
stop/start system operating condition (engine stop).
ENGINE STALL ASSIST FUNCTION
The engine stall assist function allows the engine to start only with a clutch operation without operating the
ignition switch when a clutch operation is unsuccessful during engine start.
When an engine stall caused by a clutch operation error is detected, the stop/start system enters the recovery
waiting mode and ECM warns the driver of the error by illuminating the stop/start indicator lamp. When the
clutch pedal is depressed under this condition, the engine starts.
NOTE:
This function also operates at an engine start other than the one performed during stop/start system operation.
This function operates when the following conditions are satisfied:
• After engine warm-up.
• Vehicle stopped. (No vehicle speed input.)
• No malfunctions in the engine control system and the stop/start system. (No DTC detected.)
EARLY START-UP CONTROL
ECM detects engine reverse revolution based on the crankshaft position sensor (POS) when the stop/start
system is activated and judges a piston position on engine stop to reduce the time for restarting the engine.
VOLTAGE STABILIZER FUNCTION
ECM transmits a voltage stabilizer signal to the DC/DC converter during cranking at an engine restart. The
DC/DC converter temporarily increases the voltage to prevent the electric equipment from reset due to low
voltage. The adoption of the DC/DC converter enables a stable power supply to the electric equipment con-
nected to the DC/DC converter and permits a substantial lowering of the voltage. For the electrical equipment
connected to the DC/DC converter, refer to EC9-38, "STOP/START SYSTEM : System Description (M/T mod-
els)".
NOTE:
The brightness of the head lamps may be changed due to the voltage reduction at an engine restart because
they are not connected to the DC/DC converter.

EC9-44
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [R9M]
ENGINE RESTART BYPASS RELAY CONTROL
ECM controls the engine restart bypass control relay and activates A
the engine restart bypass relay. When the restart conditions are sat-
isfied, ECM turns ON the engine restart bypass control relay for
approximately 0.15 seconds right after the restart and opens the EC9
engine restart bypass relay for a moment. This allows a current to
pass the inner resistance circuit right after the starter motor is acti-
vated. When the starter motor is rotating, the voltage is directly sup-
plied to the starter motor without being passed through the inner C
resistance circuit in the engine restart bypass relay because the
engine restart bypass relay is closed. In this way, ECM enables the
battery voltage stabilization and reduces the battery deterioration D
JSBIA1709GB
rate by decreasing the battery voltage drop resulted from clanking at
an engine restart.
E

JSBIA1710GB H

EC9-45
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [R9M]
STOP/START SYSTEM : System Description (CVT models) INFOID:0000000010479132

SYSTEM DIAGRAM

JSBIA4813GB

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

EC9-46
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [R9M]

Input/ A
Transmits/Receives component Signal name Description
Output
Accelerator pedal position sen- Detects an accelerator pedal posi-
Accelerator pedal position sensor signal
sor (intagrated ECM) tion.
EC9
Detects the brake pedal is de-
Stop lamp switch Stop lamp switch signal
pressed.
Crankshaft position sensor Crankshaft position sensor signal Detects an engine speed. C
Engine coolant temperature Detects an engine coolant tempera-
Engine coolant temperature sensor signal
sensor ture.
Atmospheric pressure sensor D
Atmospheric pressure sensor signal Detects an atmospheric pressure.
(integrated in ECM)
Detects the transmission is ready to
Stop/Start permit signal
operate the stop/start system.
E
CAN communi- Buttery current signal Detects battery current.
IPDM E/R
cation Hood switch signal Detects engine hood status.
Battery current sensor malfunc- Detects the battery current sensor is F
tion signal normal.
Ignition switch status signal Detects ignition switch status.
CAN communi- G
BCM Door switch signal Detects the status of driver side door.
cation
Stop/Start OFF switch signal Detects stop/start OFF switch status.
Vehicle speed signal Detects vehicle speed.
H
Brake fluid pressure sensor sig-
Detects brake fluid pressure.
nal
Brake booster pressure sensor I
Input Detects a pressure in brake booster.
ABS actuator and electric unit CAN communi- signal
(control unit) cation ABS operation signal Detects ABS operation.
ESP operation signal Detects ESP operation. J
Detects the brake hold readiness
Brake hold readiness signal status judged by the ABS actuator
and electric unit (control unit).
K
Detects an operational state of EPS
EPS torque signal
system.
CAN communi- Receives the intelligent parking as-
EPS control unit L
cation sist status signal sent from the
Stop/Start inhibit signal
around view monitor control unit
through the EPS control unit.
Detects the air conditioning system M
CAN communi-
A/C auto amp. Stop/Start permit signal is ready to operate the stop/start sys-
cation
tem.
CAN communi- Detects driver is sitting on the driver N
Combination meter Seat belt buckle switch signal
cation seat.
Detects the transmission is ready to
Stop/Start permit signal
operate the stop/start system. O
CAN communi-
TCM Detects the transmission is ready to
cation Shift position signal
operate the stop/start system.
G sensor signal Detects vehicle angularity. P
Detects an operational state of DC/
Operation status signal
LIN communica- DC converter.
DC/DC converter
tion Detects DC/DC converter malfunc-
Diagnosis signal
tion.

EC9-47
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [R9M]
Input/
Transmits/Receives component Signal name Description
Output
CAN communi-
Around view monitor control unit Stop/Start status signal Transmits a stop/start status signal
cation
CAN communi-
IPDM E/R Stop/Start status signal Transmits a stop/start status signal
cation
CAN communi-
BCM Stop/Start status signal Transmits a stop/start status signal
cation
Stop/Start status signal Transmits a stop/start status signal
ABS actuator and electric unit CAN communi- Transmits the brake hold/release re-
(control unit) cation Brake hold request signal quest according to the stop/start sys-
tem.
Stop/Start status signal Transmits a stop/start status signal
CAN communi-
Output EPS control unit Transmits EPS assist permit/inhibit
cation EPS assist request signal
signal.
CAN communi-
A/C auto amp. Stop/Start status signal Transmits a stop/start status signal
cation
CAN communi-
TCM Stop/Start status signal Transmits a stop/start status signal
cation
Stop/Start status signal Transmits a stop/start status signal
CAN communi-
Combination meter Stop/Start indicator lamp request Transmits request signal which turn
cation
signal ON the stop/start indicator lamp.
LIN communica- DC/DC converter operation Checks DC/DC converter operation
DC/DC converter tion check signal status.
DC/DC voltage request signal Controls the DC/DC output voltage.

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The stop/start system enables the engine to automatically stop/restart with a simple operation and reduces
unnecessary idling during stoplight or traffic congestion to improve fuel economy, reduce exhaust gas, and
minimize noise.
ECM detects a vehicle condition, engine condition, and driver′s operation condition based on signals sent from
each unit and the sensors to comprehensively control the stop/start system.
The operation condition of the stop/start system is indicated by the stop/start indicator lamp on the combina-
tion meter and showing on the information display (dot matrix information display). (Refer to EC9-24, "Stop/
Start Indicator Lamp".) If a malfunction is detected in the stop/start system, the system control is automatically
deactivated and the malfunction is alerted to the driver by blinking the stop/start indicator lamp and showing
the status on the information display (dot matrix information display). When a driver′s operation is judged as
dangerous one during the stop/start system operation, the stop/start indicator lamp blinks at a high speed and
the status is shown on the information display (with dot matrix information display). The buzzer mounted on
the combination meter sounds simultaneously to warn the driver of the dangerous operation.
NOTE:
Starting the engine from stop/start system operation is regarded as “Restart”.

EC9-48
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [R9M]
BASIC OPERATION
A

EC9

JSBIA4358GB
P
FUNCTION DESCRIPTION
When the stop/start system readiness conditions are satisfied while the vehicle is moving, the system is ready.
When the stop/start system operation conditions are satisfied while the vehicle is in a stop condition, the
engine is stopped.
During stop/start system operation, stopping time, the amount of fuel saved by the stop/start system and CO2
saved information are indicated on the combination meter. (With dot matrix information display. Refer to MWI-

EC9-49
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [R9M]
17, "INFORMATION DISPLAY : System Description".) In addition, the CVT electric oil pump is activated to
supply oil pressrue necessary for starting the engine to the clutch and the pulley.
When the engine restart conditions are satisfied, ECM activates the engine restart relay, the engine restart
bypas control relay, and the engine restart bypass relay to restart the engine. And the DC/DC converter boosts
the voltage during cranking to protect the electrical equipment from low voltage.
After restarting the engine, the stop/start indicator lamp and the indication on the information display turn OFF.
NOTE:
When the electric parking brake operation and engine restart occur simultaneously, ECM performs the engine
restart after the completion of the electric parking brake operation. This may cause delay in engine restart,
compared with a usual engine restart.
Stop/Start Readiness Condition
ECM judges stop/start system is ready when the following conditions are satisfied.
And ECM transmits a stop/start indicator lamp request signal to combination meter via CAN communication.

Item Condition
Stop/start OFF switch OFF (Switch indicator OFF)
Stop/start indicator Lamp Not blink (No malfunction)
Door (driver side) Close
Seat belt (driver side) Fastened
Drive the vehicle at 20 km/h (12 MPH) or more after start the en-
gine with ignition switch
Passes 2 minutes or more after start the engine with ignition
Driving history switch
Drive the vehicle at 8 km/h (5 MPH) or more after restart
Passes 5 seconds or more after restart
Hood Close
Not in DEF mode
Vehicle Automatic air condi- Recieves Stop/start parmit signal
tioning (for details, refer to HAC-32, "STOP/START SYSTEM : System
Air conditioning
Description".)
Manual air condi-
Not in DEF mode
tioning
System is normal
ABS ABS not activated*
ESP not activated
EPS System is normal
Recieves Stop/start parmit signal from IPDM E/R.
Battery status (for details, refer to CHG-7, "ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
: System Description".)
Elevation 1,500 m (4,921 ft) or less
Intelligent parking assist OFF
MIL (Malfunction indicator lamp) Not illuminate (No malfunction)
DPF Not regeneration
Engine coolant temperature 21 - 105 °C (70 -221 °F)
Fuel temperature 90 °C (194 °F) or less
Engine
Turbocharger temperature 670 °C (1238 °F) or less
The number of starter motor operations exceeds the specified
Starter motor
times
The number of high pressure fuel pump operations exceeds the
High pressure fuel pump
specified times
*: If ABS system is activated, drive the vehicle at 12 km/h (7.5 MPH) or more after stop the vehicle.
CAUTION:
EC9-50
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [R9M]
• The stop/start system may be cancelled when the battery is weak or if a battery other than the stop/
start system specific battery is used. A
• Even though the vehicle is in above conditions, the stop/start system may be cancelled automati-
cally.
Refer to EC9-11, "Precaution for Stop/Start System Service".
EC9
Stop/Start Operation Condition
When the following conditions are satisfied, ECM stops the engine. And the combination meter turns ON a
stop/start indicator lamp. C
Item Condition
Stop/start indicator lamp ON
D
Vehicle speed Vehicle stopped [0 km/h (0 MPH)]
Steering wheel Not steer (steering force does not occur)
Brake pedal Depressed E
Vehicle
Brake fluid pressure 0.8 MPa (8 bar, 8.16 kg/cm2, 116 psi)
Presence of sufficient negative pressure to a brake-
Brake booster pressure F
force.
Vehicle angularity Approx. 14% or less
Engine Engine speed Less than 1,200 rpm G
Transmission Selector lever position D or N
NOTE:
During the operation of the stop/start system, the stop/start system continues operating even if the vehicle is H
stopped by using the parking brake.
Restart Condition
When any of the following conditions is satisfied during stop/start system operating condition, ECM restarts I
the engine. And the combination meter turns OFF the stop/start indicator lamp.

Item Condition J
Stop/start OFF switch ON (Switch indicator ON)
Steering wheel Steered (steering force occurs)
K
DEF switch is pressed.

Automatic air conditioning Air conditioning system cannot keep the perfor-
Air conditioning mance. (Refer to HAC-32, "STOP/START SYS-
TEM : System Description".) L
Manual air conditioning Mode dial is in DEF position.
Brake booster pressure
Conditions differ according to shift position. For M
Accelerator pedal details, see RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN VEHI-
CLE CONDITION AND RESTART TIMING.
Selector lever
Vehicle speed 2 km/h (1.3 MPH) or more N
Vehicle condition Yawing occurs
Intelligent parking assist Intelligent parking assist is activated.
O
Poor battery performance
Battery (for details, refer to CHG-7, "ENERGY MANAGE-
MENT SYSTEM : System Description".)
P
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN VEHICLE CONDITION AND RESTART TIMING
P Position
• STOP/START system operation performs when the selector lever is shifted from P position.

Selector lever position P → R → N → D

Engine status Stop → Restart → Stop → Restart

EC9-51
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [R9M]
• STOP/START system operation by the brake pedal and accelerator pedal operation in the select lever P
position.

Vehicle speed 0 km/h (0 MPH)

Brake pedal ON → OFF
Accelerator pedal OFF → ON → OFF → ON* → OFF
Engine status Stop Restart Stop Restart Stop
*: When the brake pedal and accelerator pedal are depressed simultaneously, the engine keeps on running.
N Position
• STOP/START system operation performs when the selector lever is shifted from N position.

Selector lever position P ← R ← N → D

Engine status Stop ← Restart ← Stop → Restart
• STOP/START system operation by the brake pedal and accelerator pedal operation in the select lever N
position.

Vehicle speed 0 km/h (0 MPH)

Brake pedal ON → OFF → ON
Accelerator pedal OFF → ON → OFF → ON* → OFF
Engine status Stop Restart Stop Restart Run Stop
*: When the brake pedal and accelerator pedal are depressed simultaneously, the engine keeps on running.
D Position
• STOP/START system operation performs when the selector lever is shifted from D position.

Selector lever position P ← R ← N ← D

Engine status Stop ← Restart ← Stop ← Stop
• STOP/START system operation by the brake pedal and accelerator pedal operation in the select lever D
position.
When driving the vehicle at 8km/h or less after restart
Vehicle speed 0 km/h 8 km/h (5 MPH) or less 0 km/h
Brake pedal ON → OFF → ON
Accelerator pedal OFF → ON → OFF → ON → OFF
Engine status Stop Restart Run

When driving the vehicle at 8km/h or more after restart

Vehicle speed 0 km/h 8 km/h (5 MPH) or more 0 km/h
Brake pedal ON → OFF → ON
Accelerator pedal OFF → ON → OFF → ON → OFF
Engine status Stop Restart Run Stop

EARLY START-UP CONTROL

ECM detects engine reverse revolution based on the crankshaft position sensor (POS) when the stop/start
system is activated and judges a piston position on engine stop to reduce the time for restarting the engine.
VOLTAGE STABILIZER FUNCTION
ECM transmits a voltage stabilizer signal to the DC/DC converter during cranking at an engine restart. The
DC/DC converter temporarily increases the voltage to prevent the electric equipment from reset due to low
voltage. The adoption of the DC/DC converter enables a stable power supply to the electric equipment con-
nected to the DC/DC converter and permits a substantial lowering of the voltage. For the electrical equipment
connected to the DC/DC converter, refer to EC9-38, "STOP/START SYSTEM : System Description (M/T mod-
els)".
NOTE:

EC9-52
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [R9M]
The brightness of the head lamps may be changed due to the voltage reduction at an engine restart because
they are not connected to the DC/DC converter. A
ENGINE RESTART BYPASS RELAY CONTROL
ECM controls the engine restart bypass control relay and activates
the engine restart bypass relay. When the restart conditions are sat- EC9
isfied, ECM turns ON the engine restart bypass control relay for
approximately 0.15 seconds right after the restart and opens the
engine restart bypass relay for a moment. This allows a current to C
pass the inner resistance circuit right after the starter motor is acti-
vated. When the starter motor is rotating, the voltage is directly sup-
plied to the starter motor without being passed through the inner
resistance circuit in the engine restart bypass relay because the D
engine restart bypass relay is closed. In this way, ECM enables the
battery voltage stabilization and reduces the battery deterioration
JSBIA1709GB
rate by decreasing the battery voltage drop resulted from clanking at E
an engine restart.

JSBIA1710GB

I
ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000010308991

J
DESCRIPTION
ECM transmits a target power generation voltage signal received from IPDM E/R to the generator via LIN
communication. K
The generator includes a self-diagnosis function and transmits a diagnosis signal to ECM via LIN communica-
tion when detecting a malfunction. When ECM receives a diagnosis signal, ECM detects DTC and transmits a
charge warning lamp request signal to the combination meter to turn ON the charge warning lamp.
L
For details of ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM, refer to CHG-7, "ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM :
System Description".
CAN COMMUNICATION
M
CAN COMMUNICATION : System Description INFOID:0000000010308992

CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul- N
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H-line, CAN L-line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. O
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
Refer to LAN-41, "CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM : CAN Communication Signal Chart", about CAN com-
munication for detail. P

EC9-53
 OPERATION
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [R9M]
OPERATION
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) : Switch Name and Function
INFOID:0000000010308993

SWITCHES AND INDICATORS

JSBIA1198ZZ

1. CRUISE indicator 2. SET indicator 3. RES / + switch

4. SET / − switch 5. CANCEL switch 6. Speed limiter MAIN Switch
7. ASCD MAIN switch
A. On the combination meter B. On the steering wheel
(Information display)

SET SPEED RANGE

ASCD system can be set the following vehicle speed.

Minimum speed (Approx.) Maximum speed (Approx.)

40 km/h (25 MPH) 170 km/h (105 MPH)

SWITCH OPERATION

Item Function
CANCEL switch Cancels the cruise control driving.
• Resumes the set speed.
RES / + switch
• Increases speed incrementally during cruise control driving.
• Sets desired cruise speed.
SET / − switch
• Decreases speed incrementally during cruise control driving.
ASCD MAIN switch Master switch to activate the ASCD system.

SET OPERATION
Press ASCD MAIN switch. (CRUISE indicated on the information display)
When vehicle speed reaches a desired speed between approximately 40 km/h (25 MPH) and 170 km/h (105
MPH), press SET/COAST switch. (SET indicated on the information display)
ACCELERATE OPERATION
If the RESUME/ACCELERATE switch is pressed during cruise control driving, increase the vehicle speed until
the switch is released or vehicle speed reaches maximum speed controlled by the system.
And then ASCD will keep the new set speed.
CANCEL OPERATION
When any of following conditions exist, cruise operation will be canceled.
• CANCEL switch is pressed
• More than 2 switches at ASCD steering switch are pressed at the same time (Set speed will be cleared)
• Brake pedal is depressed
• Clutch pedal is depressed or gear position is changed to neutral position.
• Vehicle speed decreased under 15% of the set speed from the set speed.
• TCS system is operated.
EC9-54
 OPERATION
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [R9M]
When the ECM detects any of the following conditions, the ECM will cancel the cruise operation and inform
the driver by blinking indicator. A
• Engine coolant temperature is slightly higher than the normal operating temperature, CRUISE indicator may
blink slowly.
When the engine coolant temperature decreases to the normal operating temperature, CRUISE indicator will
EC9
stop blinking and the cruise operation will be able to work by pressing SET/COAST switch or RESUME/
ACCELERATE switch.
• Malfunction for some self-diagnoses regarding ASCD control: SET indicator will blink quickly.
If MAIN switch is turned to OFF during ASCD is activated, all of ASCD operations will be canceled and vehicle C
speed memory will be erased.
COAST OPERATION
When the SET/COAST switch is pressed during cruise control driving, decrease vehicle set speed until the D
switch is released. And then ASCD will keep the new set speed.
RESUME OPERATION
E
When the RESUME/ACCELERATE switch is pressed after cancel operation other than pressing ASCD MAIN
switch is performed, vehicle speed will return to last set speed. To resume vehicle set speed, vehicle condition
must meet following conditions.
• Brake pedal is released F
• Clutch pedal is released
• Vehicle speed is greater than 40 km/h (25 MPH) and less than 170 km/h (105 MPH)
SPEED LIMITER G
SPEED LIMITER : Switch Name and Function INFOID:0000000010308994

H
SWITCHES AND INDICATORS
NOTE:
Shared with ASCD switch.
I

JSBIA1199ZZ L

1. Speed limiter indicator 2. SET indicator 3. Set speed indicator

4. RES / + switch 5. SET / − switch 6. CANCEL switch M
7. Speed limiter MAIN Switch 8. ASCD MAIN switch
A. On the combination meter B. On the steering wheel
(Information display) N
SET SPEED RANGE
Speed limiter system can be set the following vehicle speed.
O
Minimum speed (Approx.) Maximum speed (Approx.)
30 km/h (20 MPH) 180 km/h (115 MPH)
P
SWITCH OPERATION

Item Function
CANCEL switch Cancels the speed limiter control.
• Resumes the set speed.
RES / + switch
• Increases the set speed incrementally.

EC9-55
 OPERATION
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [R9M]
Item Function
• Sets desired speed.
SET / − switch
• Decreases the set speed incrementally.
Speed limiter MAIN switch Master switch to activate the speed limiter system.

SET OPERATION
Press speed limiter MAIN switch. (LIMIT indicated on the information display)
By pressing the SET/COAST switch, the vehicle speed can be set within the range between 30 km/h (20
MPH) and 180 km/h (115 MPH). (SET and set speed is indicated on the information display)
When pressing the RESUME/ACCELERATE switch, the set speed can be increased.
When pressing the SET/COAST switch, the set speed can be decreased.
CANCEL OPERATION
When any of following conditions exist, speed limiter operation will be canceled.
• Speed limiter MAIN switch pressed (Set speed will be cleared)
• ASCD MAIN switch pressed (Set speed will be cleared)
• CANCEL switch is pressed
• Accelerator pedal is fully depressed (kickdown)
When the accelerator pedal is depressed within the range shown in the figure (A) below, the accelerator
pedal reaction force strengthens. Further depressing the accelerator pedal within the (C) range cancels the
speed limiter. This allows acceleration in emergencies.

JMBIA1518GB

RESUME OPERATION
After the speed limiter is released by other method than the MAIN switch, the RESUME/ACCELERATE switch
allows to set the vehicle speed again to the one that is previously set before releasing the speed limiter.
OIL CONTROL SYSTEM
OIL CONTROL SYSTEM : Switch Name and Function INFOID:0000000010308995

SWITCHES AND INDICATORS

EC9-56
 OPERATION
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [R9M]

EC9

E
JSBIA0669ZZ

1. Information display 2. Meter control switch

F
A. Combination meter
(Meter control switch)

SWITCH OPERATION G

Item Function
• The information display screen can be switched. H
• The item indicated on the information display can be confirmed.
Meter control switch
• When plural items are shown on the information display, a selected item can be changed
to the other item.
I
RESET OPERATION
CAUTION:
When an alert was displayed, change the engine oil, and reset the engine oil data. J
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Repeatedly press the meter control switch until “SETTINGS” menu item is displayed.
3. Turn meter control switch and select “Maintenance” then press meter control switch.
4. Turn meter control switch and select “Service” then press meter control switch for more than 3 seconds. K
5. Turn meter control switch and select “RESET” then press meter control switch.
6. Turn meter control switch and select “Confirm” then press meter control switch.
STOP/START SYSTEM L

STOP/START SYSTEM : Switch Name and Function INFOID:0000000010308996

M
SWITCHES AND INDICATORS

JSBIA1167ZZ

1. Stop/start indicator lamp 2. Stop/start OFF switch

A. On the combination meter B. Lower instrument panel (driver side)

SWITCH OPERATION

EC9-57
 OPERATION
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [R9M]

Item Function
When the switch is pressed, switch indicator (LED) turns ON and the stop/start
Stop/start OFF switch
system can be deactivated.
NOTE:
If stop/start OFF switch turn ON when stop/start system is operating, stop/start system is canceled and engine
restart.

EC9-58
 HANDLING PRECAUTION
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [R9M]
HANDLING PRECAUTION
A
Precaution for Stop/Start System INFOID:0000000010308997

PRECAUTIONS FOR STOP/START SYSTEM OPERATION EC9

The operation of the stop/start system needs to satisfy various conditions. For details of the conditions, refer to
EC9-38, "STOP/START SYSTEM : System Description (M/T models)" (M/T models), EC9-46, "STOP/START
SYSTEM : System Description (CVT models)" (CVT models). C
The stop/start system may not operate under the conditions listed below:
• After restarting the engine, the vehicle is repeatedly stopped and started at a low speed due to traffic con-
gestion.
• When driving the vehicle repeatedly back and forth at a low speed due to parallel parking. D
• When the intelligent key is not authenticated. (In this case, the KEY warning lamp built in the combination
meter blinks.)
• The battery is deteriorated. (High discharge rate.) E
• A battery other than the stop/start system-specific battery is used.
• Ambient temperature is extremely low.
HANDLING PRECAUTIONS F
• When the electric parking brake operation and engine restart occur simultaneously, ECM performs the
engine restart after the completion of the electric parking brake operation. This may cause delay in engine
restart, compared with a usual engine restart.
G
For a smooth engine restart under the stop/start system operating condition, restart the engine before
releasing the parking brake.
• To use the stop/start system, the vehicle needs to recognize the status of battery. For this reason, the stop/
start system may not be activated immediately after battery change. In this case, drive the vehicle or let the H
vehicle stand in idling condition for at least 30 minutes.
• (For M/T only) When restarting the vehicle under stop/start system operating condition, continue depressing
the clutch pedal until the restart completes. I

EC9-59
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [R9M]
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
Diagnosis Description INFOID:0000000010308998

DESCRIPTION
This system uses two malfunction indicator lamps. When detecting a system error, ECM turns ON the mal-
function indicator lamp to alert the driver of the presence of malfunction.
MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP (MIL) (YELLOW)
ECM turns ON MIL (yellow) when an emission-related malfunction occurs or when a component part specified
by European laws and regulations becomes inoperable three trips in a raw.
MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP (MIL) (RED)
ECM may turn ON MIL (red) when a malfunction occurs in the engine.

EC9-60
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [R9M]
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
A
CONSULT Function INFOID:0000000010308999

FUNCTION EC9

Diagnostic test mode Function

Self-diagnostic results Self-diagnostic results such as DTC can be read and erased quickly.* C
Data monitor Input/Output data in the ECM can be read.
This mode enables a technician to adjust some devices faster and more accurately by following
Work support D
the indications on the CONSULT unit.
Diagnostic Test Mode in which CONSULT drives some actuators apart from the ECMs and also
Active test
shifts some parameters in a specified range.
E
ECU identification ECM part number and homologation number can be read.
Configuration This function is used to store vehicle specifications to ECM after ECM replacement.
*: The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared when the ECM memory is erased. F
• Diagnostic trouble codes

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE
G
Self Diagnostic Item
Regarding items detected in “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode, refer to — EC9-106, "DTC Index".
H
Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data

Freeze frame data item* Description I

WATER TEMP [°C] or [°F]
ENGINE SPEED [rpm] J
VEHICLE SPEED [km/h] or
[mph]
ENGINE TORQUE [Nm] K
COMPUTER SUPPLY VOLT-
AGE [V]
RAIL PRES SET [bar] L
RAIL PRESSURE [bar]
FUEL FLOW S/V CURRENT
[mA] M
FLOW REGULATOR CUR-
RENT REFERENCE VALUE
[mA] N
RAIL PRESS SEN VOLT [mV]
FUEL FLOW [mg/cp]
ADDITIONAL INFO FDE1 O
ADDITIONAL INFO FDE2
ADDITIONAL INFO FD62 [deg
P
Crs]
ADDITIONAL INFO FDE3 [deg
Crs]
ADDITIONAL INFO FD61 [deg
Crs]
BOOST PRESSURE [mbar]

EC9-61
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [R9M]

Freeze frame data item* Description

BOOST PRESS REF VALUE
[hpa]
MEASURE AIR FLOW [kg/h]
TURBOCHARGING SOLE-
NOID VALVE OCR [%]
DAMPER VALVE UPSTREAM
TEMPERATURE [°C] or [°F]
MANIFOLD PRESSURE
[mbar]
INLET AIR TEMPERATURE
[°C] or [°F]
CHARGED AIR TEMPERA-
TURE DOWN STREAM [°C] or
[°F]
EGR POSITION [%]
EST. AIR FLOW [mg/cp]
INLET AIR FLOW [mg/cp]
ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE
[mbar]
TBN UPSTR PRS SEN VOLT
[mV]
ROUGH TC PRESS [mbar]
AIR INLET/F REL POS [%]
AIR INLET TEMP SEN VOLT
[mV]
FUEL TEMPERATURE [°C] or
[°F]
IN FLAP ABSO POSI [%]
INLET/F SEN SUPPLY VOLT
[mV]
DAMPER VALVE SEN VOLT
[mV]
DMPR VLV SET POS [%]
IN/FLAP CTRL [%]
SEN 1 FEED V [mV]
ADDITIONAL INFO FDE7
ADDITIONAL INFO FDE8 [mV]
ADDITIONAL INFO FD47 [mV]
OXYGEN RATE
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
FDE5
ADDITIONAL INFO FD9C [°C]
or [°F]
ADDITIONAL INFO FDF0
[hPa]
ADDITIONAL INFO FD9D
ADDITIONAL INFO FDE6
[hPa]
ALTERNATOR LOAD [%]

EC9-62
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [R9M]

Freeze frame data item* Description

A
AIR REGULATION CUT-OFF
CONDITIONS
ADDITIONAL INFO 2069 [Nm]
EC9
SEN 2 FEED V [mV]
PL PTNMR T2 V [mV]
PL PTNMR T1 V [mV] C
RAW FUEL PRESSURE
FROM SENSOR [bar]
PWM OF FUEL PUMP ACTU- D
ATOR [%]
HEATER PLUG CONTROL [%]
EGR VALVE OPENING REF-
E
ERENCE [%]
EGR VALVE CONTROL [%]
F
LAST EGR VALVE OFFSET
[%]
EGR VALVE FIRST OFFSET
[%] G
POTN VAL EGR VALVE CLSD
[%]
EGR SENSOR SUPPLY
H
VOLTAGE [mV]
EGR POTENTIOMETER
VOLTAGE [mV] I
EXHAUST SYSTEM FLOW [g/
s]
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION J
24F3 [°C] or [°F]
TEMP. UPSTREAM OF PF [°C]
or [°F] K
PRS UPSTR OF TBN [mbar]
RFRG TEMP PRESS SEN
VOLT [V] L
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE
[bar]
TBN UPSTR TEMP SETP [°C] M
or [°F]
TEMP UPSTREAM TURBINE
[°C] or [°F] N
TBN UPSTR TMP SEN VOLT
[V]
RV/LV BUTTON VOLTAGE O
[mV]
Oil temperature sensor voltage
- Engine P
ADDITIONAL INFO FDEB
ADDITIONAL INFO FDEC
ADDITIONAL INFO FDED
ADDITIONAL INFO FDEE
ADDITIONAL INFO FDEF

EC9-63
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [R9M]

Freeze frame data item* Description

LAST OFF/V CLOSE [%]
LAST OFF/V OPEN [%]
SEN SUPPLY N-3 VOL [mV]
SWIRL FLAP - SWIRL POSI-
TION RELATIVE TO THE
CLOSED THRUST [%]
SWIRL THROTTLE POSTION
SETPOINT USED BY THE
MONITORING SYSTEM [%]
SWIRL FLAP - PWM COM-
MAND ASKED TO THE
HBRIDGE [%]
SWIRL FLAP - CURRENT
VALUE OF THE ‘LAST
CLOSED THRUST POSITION’
LEARNT [%]
SWIRL FLAP - CURRENT
VALUE OF THE FIRST
CLOSED THRUST POSITION
LEARNT [%]
SWIRL FLAP - CURRENT
VALUE OF THE ‘FIRST
OPENED THRUST POSI-
TION’ LEARNT [%]
SWIRL FLAP - ABSOLUTE
POSITION IN PERCENT OF
THE SENSOR SUPPLY VOLT-
AGE [%]
SWIRL FLAP VOLTAGE [mV]
ADDITIONAL INFO FD2D
ADDITIONAL INFO FD2F [°C]
or [°F]
ADDITIONAL INFO FD96 [mg/
Hub]
ADDITIONAL INFO FD2E
SOOT IN P/FLT [G]
EXH THROTTLE POSITION
[%]
EXHAUST FLAP POSITION
SETPOINT [%]
EXHAUST AIR FLAP OCR [%]
EXHAUST AIR FLAP OFFSET
[%]
FIRST OFFSET OF THE EX-
HAUST AIR FLAP OPEN [%]
EXHAUST FLAP ABSOLUTE
POSITION [%]
SUPPLY VOLTAGE EXHAUST
AIR FLAP SENSOR [mV]
FIRST OFFSET OF THE
CLOSED EXHAUST FLAP [%]
EGR LOW PRESSURE POSI-
TION [%]

EC9-64
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [R9M]

Freeze frame data item* Description

A
LAST OFFSET OF CLOSED
LOW PRESSURE EGR [%]
EGR LOW PRESSURE OCR
[%]
EC9

LOW PRESSURE EGR POSI-

TION REFERENCE VALUE
[%] C
EGR LOW PRESSURE POSI-
TION [%]
LOW PRESSURE EGR VALVE D
SUPPLY VOLTAGE [mV]
LOW PRESSURE EGR VALVE
FIRST OFFSET [%] E
POSITION SETPOINT SENT
BY THE MONITORING SYS-
TEM [%] F
LOW PRESSURE EMTV -
EGR BP VALVE CONTROL
SETPOINT USED BY THE
MONITORING SYSTEM [%] G
PART.FILTER UPSTREAM
TEMP SENSOR VOLTAGE
[mV] H
ADDITIONAL INFO 2813
[°Crk]
POST INJECTION FLOW [mg/ I
cp]
POST INJECTION FLOW 1
[mg/cp] J
FLOW GAS IN DPF [m3/h]
P/FLT DIFF. PRS [hPa]
K
REGEN MALFNC
CSF - DISTANCE SINCE
LAST REGENERATION SUC-
CES PARTIAL OR TOTAL TO L
ALLOW REGENERATION [km
or mile]
FIRST OFF/V CLOSE [%] M
FIRST OFF/V OPEN [%]
ATMOS PRESS SEN VOLT
[mV] N
ADDITIONAL INFO FD45
OIL DILUTION INFORMATION
[%] O
• NO COMMAND
COMPRESSOR BYPASS • COMMAND ACTIVATED
COMMAND • INACTIVE P

EC9-65
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [R9M]

Freeze frame data item* Description

• MAX
• PROTECTED
• DIAG MODE
TURBO REGULATION • INACTIVE
• REG
• INTRME

• ACTIVE
MOTOR-DRIVEN FAN UNIT
• INACTIVE
REQUEST

• Off
• RUNNING
• STALLED
MOTOR
• CRANKING
• INACTIVE

• OK
LOW FUEL LEVEL INFORMA- • LOW
TION • INACTIVE

• REVERSE
• DCLTCH
GEARBOX RATIO
• INACTIVE

• NORMAL
• STATUS1
• STAT2
COMBUSTION MODE SET • STAT3
• STAT4
• INACTIVE

• NO
ACC. PDL DETECT BLOCK • YES

• ACTIVE
• DEACTIVAT
PREHEATING REL CNT
• INACTIVE

• Off
• SL ON
• SL SUS
• SL INHI
CRUISE CONTROL/SPEED • CC ON
LIMITER OPERATION • CC SUS
• CC INHI
• CC/SL A
• INACTIVE

• STAT0
• STAT3
• STAT2
CC OPERATING RELIABLY
• STATUS1
• INACTIVE

EC9-66
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [R9M]

Freeze frame data item* Description

A
• INACTIVE
• INVALID
• CO.1
• SUSPD EC9
CC/SL LMTR BUTTONS • MINUS
• PLUS
• RESTART
• INACTIVE C

• NO PRS
• PRESSED D
CLUTCH START OF TRAVEL
• INVALID
SWITCH
• INACTIVE

E
• MISSING
• INTRME
BRAKING DETECTED MULTI-
• PRESENT
PLEX SIGNAL
• INACTIVE F

• DEACTIVAT
• ACTIVE
FUEL PUMP RELAY
• INACTIVE
G

• MISSING
• PRESENT H
COMP + AFTER IGNITION
• INACTIVE

• NO PRS I
• PRESSED
CLUTCH END OF TRAVEL • RESERVED
SWITCH • INVALID
• INACTIVE J

• CONTACTOR NOT USED

• CONTACTOR USED K
CLUTCH SWITCH INFORMA-
• NO CONTACTOR
TION
• INACTIVE

• NOT DONE
L
SWIRL/F CLOSED POS • DONE
LEARN • INACTIVE
M
• NOT LEARNED
EXHAUST FLAP HIGH SET- • LEARNED
TING • INACTIVE
N
• STAT0
• STAT6
• STAT5 O
• STAT4
CC/SL SPEED SIGNAL MONI-
• STAT3
TORING
• STAT2
• STATUS1 P
• INACTIVE

EC9-67
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [R9M]

Freeze frame data item* Description

• STAT0
• STAT8
• STAT7
• STAT6
• STAT5
CRUISE CONTROL INFO
• STAT4
MONITORING
• STAT3
• STAT2
• STATUS1
• INACTIVE

• NORMAL
• STATUS1
• STAT2
COMBUSTION MODE • STAT3
• STAT4
• INACTIVE

COMBUSTION MODE - PAR- • PRBT

TICULATE FILTER REGEN- • AUTH
ERATION AUTHORIZATION • INACTIVE
STATE []
• DEACTIVAT
• ACTIVE
THERMOPLUNGER1 RELAY
• INACTIVE

• DEACTIVAT
• ACTIVE
THERMOPLUNGER2 RELAY
• INACTIVE

• DEACTIVAT
• ACTIVE
THERMOPLUNGER3 RELAY
• INACTIVE

• NOT DETECTED
WATER IN DIESEL DETEC- • DETECTED
TOR • INACTIVE

• DEACTIVAT
WATER PUMP RELAY COM- • ACTIVE
MAND • INACTIVE

• FRAME ABSENT
CONFIRMED FAILURE COR- • CLOCK ERROR
RESPONDING TO THE • FRAME COHERENCE ERROR
CHECKS ON ACC • INVALID

*: The items are the same as those of 1st trip freeze frame data.

DATA MONITOR MODE

Monitor item Unit Condition Specification

INLET AIR TEMPERATURE °C or °F Intake air temperature is displayed.
BOOST PRESSURE mbar Turbocharger boost pressure is displayed.
Exhaust gas temperature computed from exhaust gas tem-
TEMP UPSTREAM TURBINE °C or °F
perature sensor 1 is displayed.
ATOMOS PRESS mbar Atmospheric pressure is displayed.
WATER TEMP °C or °F Engine coolant temperature is displayed.

EC9-68
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [R9M]
Monitor item Unit Condition Specification
A
COMP SUP VOLT V The power supply voltage of ECM is displayed.
Engine speed computed from crankshaft position sensors
ENGINE SPEED rpm
displayed.
EC9
The vehicle speed computed from the vehicle speed sig-
VEHICLE SPEED km/h or mph
nalsent from combination meter is displayed.
Intake air flow rate computed from the mass air flow sensor
MEASURE AIR FLOW kg/h C
signal is displayed.
RAIL PRESSURE bar Fuel rail pressure is displayed.
RAIL PRES SET bar Target fuel rail pressure is displayed.
D
Exhaust gas temperature before DPF computed from the
UPS PRTCL FLTR TMP °C or °F
upstream DPF temperature sensor.
FUEL FLOW S/V CURRENT mA Current value of fuel flow actuator is displayed. E
LAST OFF/V CLOSE % Inlet throttle valve offset - last closed learning
Raw value of the position in percent of the sensor supply
IN FLAP ABSO POSI %
voltage F
FIRST OFF/V OPEN % Inlet throttle valve offset - first opened learning
FIRST OFF/V CLOSE % Inlet throttle valve offset - first closed learning
G
LAST OFF/V OPEN % Inlet throttle valve offset - last opened learning
Indicates the number of DPF regeneration failures since
REGENERATION FAIL —
the last success.
H
FLOW GAS IN DPF m3/h Flow of gas inside the DPF is displayed.
DPF INJEC RC COM % 5th injector PWM command
POST INJEC FLOW 1 mg/cp Post injection quantity is displayed. I
SOOT IN P/FLT g Soot mass in the DPF is displayed.
Exhaust gas air mass flow for estimation of downstream
EX SYSTEM FLW g/s
pressure and temperature models J
Differential exhaust gas pressure before/after DPF is dis-
DIFF EXH PRES. hPa
played.
PART.FILTER UPSTREAM Upstream DPF Temperature Sensor signal voltage is dis- K
mV
TEMP SENSOR VOLTAGE played.
EGR VALVE FIRST OFFSET % EGR valve offset - first learning
LAST EGR VALVE OFFSET % EGR valve offset - last learning
L
PTNMR EGR VLV CL % Absolute position in percent of the sensor supply voltage
Exhaust gas pressure before turbine computed from the
EXH GAS PRESS SEN 1 mbar M
exhaust gas pressure sensor 1is displayed.
Fuel temperature computed from the fuel temperature sen-
FUEL TEMP °C or °F
sor is displayed.
N
Fuel rail pressure computed from the fuel rail pressure sen-
RAIL PRESSURE mV
sor is displayed.
Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 signal voltage is dis-
PL PTNMR T1 V mV O
played.
Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal voltage is dis-
PL PTNMR T2 V mV
played.
P
ACCEL/PDL POS — Accelerator pedal position is displayed.
EGR volume control valve position sensor signal voltage is
EGR VALVE POSITION SEN mV
displayed.
RV/LV BUTTON VOLTAGE mV ASCD/Speed limiter steering switch voltage
RFRGERNT PRSS bar Refrigerant pressure is displayed.
FUEL FLOW mg/cp Total fuel flow is displayed.

EC9-69
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [R9M]
Monitor item Unit Condition Specification
TOTAL DRIVE DISTANCE km or mile Total drive distance is displayed.
SEN 1 FEED V mV Sensors power supply voltage 1 is displayed.
SEN 2 FEED V mV Sensors power supply voltage 2 is displayed.
SEN SUPPLY N-3 VOL mV Sensors power supply voltage 3 is displayed.
The vehicle speed computed from the vehicle speed signal
VEHICLE SPEED DISPLAYED km/h or mph
sent from combination meter is displayed.
The boost pressure (determined by the signal voltage of
BOOST PRESSUR hPa
the turbocharger boost sensor) is displayed.
TURBOCHARGING SOLENOID Turbocharger boost control solenoid valve open is dis-
%
VALVE OCR played.
AIR INL TMP SEN VO mV Intake air temperature sensor 1 signal voltage is displayed.
ATMOSPHERIC P mV Atmospheric pressure sensor voltage
HEATER PLUG CONTROL % Glow plug control PWM command is displayed.
AIR INL FLAP REL PO % Throttle opening angle is displayed.
EGR/V OPN REF % EGR volume control valve opening reference is displayed.
EGR VLV CONT % EGR volume control valve PWM command is displayed.
DMP V SET POS % Throttle opening angle is displayed.
EST. AIR FLOW mg/cp Estimated air flow is displayed
TURB PRE SEN VOL mV Exhaust gas pressure sensor 1 signal voltage is displayed.
ALTERNATOR LO % Alternator load is displayed.
The inlet air flow (determined by the signal voltage of the
INLET AIR/FLW mg/cp
mass air flow sensor) is displayed.
REFRGRT PRESS SEN V Refrigerant signal voltage is displayed.
IN/FLAP CTRL % Inlet throttle PWM command is displayed.
DMPR VLV SEN VO mV Inlet throttle position sensor voltage
EST INL FLP TMP °C or °F Inlet throttle upstream temperature
INL FLP SEN SUP VO mV Inlet throttle position sensor signal voltage is displayed.
EGR POSITION % EGR position is displayed.
TURB TMP SET °C or °F Exhaust gas temperature set point is displayed.
Intake manifold pressure computed from the TC boost sen-
MANIFOLD PRESSURE mbar
sor is displayed.
EXH GAS TEMP (UPSTM CAT) °C or °F This item is indicated, but not used.
SWIRL FLAP VOLTAGE mV Swirl control valve - Voltage supplied to the sensor
Exhaust Air Flap - Current value of the “'last closed thrust
EXH THRTL VALVE OFFSET %
position” learnt.
OIL DILUTION INFORMATION % Oil dilution rate
Low Pressure EGR valve - Current value of the first closed
L/ PRES EGR/V FIRST OFFSET %
thrust position learnt
Low pressure EGR volume control valve position is dis-
L/PRES EGR VALVE POSITION %
played.
EXH THROTTLE POSITION % Exhaust throttle opening rate is displayed.
ALTERNATOR POWER W Alternator power
Low pressure EGR volume control valve position sensor
L/PRES EGR VALVE POS SEN mV
signal voltage is displayed.
ENGINE REV COUNT — Number of engine revolutions since the last oil drain
ENG OIL DILU RATIO % Current oil dilution rate for oil wear estimation
ENG TORQUE Nm Engine output torque calculated by ECM is displayed.

EC9-70
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [R9M]
Monitor item Unit Condition Specification
A
EXH THROTTLE POS SEN mV Exhaust throttle position sensor signal voltage is displayed.
Memorized difference pressure to apply on the CSF differ-
DPF PRESSURE hPa
ential pressure for adaptation
EC9
Cruise control setting km or mile The preset ASCD vehicle speed is displayed.
DURATION OF RESUME BUT-
s Duration of resume button press is displayed.
TON PRESS
C
DURATION OF + BUTTON
s Duration of SET/+ button press is displayed.
PRESS
DURATION OF - BUTTON
s Duration of SET/- button press is displayed. D
PRESS
DURATION OF SUSPEND BUT-
s Duration of suspend button press is displayed.
TON PRESS
E
NUMBER OF ABNORMAL CC/
— Maximum value of blocked button detection counter
SL TRANSITIONS
RUNNING/
OFF/ F
MOTOR Engine status is displayed.
STALLED/
CRANKING
1ST IN VAL OPEN PR YES/NO Inlet throttle valve offset - first opened learning running G
1ST IN VAL CLOS PR YES/NO Inlet throttle valve offset - first closed learning running
DETCT/AC-
THERMOPLUNGER Thermoplunger No.1 status is displayed. H
TIVE
DETCT/AC-
THERMOPLNGR 2 Thermoplunger No.2 status is displayed.
TIVE
DETCT/AC-
I
THERMOPLNGR 3 Thermoplunger No.3 status is displayed.
TIVE
EGR FUN PROG YES/NO EGR volume control valve offset - first learning running
J
NOT DONE/
CAM TDC SYNC Camshaft/crankshaft synchronization status is displayed.
DONE
MISSING/
C/U+AFTR IGN Ignition switch status is displayed. K
PRESENT
INACTIVE/AC-
CLUTCH PEDAL SWITCH TIVE/ Clutch pedal position switch status is displayed.
BLOCKED L
ASCD steering switch status is displayed.
• INACTIVE: unpressed
INACTIVE/IN-
• INVALID: invalid voltage M
VALID/CO.1/
• CO.1: open circuit
CCS LMT BTN SUSPD/MI-
• SUSPD: suspend switch pressed
NUS/PLUS/
• MINUS: SET/− switch pressed
RSTRT
• PLUS: SET/+ switch pressed N
• RSTRT: RES switch pressed
ASCD and speed limiter status is displayed.
• OFF: ASCD and speed limiter is no activated.
O
• SL ON: speed limiter is activated. (active or over speed)
OFF/SL ON/SL
• SL SUS: speed limiter is activated. (awaiting or sus-
SUS/SL INHI/
pended)
CRS CN/SPD LMT OP CC ON/CC
• SL INHI: speed limiter requested and in failure P
SUS/CC INHI/
• CC ON: ASCD is activated. (active)
NONE
• CC SUS: ASCD is activated. (awaiting or suspended)
• /CC INH: ASCD requested and in failure
• NONE: ASCD and speed limiter not present
CC/SL CONNECTION AFTER Not detected/ When ASCD MAIN switch is pressed, it displays actual
CC BUTTON PRESSED DETCT ASCD operating condition detected by ECM.

EC9-71
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [R9M]
Monitor item Unit Condition Specification
CC/SL CONNECTION AFTER Not detected/ When speed limiter MAIN switch is pressed, it displays ac-
SL BUTTON PRESSED DETCT tual speed limiter operating condition detected by ECM.
Inactive/REG-
CRS C/SPD LIM UL/LIMIT/Inco- Speed limiter MAIN switch status is displayed.
herence
Cancellation condition of ASCD/speed limiter is displayed.
• STAT1: ASCD/speed limiter main switch changed.
STAT1/STAT2/ • STAT2: Suspend button is pressed.
CC/SL ACT DR STAT3/STAT4/ • STAT3: ASCD brake switch is ON.
STAT5 • STAT4: Clutch pedal position switch is ON.
• STAT5: Shift the selector lever to “N” position.
• NONE: Deactivation
TRC/ANTI-YAW CNT No/Yes Anti skid regulation or anti yaw control in regulation.
COR/Incoher-
CRUISE CONTROL Speed/set point ratio too small.
ence
RELES/AP-
PARKING BRAKE Parking brake status is displayed.
PLIED
CC CONT INHI INJ No/Yes ASCD system engine control inhibition
SL INHI INJECTION No/Yes Speed limiter system engine control inhibition
Not detected/
CLUTCH INFO UNAV Clutch information unavailable is detected.
DETCT
Not detected/
BRAKE INFO UNAVAI Brake information unavailable is detected.
DETCT
Not detected/
BRAKE INFO ABSENT Brake information absent is detected.
DETCT
Not detected/
DECELE W/O BRAKE Sudden braking detected without brake information
DETCT
Not detected/
SHA DEC W/O BRAK Braking detected without brake information
DETCT
Not detected/
CC INHI INJECTION ASCD inhibition is detected.
DETCT
Not detected/
DISP VEHI SP UNAV Displayed vehicle speed unavailable is detected.
DETCT
Not detected/
ACT SP INFO ABSE Real vehicle speed unavailable is detected.
DETCT
Not detected/
DISP SP INFO ABSE Display vehicle speed absence is detected.
DETCT
Not detected/
CHANGE SP UNIT Change of the displayed speed unit is detected.
DETCT
Not detected/
SL INHI INJECTION Speed limiter inhibition is detected.
DETCT
VEHICLE SPEED UNIT km/h/mph Vehicle speed is displayed.
OFF/
WIRED BRAK CONTA PRESSED/ ASCD brake switch state is displayed.
INTM
State of the failures which cause irreversible ASCD safety
failure is displayed.
• STAT1: Presence of ASCD force request despite the
STAT1/STAT2/ ASCD deactivation
CC OPERATING RELIABLY
STAT3 • STAT2: Activation of the open brake switch without
ASCD deactivation
• STAT3: Activation of the minimum travel clutch switch
without ASCD deactivation

EC9-72
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [R9M]
Monitor item Unit Condition Specification
A
Inactive/REG-
UL/INTM/DIAG
TURBO REGULATION Boost regulation state is displayed.
MODE/
PRTCT/MAX EC9
Inactive/AC- Authorization to connect ASCD and speed limiter options
CC/SL CONN AUTH
TIVE status is displayed.
LOW FUEL LEVEL INFORMA- C
OK/Low LOW FUEL LEVEL INFORMATION is displayed.
TION
Not detected/
WTR DIESEL DETECTR This item is not used.
DETCT D
INACTIVE/AC-
COOLING FAN ACTIV REQ Cooling fan request status is displayed.
TIVE
State of the reversible failures not due to ASCD/speed lim- E
iter which cause ASCD/speed limiter failure
• STAT1: Real vehicle speed unavailable is detected.
STAT1/STAT2/
CC/SL SPEED SIGNAL MONI- • STAT2: Displayed vehicle speed unavailable is detected.
STAT3/STAT4/
TORING
STAT5/STAT6
• STAT3: Real vehicle speed absence is detected. F
• STAT4: Display vehicle speed absence is detected.
• STAT5: Change of the displayed speed unit is detected.
• STAT6: Speed limiter inhibition is detected.
G
NORMAL/
1.DEF/2.DEF/
3.DEF/STAT4/ REQUIREMENT VALUE OF COMBUSTION MODE isdis-
COMBU MODE SET
RESERV/ played. H
STAT5/STAT6/
4.DEF
NORMAL/
I
2.DEF/3.DEF/
STAT4/RE- REQUIREMENT VALUE OF COMBUSTION MODE isdis-
COMBUSTION MODE
SERVED/ played.
1.DEF/STAT5/ J
STAT6/4.DEF
NOT DONE/
SWIRL/F OPEN POS LEARN Indicates Swirl Flap Open Position Learning status.
DONE
K
NOT DONE/
SWIRL/F CLOSED POS LEARN Indicates Swirl Flap Closed Position Learning status.
DONE
NOT DONE/ Indicates Exhaust Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning L
EXH THRTL/ V CLSD POS LRN
DONE status.
Combustion mode - particulate filter regeneration authori-
ETAT PRIVE 5 1.DEF/2.DEF
zation state
M
DEACT/AC-
CONTROLLED CL THERMOS Flow water valve command of water system
TIVE
Error detected by the monitoring of supplier injections (val-
INJ ERROR FIND PROCEDRE 1.DEF/2.DEF N
ue after reset)
NOT DONE/ Indicates Low Pressure EGR Volume Control Valve Closed
L/PRES EGR/V CLSD POS LRN
DONE Position Learning status.
O
LOW PRESSURE EGR VALVE UNAVAIL- Low Pressure EGR Volume Control Valve Offset - first
PROGRAMMING ABLE/AVAILBL learning running
PRESSED/
STARTER BUTTON Ignition switch status is displayed. P
RELSD
ENGAGE REVERSE GEAR No/Yes Selector lever “R” position status is displayed.
AUTOMATIC GEARBOX IN DE- Not detected/
Transaxle in limp home mode is detected.
FECT MODE DETCT
Not detected/
ACT SP INFO UNAV Real vehicle speed unavailable is detected.
DETCT

EC9-73
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [R9M]
Monitor item Unit Condition Specification
UNAVAIL- Displayed vehicle speed received on the CAN network not
VEHICLE SPEED DISPLAYED
ABLE/AVAILBL available after a filtering time
VEHICLE SPEED MULTI- UNAVAIL- Vehicle speed received on the CAN network not available
PLEXED INFORMATION ABLE/AVAILBL after a filtering time
Current gear engaged
• DECLTC: Declutched at rest
• 1: 1st gear
• 2: 2nd gear
DECLTC/1/2/3/
GEARBOX RATIO • 3: 3rd gear
4/5/6/RVRS
• 4: 4th gear
• 5: 5th gear
• 6: 6th gear
• RVRS: Reverse
NOT DONE/
FIRST START First start status is displayed.
DONE
CLUTCH CONTACT MULTI- UNAVAIL-
Filtered unavailable clutch pedal status information
PLEX SIGNAL ABLE/AVAILBL
CLUTCH CONTACT WIRING - UNAVAIL-
Begin stroke clutch pedal switch for cruise control safety
START OF TRAVEL ABLE/AVAILBL
EGR LOW PRESSURE POTEN-
mV
TIOMETER
ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE mbar
COMPUTER SUPPLY VOLTAGE V
NUMBER OF ROT ENG
ENGINE OIL DILUTION RATIO %
TEMP. UPSTREAM OF PF °C or °F
REGEN MALFNC
TEMP. UPSTRM OF CAT CNV °C or °F
AIR FLOW REFERENCE mg/cp
OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR
VOLTAGE - ENGINE
ROUGH TC PRESS mbar
EGR LOW PRESSURE POSI-
%
TION
ENGINE TORQUE Nm
POST INJECTION FLOW 1 mg/cp
EXHAUST SYSTEM FLOW g/s
P/FLT DIFF. PRS hpa
EXHAUST AIR FLAP OFFSET %
EXHAUST AIR VALVE POSI-
mV
TION SENSOR VOLTAGE
POTN VAL EGR VALVE CLSD %
POSITION SETPOINT SENT BY
%
THE MONITORING SYSTEM
FUEL TEMPERATURE °C or °F
PARTICLE FILTER DIFF. PRES-
hpa
SURE CORRECTION
RAIL PRESS SEN VOLT mV
LOW PRESSURE EGR AIR
°C or °F
TEMPERATURE

EC9-74
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [R9M]
Monitor item Unit Condition Specification
A
LOW PRESSURE EGR VALVE
%
FIRST OFFSET
ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSI-
TION EC9
EGR LOW PRESSURE POSI-
%
TION
RAIL PRESS LOOP VAR bar C
EGR POTENTIOMETER VOLT-
mV
AGE
D
PF PRS SEN VOLT mV
CHARGED AIR TEMPERATURE
°C or °F
DOWN STREAM
E
DAMPER VALVE SEN VOLT mV
SUPPLY VOLTAGE EXHAUST
mV
AIR FLAP SENSOR
F
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE bar
DAMPER VALVE UPSTREAM
°C or °F
TEMPERATURE
G
MILEAGE km or mile
ADDITIONAL INFO FD23
LOW PRESSURE EMTV - EGR H
BP VALVE CONTROL SET-
%
POINT USED BY THE MONI-
TORING SYSTEM
I
BOOST PRESS REF VALUE hpa
AIR INLET TEMP SEN VOLT mV
FAULT APPEARANCE J
COUNTER
AIR INLET/F REL POS %
EGR VALVE OPENING REFER- K
%
ENCE
EGR VALVE CONTROL %
RFRG TEMP PRESS SEN VOLT V
L

DMPR VLV SET POS %

ADDITIONAL INFO 2069 Nm
M
TBN UPSTR PRS SEN VOLT mV
MAX PERMISSIBLE SPEED km/h or mph
ALTERNATOR LOAD % N
INLET AIR FLOW mg/cp
ADDITIONAL INFO FD2E
O
INLET/F SEN SUPPLY VOLT mV
EGR LOW PRESSURE OCR %
ALTERNATOR POWER W P
EGR SENSOR SUPPLY VOLT-
mV
AGE
ADDITIONAL INFO FD24
BRAKE/ACCELERATOR PEDAL
INCONSISTENCY
OXYGEN RATE

EC9-75
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [R9M]
Monitor item Unit Condition Specification
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
°C or °F
24F3
ADDITIONAL INFO 2813 °Crk
ADDITIONAL INFO FD47 mV
TBN UPSTR TEMP SETP °C or °F
POST INJECTION FLOW mg/cp
OIL DILUTION INFORMATION %
ADDITIONAL INFO FD61
ADDITIONAL INFO FD62
NUMBER OF STARTING 2
ADDITIONAL INFO FD96 mg/Hub
AIR REGULATION CUT-OFF
CONDITIONS
NUMBER OF STARTING 1
ADDITIONAL INFO FDE1
ADDITIONAL INFO FDE2
ADDITIONAL INFO FDE3
NUMBER OF STARTING 3
ADDITIONAL INFO FDE6 hpa
ADDITIONAL INFO FDE7
ADDITIONAL INFO FDE8 mV
FLOW REGULATOR CURRENT
mA
REFERENCE VALUE
ADDITIONAL INFO FDEB
ADDITIONAL INFO FDEC
ADDITIONAL INFO FDED
ADDITIONAL INFO FDEE
ADDITIONAL INFO FDEF
ADDITIONAL INFO FDF0 hpa
NUMBER OF STARTING 4
GROSS INLET MANIFOLD
hpa
PRESSURE
ADDITIONAL INFO FD2D
ADDITIONAL INFO FD2F °C or °F
EXHAUST FLAP POSITION
%
SETPOINT
EXHAUST AIR FLAP OCR %
FIRST OFFSET OF THE EX-
%
HAUST AIR FLAP OPEN
EXHAUST FLAP ABSOLUTE
%
POSITION
LOW PRESSURE EGR VALVE
mV
SUPPLY VOLTAGE
LOW PRESSURE EGR POSI-
%
TION REFERENCE VALUE
DURATION OF - BUTTON
S
PRESS

EC9-76
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [R9M]
Monitor item Unit Condition Specification
A
NUMBER OF ABNORMAL CC/
SL TRANSITIONS
SOOT AFTER REGEN G
EC9
FAST IDLE SPEED rpm
MAXIMUM VEHICLE SPEED km/h or mph
ADDITIONAL INFO FD5A C
ADDITIONAL INFO FD22
FIRST OFFSET OF THE
%
CLOSED EXHAUST FLAP D
LAST OFFSET OF CLOSED
%
LOW PRESSURE EGR
ADDITIONAL INFO FD25 E
ADDITIONAL INFO FD26
PRESSURE UPSTREAM OF
mbar F
PARTICLE FILTER
BRAKE CNT 1 DURATION S
BRAKE CNT 2 DURATION S
G
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
%
FD68
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR km/h or mph H
PARTICLE FILTER PRESSURE
mbar
SENSOR OFFSET
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION I
FDE5
ADDITIONAL INFO FD9C °C or °F
ADDITIONAL INFO FD9D J
ADDITIONAL INFO FDE6 hpa
ALTERNATOR LOAD %
K
PRS UPSTR OF TBN mbar
TBN UPSTR TMP SEN VOLT V
SWIRL FLAP - SWIRL POSI- L
TION RELATIVE TO THE %
CLOSED THRUST
SWIRL THROTTLE POSTION
M
SETPOINT USED BY THE %
MONITORING SYSTEM
SWIRL FLAP - PWM COMMAND
% N
ASKED TO THE HBRIDGE
SWIRL FLAP - CURRENT VAL-
UE OF THE ‘LAST CLOSED %
THRUST POSITION’ LEARNT O
SWIRL FLAP - CURRENT VAL-
UE OF THE FIRST CLOSED %
THRUST POSITION LEARNT
P
SWIRL FLAP - CURRENT VAL-
UE OF THE ‘FIRST OPENED %
THRUST POSITION’ LEARNT
SWIRL FLAP - ABSOLUTE PO-
SITION IN PERCENT OF THE %
SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE
ATMOS PRESS SEN VOLT mV

EC9-77
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [R9M]
Monitor item Unit Condition Specification
EGR LOW PRESSURE POTEN-
mV
TIOMETER
ADDITIONAL INFO FD45
AFTER REPLAC DPF km or mile
TIME SINCE LAST REGEN H
DURATION LAST REGEN Min
PF UPSTR TEMP. REF VAL °C or °F
KM SINCE SUCCESS REGEN km or mile
F/FLOW CORR CYL NO. 1 mg/cp
F/FLOW CORR CYL NO. 2 mg/cp
F/FLOW CORR CYL NO. 3 mg/cp
F/FLOW CORR CYL NO. 4 mg/cp
EGR S/V CONTROL %
FUEL TEMP SEN V V
GROSS ENGINE TORQUE Nm
COOLANT TEMP SEN VOLT V
CRNKS SYNC LOSS COUN
MAIN INJECTION FLOW mg/cp
ADDITIONAL INFO 287A
ADDITIONAL INFO 24D0
CARBON MATERIAL RATE %
ADDITIONAL INFO FD45
ADDITIONAL INFO FD96 mg/Hub
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
FE22
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
FE23
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
FE24
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
FE25
DAMPER VALVE SEN VOLT mV
PREHEATING MODE %
PRESENT/IN-
COMP + AFTER IGNITION
ACTIVE
NOT DONE/
A/C ATHRSTION DONE/INAC-
TIVE
DEACTIVAT/
THERMOPLUNGER1 RELAY ACTIVE/INAC-
TIVE
PRESENT/IN-
THERMOPLUNGER2 RELAY
ACTIVE
PRESENT/IN-
THERMOPLUNGER3 RELAY
ACTIVE

EC9-78
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [R9M]
Monitor item Unit Condition Specification
A
OFF/RUN-
NING/
MOTOR STALLED/
CRANKING/ EC9
INACTIVE
NO PRS/RE-
SERVED/
BRAKE PEDAL
PRESSED/IN-
C
ACTIVE
REVERSE/
GEARBOX RATIO DCLTCH/IN- D
ACTIVE
DEACTIVAT/
CC/SL LMTR ACTIVE/INAC- E
TIVE
DEACTIVAT/
CC/SL LMTR ACTIVE/INAC-
TIVE
F

INCOHER-
ENCE/COR-
CRUISE CONTROL G
RECT/
INACTIVE
COMBUSTION MODE - PAR-
1.DEF/2.DEF/
TICULATE FILTER REGENERA-
INACTIVE
H
TION AUTHORIZATION STATE
ACTIVE/DE-
PREHEATING REL CNT ACTIVAT/IN-
I
ACTIVE
NO/YES/INAC-
EGR FUN PROG
TIVE
J
INACTIVE/AC-
CLUTCH PEDAL SWITCH TIVE/
BLOCKED
OFF/SL ON/SL
K
SUS/SL INHI/
CRUISE CONTROL/SPEED CC ON/CC
LIMITER OPERATION SUS/CC INHI/ L
CC/SL A/IN-
ACTIVE
LOW FUEL LEVEL INFORMA- OK/LOW/IN-
TION ACTIVE M
CC/SL DEACT BY DR ACTIN
DEACTIVAT/
WATER PUMP RELAY COM- N
ACTIVE/INAC-
MAND
TIVE
WITHOUT/
BRAKE SWITCH WITH//INAC- O
TIVE
DEACTIVAT/
FUEL PUMP RELAY ACTIVE/INAC- P
TIVE
NOT DETECT-
WATER IN DIESEL DETECTOR ED/DETECT-
ED/INACTIVE
PRESSED/
STARTER BUTTON RELSD/INAC-
TIVE

EC9-79
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [R9M]
Monitor item Unit Condition Specification
STATUS1/
STAT2/STAT3/
STATIC REGEN (IWRKSHOP) STAT4/STAT5/
STAT6/INAC-
TIVE
INACTIVE/IN-
VALID/CO.1/
CC/SL LMTR BUTTONS SUSPD/MI-
NUS/PLUS/
RESTART
NOT DONE/
GEARBOX RATIO TARGET DONE/INAC-
TIVE
UNAVAIL-
VEHICLE SPEED DISPLAYED ABLE/AVAIL/
INACTIVE
AVAIL/UN-
VEHICLE SPEED MULTI-
AVAILABLE/
PLEXED INFORMATION
INACTIVE
NO/YES//IN-
ENGAGE REVERSE GEAR
ACTIVE
WITHOUT/
CC/SL CONNECTION AFTER
WITH/INAC-
CC BUTTON PRESSED
TIVE
NOT DETECT-
CC/SL CONNECTION AFTER
ED/DETECT-
SL BUTTON PRESSED
ED/INACTIVE
RELSD/
CL CONTACT WIRE SIGNAL PRESSED/IN-
ACTIVE
RELSD/AP-
MANUAL OR ASSISTED PARK-
PLIED/INAC-
ING BRAKE
TIVE
STAT0/STAT6/
STAT5/STAT4/
CRUISE CONTROL INFO MON-
STAT3/STAT2/
ITORING
STATUS1/IN-
ACTIVE
STAT0/STAT8/
STAT7/STAT6/
CC/SL SPEED SIGNAL MONI- STAT5/STAT4/
TORING STAT3/STAT2/
STATUS1/IN-
ACTIVE
NOT DETECT-
MANUAL GEARBOX LEVER IN
ED/DETECT-
NEUTRAL
ED/INACTIVE
NOT DETECT-
AUTOMATIC GEARBOX IN DE-
ED/DETECT-
FECT MODE
ED/INACTIVE
UNAVAIL-
CLUTCH CONTACT MULTI-
ABLE/AVAIL/
PLEX SIGNAL
INACTIVE
MISSING/IN-
BRAKING DETECTED MULTI- TRME/
PLEX SIGNAL PRESENT/IN-
ACTIVE

EC9-80
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [R9M]
Monitor item Unit Condition Specification
A
DONE/NOT
FIRST START DONE/INAC-
TIVE
STAT0/STAT3/ EC9
STAT2/
CC OPERATING RELIABLY
STATUS1/IN-
ACTIVE
C
CLUTCH CONTACT WIRING - INACTIVE/AC-
START OF TRAVEL TIVE
km/h/MPH/IN- D
VEHICLE SPEED UNIT
ACTIVE
MAX/PRO-
TECTED/DIAG
TURBO REGULATION MODE/INAC- E
TIVE/REG/IN-
TRME
NOT DONE/ F
CAM TDC SYNC DONE/INAC-
TIVE
NOT DETECT- G
CLUTCH INFO UNAVAILABLE ED/DETECT-
ED/INACTIVE
NOT DETECT-
CLUTCH INFO ABSENT ED/DETECT- H
ED/INACTIVE
NOT DETECT-
BRAKE INFO UNAVAILABLE ED/DETECT- I
ED/INACTIVE
NOT DETECT-
BRAKE INFO ABSENT ED/DETECT- J
ED/INACTIVE
NOT DETECT-
DECEL W/O BRK DEPR ED/DETECT-
ED/INACTIVE
K
NOT DETECT-
S/DECEL W/O BRK DEPR ED/DETECT-
ED/INACTIVE L
NOT DETECT-
CC INHIBITED BY INJECTION ED/DETECT-
ED/INACTIVE M
NOT DETECT-
SL INHIBITED BY INJECTION ED/DETECT-
ED/INACTIVE
N
NOT DETECT-
ACTL VHCL SPD INFO UNAVL ED/DETECT-
ED/INACTIVE
O
NOT DETECT-
DISP VHCL SPD UNAVL ED/DETECT-
ED/INACTIVE
NOT DETECT- P
ACTL VHCL SPD INFO ABSNT ED/DETECT-
ED/INACTIVE
NOT DETECT-
DISP VHCL SPD INFO ABSNT ED/DETECT-
ED/INACTIVE

EC9-81
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [R9M]
Monitor item Unit Condition Specification
NOT DETECT-
CHANGE OF VHCL SPD UNIT ED/DETECT-
ED/INACTIVE
NO PRS/IN-
TRME/
WIRED BRAKE CONTACT
PRESSED/IN-
ACTIVE
INACTIVE/AC-
FAST IDLE SPD FUNCTION
TIVE
CONNECTED/
CLUTCH START OF TRAVEL
N CON/INAC-
SWITCH
TIVE
NO/YES//IN-
TRC/ANTI-YAW CNT
ACTIVE
RELSD/AP-
PARKING BRAKE PLIED/INAC-
TIVE
MOTOR-DRIVEN FAN UNIT RE- ACTIVE/INAC-
QUEST TIVE
STATUS1/
STAT2/STAT3/
STAT4/STAT5/
REGENERATION COMMAND STAT6/STAT7/
STAT8/STAT9/
STAT10/INAC-
TIVE
(TBD)REGENERATION AU- YES/NO/INAC-
THORISATION TIVE
NOT DONE/
1ST IN VAL OPEN PR DONE/INAC-
TIVE
NOT DONE/
1ST IN VAL CLOS PR DONE/INAC-
TIVE
INACTIVE/AC-
CC/SL CONN AUTHR
TIVE
NO/YES/INAC-
CC CONT INHI INJ
TIVE
NO/YES/INAC-
SL INHI SYS INJ
TIVE
NORMAL/
STATUS1/
COMBUSTION MODE SET STAT2/STAT3/
STAT4/INAC-
TIVE
NORMAL/
STATUS1/
COMBUSTION MODE STAT2/STAT3/
STAT4/INAC-
TIVE
NOT DONE/
LOW PRESSURE EGR VALVE
DONE//INAC-
PROGRAMMING
TIVE
NOT
EXHAUST FLAP HIGH SET- LEARNED/
TING LEARNED/IN-
ACTIVE

EC9-82
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [R9M]
Monitor item Unit Condition Specification
A
NOT DONE/
EXHAUST AIR FLAP PRO-
DONE/INAC-
GRAMMING
TIVE
LIMIT/INAC- EC9
SPEED LIMITER
TIVE
YES/NO/INAC-
STOP WARNING LIGHT
TIVE C
RELSD/
CL START OF TRAVEL SW PRESSED/IN-
ACTIVE D
NOT DETECT-
ED/DETECT-
SPEED LIMITER FUNCTION
ED/NOT
DEFINED E
WITHOUT/
CRUISE CONTROL FUNCTION WITH/INAC-
TIVE F
WITHOUT/
CC/SL LMTR BUTTONS WITH/INAC-
TIVE G
ACC. PDL DETECT BLOCK NO/YES
NO PRS/
CLUTCH START OF TRAVEL PRESSED/IN- H
SWITCH VALID/INAC-
TIVE
NO PRS/
I
PRESSED/RE-
CLUTCH END OF TRAVEL
SERVED/IN-
SWITCH
VALID/
INACTIVE J
NOT DONE/
SWIRL/F CLOSED POS LEARN DONE//INAC-
TIVE
K
NOT PRO-
TECTED/
STAT2/STAT3/
INJECTION PROTECTION INACTIVE/ L
STATUS1/
STAT4/INDE-
TERMINATE
M
NOT DETECT-
A/C COMMAND ED/DETECT-
ED/INACTIVE
N
ACCELERATED IDLE RE- INACTIVE/ac-
QUEST tive/
EXTING/IL-
PREHEATER LIGHT LUM/INAC- O
TIVE
INACTIVE/AC-
RECYC EXGAS COOLING
TIVE P
ACTIVE/INAC-
TURB ELEC WTR PMP CMND
TIVE
INACTIVE/AC-
EXHAUST INJ S/V COMMAND
TIVE
NOT DONE/
SWIRL/F OPEN POS LEARN DONE/INAC-
TIVE

EC9-83
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [R9M]
Monitor item Unit Condition Specification
1.DEF/2.DEF/
INJ ERROR FIND PROCEDRE
INACTIVE
PRESENT/IN-
COMP + AFTER IGNITION
ACTIVE
PRESENT/IN-
COMP + AFTER IGNITION
ACTIVE
PRESENT/IN-
COMP + AFTER IGNITION
ACTIVE
PRESENT/IN-
COMP + AFTER IGNITION
ACTIVE
PRESENT/IN-
COMP + AFTER IGNITION
ACTIVE
PRESENT/IN-
COMP + AFTER IGNITION
ACTIVE
PRESENT/IN-
COMP + AFTER IGNITION
ACTIVE
PRESENT/IN-
COMP + AFTER IGNITION
ACTIVE
PRESENT/IN-
COMP + AFTER IGNITION
ACTIVE
PRESENT/IN-
COMP + AFTER IGNITION
ACTIVE
PRESENT/IN-
COMP + AFTER IGNITION
ACTIVE
PRESENT/IN-
COMP + AFTER IGNITION
ACTIVE
PRESENT/IN-
COMP + AFTER IGNITION
ACTIVE
PRESENT/IN-
COMP + AFTER IGNITION
ACTIVE
NOTE:
Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically.

WORK SUPPORT MODE

Work Item

Work item Description Usage

In this mode, write data stored by “SAVE COMPUTER DATA” in
WRITE SAVED DATA
work support mode to ECM. When ECM is replaced.*

• When ECM is replaced.*

ENTER INJECTOR CODES In this mode, fuel injector adjustment value is registered. • When fuel injector(s) is re-
placed.
SAVE COMPUTER DATA In this mode, save data that is in ECM. When ECM is replaced.*

• When ECM is replaced.*

• ECM enter fail-safe mode be-
PARTICLE FILTER REGEN- cause the amount of particulate
In this mode, service regeneration is performed. matter in DPF reaches the
ERATION
specified level.
• Component inspection for DPF
is performed.
CYLINDER FUNCTION
— —
FAULT FINDING

EC9-84
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [R9M]
Work item Description Usage
A
High pressure fuel circuit fault
— —
finding
AFTER DPF REPLACE-
In this mode, estimated PM amount in DPF is cleared. When DPF is replaced. EC9
MENT
AFTER DPF REGENERA-
In this mode, estimated PM amount in DPF is cleared. When DPF is regenerated.
TION
• When engine oil is changed. C
ENGINE OIL OXIDATION
In this mode, engine oil oxidation data is cleared. • When engine assembly is re-
DATA RESET
placed.
• When engine oil is changed. D
ENGINE OIL DILUTION
In this mode, engine oil dilution data is cleared. • When engine assembly is re-
DATA RESET
placed.
VIN REGISTRATION In this mode, VIN is registered in ECM. When registering VIN in ECM. E
EGR VALVE PROGRAM-
— —
MING
FLYWHL TGT PG — — F
PRPR RICH SEN PROG — —
EXHAUST THROTTLE
— —
VALVE PROGRAMMING G
SWIRL FLAP PROGRAM-
— —
MING
TURBOCHARGER PRO- H
— —
GRAMMING
ADAPTIVES ON ETC ACTU-
— —
ATOR MALFUNCTION I
AIR FLOW METER PRO-
— —
GRAMMING
MANIFOLD PRESSURE J
— —
SENSOR PROGRAMMING
DIFF EXH PRES. SEN — —
LOW PRESSURE EGR K
— —
VALVE PROGRAMMING
ENGINE ADAPTIVES — —
L
SWIRL FLAP — —
RAIL PRS SEN ADAPTIVES — —
NUMBER OF STARTING CY- M
— —
CLES
INJECTION PUMP ADAP-
— —
TIVES
N
FUEL SPLY PREV — —
H/P FUEL PUMP INITIAL In this mode, high pressure fuel pump initial starts counter is When high pressure fuel pump is
STARTS COUNTER RESET cleared. replaced.
O
H/P FUEL PUMP TOTAL In this mode, high pressure fuel pump total starts counter is When high pressure fuel pump is
STARTS COUNTER RESET cleared. replaced.
WRITE V.I.N. P
(TBD)CYLINDER NO. 1 IN-
JECTOR CODE
(TBD)CYLINDER NO. 2 IN-
JECTOR CODE
(TBD)CYLINDER NO. 3 IN-
JECTOR CODE

EC9-85
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [R9M]
Work item Description Usage
(TBD)CYLINDER NO. 4 IN-
JECTOR CODE
NUMBER OF STARTING 1
NUMBER OF STARTING 2
NUMBER OF STARTING 3
NUMBER OF STARTING 4
FUEL PUMP PROGRAM-
MING
ADAPTIVES ON AIR INTAKE
FLAP MALFUNCTION
AIR DAMPER VALVE PRO-
GRAMMING(R088)
EXHAUST FLAP LOW SET-
TING
INJECTION PUMP ADAPTA-
TIVES
RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR
ADAPTIVES
DPF RELATIVE PRESSURE
SENSOR
P/FLT DIFF PRS SEN
BYPASS SOLENOID VALVE
FOR HP TURBINE COMPO-
NENT
AIR DAMPER VALVE PRO-
GRAMMING(R044)
CABIN FILTER REGENERA-
TION
SPEED LIMITER
FAST IDLE SPEED MODIFI-
CATION
ADAPTIVES AFTER RE-
PLACING CABIN FILTER
ADAPTIVES AFTER RE-
GENERATING PF
INTERVAL OF OIL CHANGE
(OCS) OXIDATION
OIL CHANGE INTERVAL
(OCS): DILUTION
TEST ROUTINE FOR UDS
IMPLEMENTATION VALIDA-
TION
DAIMLER COMPRESSION
TEST
VVT AFTER SALES
IDLE SPEED TARGET TUN-
ING FUNCTION (INCREAS-
ING)
IDLE SPEED TARGET TUN-
ING FUNCTION (DECREAS-
ING)
FAP REGENERATION

EC9-86
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [R9M]
Work item Description Usage
A
EXHAUST FUEL INJECTOR
LEAKAGE
UPSTREAM LAMBDA SEN-
SOR EC9
RAIL PRESSURE TEST
RUN-UP TEST
C
STATIC TEST
FUEL FEED INHIBITION
DAIMLERIMMOBILIZER D
FBS3 END OF LINE
IMMOBILIZER FBS3 AFTER
SALES E
*: The necessary operation is different depending on the operation result of ECM data save or write. Always
perform the operation according to procedures. Refer to EC9-142, "Description".
ACTIVE TEST MODE F

Test item Condition Judgment Check item (Remedy)

• Ignition switch: ON
G
• Turn turbocharger boost control Turbocharger boost control sole- • Harness and connector
TURBOCHARGING
solenoid valve ON and OFF with noid valve makes an operating • Turbocharger boost control sole-
SOLENOID VALVE
the CONSULT and listen to opera- sound. noid valve H
tion sound.
• Ignition switch: ON
• Turn throttle control motor ON and • Harness and connector
AIR INLET FLAP Throttle valve is operated. I
OFF with the CONSULT and con- • Electric throttle control actuator
firm the operation.
THERMOPLNGR
— — — J
RLY N1
THERMOPLNGR
— — —
RLY N2
THERMOPLNGER K
— — —
3 RLY
PREHEATER RLY — — —
• Ignition switch: ON
L
• Turn EGR volume control valve EGR volume control valve is oper- • Harness and connector
EGR VALVE
ON and OFF with the CONSULT ated. • EGR volume control valve
and confirm the operation. M
PUMP PRESSURE
— — —
REGULATOR
• Ignition switch: ON N
• Turn swirl control motor ON and • Harness and connector
SWIRL FLAP Swirl control valve is operated.
OFF with the CONSULT and con- • Swirl control valve actuator
firm the operation.
CONTROLLED CL
O
— — —
THERMOS
• Ignition switch: ON
• Turn fuel flow actuator ON and Fuel flow actuator makes an oper- • Harness and connector P
FUEL PUMP
OFF with the CONSULT and listen ating sound. • Fuel pump
to operation sound.
• Ignition switch: ON
EXHAUST E/ • Harness and connector
• Turn exhaust throttle control mo-
THROTTLE CON- Exhaust throttle valve is operated. • Exhaust electric throttle control
tor ON and OFF with the CON-
TROL ACTUATOR actuator
SULT and confirm the operation.

EC9-87
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [R9M]
Test item Condition Judgment Check item (Remedy)
• Ignition switch: ON
• Turn low pressure EGR volume • Harness and connector
LOW PRESSURE Low pressure EGR volume con-
control valve ON and OFF with the • Low pressure EGR volume con-
EGR VALVE trol valve is operated.
CONSULT and confirm the opera- trol valve
tion.
HEATER DRIVER
PWM DUTY CYCLE
VOLUME FLOW
ACTUATOR PWM
COMMAND
FAN 2 ACTIVATION
FAN 1 ACTIVATION
5TH INJECTOR
PWM COMMAND
RAIL PRESSURE
SETPOINT
SWIRL THROTTLE
POSITION SET-
POINT USED BY
THE MONITORING
SYSTEM
EGR BP VALVE
CONTROL SET-
POINT USED BY
THE MONITORING
SYSTEM
ET THROTTLE PO-
SITION USED BY
THE MONITORING
SYSTEM
TURBO WATER
COOLING PUMP
COMMAND
EGR COOLING BY-
PASS PWM COM-
MAND
EGR VALVE POSI-
TION SETPOINT
INLET THROTTLE
POSITION SET-
POINT
BOOST PRESURE
PWM COMMAND
FLOW WATER
VALVE COMMAND
OF WATER SYS-
TEM
WIRE PTC3 ORDER
WIRE PTC2 ORDER
WIRE PTC1 ORDER
HEATING GLOW
PLUGS PWM COM-
MAND
IDLE ENGINE
SPEED SETPOINT

EC9-88
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [R9M]
Test item Condition Judgment Check item (Remedy)
A
AIR CONDITION-
ING STATE
THERMOPLUNG-
ERS COMMAND EC9
STATE
FUEL INJECTORS
C
CONFIGURATION

Function Description
D
This function stores the information to ECM that the vehicle is equipped with Speed
SPEED LIMITER FUNCTION
Limiter.
This function stores the information to ECM that the vehicle is equipped with Cruise E
CRUISE CONTROL FUNCTION
Control System.
This function stores the information to ECM that the vehicle is equipped with ASCD/
CC/SL LMTR BUTTONS
speed limiter main switch.
F

EC9-89
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [R9M]

ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION

ECM
Reference Value INFOID:0000000010309002

TERMINAL LAYOUT

JSBIA2129ZZ

PHYSICAL VALUES
NOTE:
• ECM is located near the battery in the engine room.
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
• Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT.

Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Output
1 CAN communication line Input/
— — —
(L) (CAN-H) Output
2 CAN communication line Input/
— — —
(P) (CAN-L) Output
[Ignition switch: ON]
0V
3 29 ASCD MAIN switch: OFF
ASCD MAIN switch Input
(SB) (B) [Ignition switch: ON] Battery voltage
ASCD MAIN switch: ON (11 - 14 V)
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped 0V
6 29 • Clutch pedal: Fully released
Clutch interlock switch Input
(V) (B) [Ignition switch: ON]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• Engine stopped
(11 - 14 V)
• Clutch pedal: Fully depressed
[Ignition switch: ON]
0V
9 29 • Clutch pedal: Fully released
Clutch pedal position switch Input
(R) (B) [Ignition switch: ON]
11.25 V
• Clutch pedal: Fully depressed
[Ignition switch: ON]
0V
10 29 Speed limiter MAIN switch: OFF
Speed limiter MAIN switch Input
(V) (B) [Ignition switch: ON] Battery voltage
Speed limiter MAIN switch: ON (11 - 14 V)
11 29 Fuel pump control module
Input [Ignition switch: ON] 11.0 V
(G) (B) (diagnosis)
[Ignition sw OFF goes to ON]
0 - 6.74 V
13 29 Fuel pump control module • Fuel pump activate
Output
(BR) (B) (command) [Ignition sw OFF goes to ON]
0.05 V
• Fuel pump not activate

EC9-90
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [R9M]
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value A
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Output
14 Sensor ground EC9
— — — —
(BR) (ASCD steering switch)
[Ignition switch: ON]
4V
• ASCD steering switch: OFF C
[Ignition switch: ON]
1V
15 14 • CANCEL switch: Pressed
ASCD steering switch Input
(G) (BR) [Ignition switch: ON] D
3V
• RES/+ switch: Pressed
[Ignition switch: ON]
2V
• SET/− switch: Pressed E
16 29
Ignition switch Input [Ignition switch: ON] 11.87 V
(LG) (B)
[Ignition switch: OFF] F
0V
17 • Brake pedal: Fully released
29
(R)*1 Stop lamp switch Input [Ignition switch: OFF]
(B)
(BG)*2 • Brake pedal: Slightly de- 11.83 V
G
pressed
Sensor ground
21
— (Accelerator pedal position — — —
(P) H
sensor 2)
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
0.38 V
• Accelerator pedal: Fully re- I
22 21 Accelerator pedal position leased
Input
(V) (P) sensor 2 [Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped J
0.27 V
• Accelerator pedal: Fully de-
pressed
Sensor power supply
23 21 K
(Accelerator pedal position — [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(L) (P)
sensor 2)
[Ignition switch: ON] 11.69 V
24 29 Fuel heater and water in fuel L
Input [Engine is running]
(L) (B) sensor • Warm-up condition 14.0 V
• Idle speed
25 M
— ECM ground — — —
(B)
Sensor power supply
27 30
(V) (Y)
(Accelerator pedal position — [Ignition switch: ON] 5V N
sensor 1)
[Ignition switch: OFF] 0V
28 29
Power supply for ECM Input BATTERY VOLTAGE O
(G) (B) [Ignition switch: ON]
(11 - 14 V)
29
— ECM ground — — —
(B) P
Sensor ground
30
— (Accelerator pedal position — — —
(Y)
sensor 1)

EC9-91
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [R9M]
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Output
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
0.74 V
• Accelerator pedal: Fully re-
31 30 Accelerator pedal position leased
Input
(W) (Y) sensor 1 [Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
4.54 V
• Accelerator pedal: Fully de-
pressed
32
— ECM ground — — —
(B)
[Engine is running]
• Engine coolant temperature:
12.91 V
less than 20°C (68°F)
35 29 Glow plug control (com- • Idle speed
Output
(R) (B) mand) [Engine is running]
• Engine coolant temperature:
12.8 V
more than 80°C (176°F)
• Idle speed
(While operating the starter mo-
tor)

[Stop/start system operate]

• While cranking of restart
37 29
Voltage stabilizer signal Output
(LG) (B)
JSBIA4814ZZ

[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition 13.59 V
• Idle speed
[Ignition switch: ON] 12.39 V
38 29 [Ignition switch: ON]
Fuel pump relay control Output 0 – 5.17 V
(GR) (B) • Fuel Pump relay always is on
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
0.78 V
• A few seconds after turning ig-
41 29 ECM relay nition switch OFF
Output
(G) (B) (Self shut-off)
[Ignition switch: OFF]
• More than a few seconds after 12.42 V
turning ignition switch OFF
0V
[Stop/start system operate]
(While operating the starter mo-
• While cranking of restart
42 29 tor)
Restart relay Output
(Y) (B) [Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition 11.38 V
• Idle speed
[Engine is running]
43 29
Fuel flow actuator Output • Warm-up condition 9.6 V
(R) (B)
• Idle speed
[Engine is running]
During diesel particulate filter re- 0V
46 29 generation mode
Thermoplunger relay 2 Output
(P) (B)
[Engine is running]
13.20 V
Except above

EC9-92
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [R9M]
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value A
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Output
[Engine is running] EC9
49 29 Intake manifold runner con-
Output • Warm-up condition 14.43 V
(G) (B) trol valve motor (-)
• Idle speed
[Engine is running] C
During diesel particulate filter re- 0V
50 29 generation mode
Thermoplunger relay 1 Output
(BG) (B)
[Engine is running] D
13.68 V
Except above
[Engine is running]
Engine cooling temperature: 14.42 V
70°C (158°F) or more E
53 29 Thermal management con-
Output
(Y) (B) trol valve [Engine is running]
Engine coolant temperature: 14.42 V
less than 30°C (86°F) F
Sensor power supply
(Camshaft position sensor,
55 29
Low pressure EGR volume — [Ignition switch: ON] 5V G
(V) (B)
control valve position sen-
sor, Fuel pressure sensor)

H
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE: I
The pulse cycle changes de-
pending on rpm at idle
JSBIA4815ZZ
56 29 J
Crankshaft position sensor Input
(B) (B)

[Engine is running] K
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

L
JSBIA4816ZZ

[Engine is running]
During diesel particulate filter re- 0V
57 29 M
Thermoplunger relay 3 Output generation mode
(SB) (B)
[Engine is running]
13.67 V
Except above
N
Sensor power supply
59 29
(Turbocharger boost sensor, — [Ignition switch: ON] 5.0 V
(Y) (B)
mass air flow sensor)
60 29 Sensor power supply O
— [Ignition switch: ON] 5.0 V
(R) (B) (Crankshaft position sensor)
[Engine is running]
63 29 • Idle speed P
Thermoplunger diagnosis 1 Input 13.97 V
(LG) (B) • No malfunction in ther-
moplunger system.
Sensor ground
65 (Low pressure EGR volume
— — — —
(SB) control valve position sen-
sor)

EC9-93
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [R9M]
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Output
66 Sensor ground
— — — —
(SB) (Fuel pressure sensor)
[Engine is running]
67 Glow plug control unit (diag- • Idle speed
— Input 1.50 V
(W) nosis) • No malfunction in glow control
system.

68 29 Input/
Engine communication line [Ignition switch: ON]
(G) (B) Output

JSBIA4817ZZ

1.21 V
69 29 Low pressure EGR control Output voltage varies with low
Input Ignition switch: ON
(L) (B) valve position sensor pressure EGR control valve po-
sition.
70 Sensor ground
— — — —
(Y) (Camshaft position sensor)

[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes de-
pending on rpm at idle
71 70 JSBIA4818ZZ
Camshaft position sensor Input
(L) (Y)

[Engine is running]
• Engine speed is 2,000 rpm

JSBIA4819ZZ

73 Sensor ground
— — — —
(GR) (Fuel rail pressure sensor)
2.38 V
74 82 Intake air temperature sen- [Engine is running]
Input Output voltage varies with intake
(R) (G) sor 1 • Warm-up condition
air temperature.
[Engine is running]
76 29 • Idle speed
Thermoplunger diagnosis 2 Input 13.9 V
(Y) (B) • No malfunction in ther-
moplunger system.
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition 1.13 V
• Idle speed
77 66
Fuel rail pressure sensor Input [Engine is running]
(BR) (SB)
• Warm-up condition
1.77 V
• Revving engine from idle to
2,000 rpm quickly

EC9-94
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [R9M]
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value A
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Output
[Engine is running] EC9
• Warm-up condition 4.49 V
78 82 • Idle speed
Mass air flow sensor Input
(P) (G) [Engine is running] C
• Warm-up condition 4.58 V
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
[Ignition switch: ON] D
11.88 V
80 29 • Selector lever: Neutral
PNP signal Input
(W) (B) [Ignition switch: ON]
0V
• Selector lever: Except above
E
Sensor ground
81 (Turbochager boost sensor,
— — — —
(L) Intake air temperature sen-
sor 2) F
82 Sensor ground
— — — —
(G) (Mass air flow sensor)
[Engine is running] G
• Warm-up condition 1.17 V
85 81 • Idle speed
Turbocharger boost sensor Input
(V) (L) [Engine is running] H
• Warm-up condition 1.15 V
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
[Engine is running] 2.33 V
86 81 Intake air temperature sen- I
Input • Warm-up condition Output voltage varies with intake
(R) (L) sor 2
• Idle speed air temperature.
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition 1.13 V J
• Idle speed
88 66
Fuel pressure sensor Input [Engine is running]
(W) (SB)
• Warm-up condition
1.77 V K
• Revving engine from idle to
2,000 rpm quickly
[Engine is running] L
After the vehicles is driven for 6
minutes under the following con-
ditions
89 29
A/F sensor heater Input • Warm-up condition M
(BR) (B)
• Vehicle speed: 80 km/h (50
MPH) or more
• Shift lever: Suitable gear posi-
tion JSBIA4820ZZ N
91 73 Sensor power supply
— [Ignition switch: ON] 5.0 V
(G) (GR) (Fuel rail pressure sensor)
[Ignition switch: ON] O
• Fuel temperature: less than 0.05 V
45°C (113°F)
93 29
Fuel heater relay control Output [Engine is running]
(B) (B) P
• Warm-up condition
14.43 V
• Fuel temperature: 65°C
(149°F) or more
[Engine is running] 2.22 V
95 24 Fuel pump temperature sen-
Input • Warm-up condition Output voltage varies with fuel
(P) (G) sor
• Idle speed temperature.

EC9-95
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [R9M]
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Output
[Ignition switch: OFF] 0V
96 29 Power supply for ECM
Input BATTERY VOLTAGE
(R) (B) (back-up) [Ignition switch: ON]
(11 - 14 V)
Sensor power supply
99 141
(Refrigerant pressure sen- — [Ignition switch: ON] 5.0 V
(L) (V)
sor)
Sensor power supply
100 117
(DPF differential pessure — [Ignition switch: ON] 5.0 V
(R) (Y)
sensor)
Sensor ground
102
— (Fuel pump temperature — — —
(G)
sensor)
Sensor ground
103
— (Electric throttle control — — —
(GR)
valve position sensor)
Sensor power supply
104 117
(Exhaust throttle valve posi- — [Ignition switch: ON] 5.0 V
(LG) (Y)
tion sensor)
[Engine is running] 4.16 V
105 109 Exhaust gas temperature
Input • Warm-up condition Output voltage varies with ex-
(LG) (V) sensor 2
• Idle speed haust gas temperature.
High pressure EGR volume [Engine is running]
106 110
control valve control position Input • Warm-up condition 0.73 V
(BG) (L)
sensor • Idle speed
[Ignition switch: OFF]
For 20 seconds after turning igni-
tion switch OFF 0 – 4.45 V
107 103
Throttle position sensor Input NOTE: Output voltage fluctuates be-
(Y) (GR)
Repeat several times opening tween 0 V and 4.0 V.
and shutting after turning ignition
switch OFF.
Sensor power supply
108 110 (High pressure EGR volume
— [Ignition switch: ON] 5.0 V
(R) (L) control valve control position
sensor)
Sensor ground
109
— (Exhaust gas temperature — — —
(V)
sensor 2)
Sensor ground
110 (High pressure EGR volume
— — — —
(L) control valve control position
sensor)
Sensor power supply
112 125 (High pressure EGR volume
— [Ignition switch: ON] 5.0 V
(LG) (W) control valve control position
sensor)
113 117 Exhaust throttle position
Input Ignition switch: ON 4.02 V
(R) (Y) sensor
115 116 [Engine is running]
A/F sensor voltage nernst 1 Input 0.01 - 0.28 V
(V) (SB) • Warm-up condition
116 Sensor ground
— — — —
(SB) [Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1]

EC9-96
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [R9M]
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value A
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Output
Sensor ground EC9
117
— (Exhaust throttle position — — —
(Y)
sensor)
119 116 [Engine is running] C
A/F sensor current pump 1 Input 0.01 - 0.11 V
(BR) (SB) • Warm-up condition
121 125 Intake manifold runner con-
Input Ignition switch: ON 4.42 V
(L) (W) trol valve position sensor D
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition 0.52 V
122 117 DPF differential pessure • Idle speed
Input E
(Y) (Y) sensor [Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition 0.55 V
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
Sensor ground
F
125
— (Intake manifold runner con- — — —
(W)
trol valve position sensor)
Sensor ground G
126
— (Exhaust gas pressure sen- — — —
(W)
sor)
Engine coolant temperature: H
2.89 V
129 29 Engine coolant temperature 25°C (77°F)
Input
(P) (B) sensor Engine coolant temperature:
0.84 V
80°C (176°F)
I

[Engine is running]
• Engine coolant temperature:
J
132 147 Exhaust electric throttle con- more than 70°C (158°F)
Output
(BR) (GR) trol motor (+) • Intake air temperature: more
than 20°C (68°F)
• Idle speed K
JSBIA4821ZZ

Sensor power supply

133 29
(Engine coolant temperature — [Ignition switch: ON] 5.0 V L
(B) (B)
sensor)
Sensor ground
134
— (Exhaust gas temperature — — —
(R) M
sensor 1)
[Engine is running]
• Engine coolant temperature:
more than 70°C (158°F) N
• Intake air temperature: more
136 29 Low pressure EGR volume than 20°C (68°F)
Output
(P) (B) control valve motor (-) • Idle speed
NOTE: O
The duty cycle changes depend-
ing on low pressure EGR volume JSBIA4822ZZ
control valve operation.
P
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
137 141
Refrigerant pressure sensor Input • Both A/C switch and blower 1.52 V
(SB) (V)
fan switch: ON (Compressor
operates)

EC9-97
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [R9M]
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Output
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition 0.88 V
138 134 Exhaust gas temperature • Idle speed
Input
(L) (R) sensor [Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition 0.11 V
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

[Ignition switch: OFF]

For 20 seconds after turning igni-
tion switch OFF
NOTE:
140 29 Electric throttle control mo- Repeat several times opening
Output and shutting after turning ignition
(W) (B) tor (-)
switch OFF.
JSBIA4823ZZ

[Ignition switch: OFF]

More than 20 seconds after turn- 0.08 V
ing ignition switch OFF
Sensor ground
134
— (Refrigerant pressure sen- — — —
(R)
sor)
Sensor ground
142
— (Low pressure EGR temper- — — —
(G)
ature sensor)
[Engine is running]
• Engine coolant temperature:
more than 70°C (158°F)
• Intake air temperature: more
143 29 Low pressure EGR volume than 20°C (68°F)
Output
(BR) (B) control valve motor (+) • Idle speed
NOTE:
The duty cycle changes depend-
ing on low pressure EGR volume JSBIA4824ZZ
control valve operation.

[Engine is running]
• Engine coolant temperature:
less than 30°C (86°F)
144 29 High pressure EGR volume • Idle speed
Input
(B) (B) control valve motor (+) NOTE:
The duty cycle changes depend-
ing on EGR volume control valve
operation. JSBIA4825ZZ

[Engine is running]
• Engine coolant temperature:
0.54 V
146 142 Low pressure EGR temper- more than 70°C (158°F)
Input Output voltage varies with low
(BR) (G) ature sensor • Intake air temperature: more
pressure EGR gas temperature.
than 20°C (68°F)
• Idle speed

[Engine is running]
• Engine coolant temperature:
147 29 Exhaust electric throttle con- more than 70°C (158°F)
Output
(GR) (B) trol motor (-) • Intake air temperature: more
than 20°C (68°F)
• Idle speed
JSBIA4826ZZ

EC9-98
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [R9M]
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value A
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Output
EC9
[Engine is running]
• Engine coolant temperature:
less than 30°C (86°F)
148 29 High pressure EGR volume • Idle speed C
Input
(W) (B) control valve motor (-) NOTE:
The duty cycle changes depend-
ing on EGR volume control valve
operation. JSBIA4827ZZ D
[Engine is running]
8.8 V
149 29 Turbocharger boost control Turbocharger: Not operated
Output E
(R) (B) actuator [Engine is running]
10 V
Turbocharger: Operated
[Engine is running] 0.91 V
150 134 Exhaust gas temperature
Input • Warm-up condition Output voltage varies with ex- F
(Y) (R) sensor 1
• Idle speed haust gas temperature.
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition 11.53 V G
151 29 Engine restart bypass con- • Idle speed
Output
(G) (B) trol relay
[Stop/start system operate]
0V
While cranking of restart
H
[Ignition switch: OFF]
For 20 seconds after turning igni-
tion switch OFF I
NOTE:
152 29 Electric throttle control mo- Repeat several times opening
Output and shutting after turning ignition
(SB) (B) tor (+)
switch OFF. J
JSBIA4828ZZ

[Ignition switch: OFF]

More than 20 seconds after turn- 1.23 V K
ing ignition switch OFF

[Engine is running] L
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes de- M
pending on rpm at idle.
153 29 JSBIA4829ZZ
FUEL INJECTOR No.4 (HI) Output
(Y) (B)
N

[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition O
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

JSBIA4830ZZ
P

EC9-99
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [R9M]
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Output

[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes de-
pending on rpm at idle.
154 29 JSBIA4831ZZ
FUEL INJECTOR No.2 (HI) Output
(BG) (B)

[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

JSBIA4832ZZ

[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes de-
pending on rpm at idle.
155 29 JSBIA4833ZZ
FUEL INJECTOR No.3 (LO) Input
(G) (B)

[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

JSBIA4834ZZ

[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes de-
pending on rpm at idle.
JSBIA4835ZZ
156 29
FUEL INJECTOR No.4 (LO) Input
(BG) (B)

[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

JSBIA4836ZZ

EC9-100
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [R9M]
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value A
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Output
EC9
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed C
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes de-
pending on rpm at idle.
157 29 JSBIA4837ZZ D
FUEL INJECTOR No.3 (HI) Output
(R) (B)

E
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
F
JSBIA4838ZZ

G
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE: H
The pulse cycle changes de-
pending on rpm at idle.
158 29 JSBIA4839ZZ
FUEL INJECTOR No.1 (HI) Output I
(P) (B)

[Engine is running] J
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

K
JSBIA4840ZZ

[Engine is running] L
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes de- M
pending on rpm at idle.
JSBIA4841ZZ
159 29
FUEL INJECTOR No.2 (LO) Input
(P) (B) N

[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition O
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

JSBIA4842ZZ P

EC9-101
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [R9M]
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Output

[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes de-
pending on rpm at idle.
160 29 JSBIA4843ZZ
FUEL INJECTOR No.1 (LO) Input
(L) (B)

[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

JSBIA4844ZZ

*1: CVT models

*2: M/T models
Fail-safe INFOID:0000000010309003

DTC No. Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode

P0001 Fuel flow actuator circuit • EGR valve is closed position
• Throttle control motor is opened
P0002 Fuel rail pressure • EGR valve is closed position
• Throttle control motor is opened
• Prohibit DPF regeneration
• Rail pressure limitation
P0016 Camshaft position- Crankshaft position Prohibit start/stop system
correlation
P0045 Turbo solenoid valve control circuit • Torque limitation
• Prohibit DPF regeneration
• EGR valve is closed position
• Throttle control motor is opened
• Boost regulation cut off
P0089 Fuel pressure regulator performance • ESP deactivated
• EGR valve is closed position
• Throttle control motor is opened
• Prohibit DPF regeneration
• Rail pressure limitation
P0095 Intake air temperature sensor 2 • EGR volume control valve is closed position
• Throttle control motor is opened
• Inhibition of the correction of ZFC
• Over torque inhibited
• Limitation of temperature at the entry of DPF
P0100 Mass air flow sensor • EGR valve is closed position
P0101 • Throttle control motor is opened
• Prohibit DPF regeneration
P0105 TC boost sensor • EGR valve is closed position
P0106 • Throttle control motor is opened
• Prohibit DPF regeneration
• Limited upstream turbine pressure regulation if the sensor is present: Oth-
erwise, the boost pressure regulation is cut
• Torque limitation

EC9-102
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [R9M]
DTC No. Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
A
P0110 Intake air temperature sensor 1 • Boost pressure limitation
• EGR valve is closed position
• Throttle control motor is opened
P0115 Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit • Engine cooling fan operates at high speed while engine running when en- EC9
gine stopped and operates at low speed.
• Engine speed limitation
• EGR valve is closed position
• Throttle control motor is opened
C
• Prohibit DPF regeneration
• EGR cooling valve activated
P0120 Throttle position sensor • EGR valve is closed position D
• Throttle control motor is opened
• Prohibit DPF regeneration
P0130 A/F sensor circuit Stop closed-loop control E
P0135
P2244
P0201 Fuel injector circuit Prohibit DPF regeneration
P0202
F
P0203
P0204
P0225 Accelerator pedal position sensor 1circuit Torque limitation G
P0226 Brake/accelerator pedal positions • Torque limitation
• Pedal limp home activated
P0335 Crankshaft position sensor • EGR valve is closed position H
• Throttle control motor is opened
• Prohibit DPF regeneration
• Prohibit start/stop system
I
• Torque limitation
• Engine speed limitation
• ESP deactivated
P0340 Camshaft position sensor circuit Prohibit start/stop system J
P0402 EGR system • EGR valve is closed position
P0403 • Throttle control motor is opened
• Prohibit DPF regeneration K
P0409 EGR volume control valve control position • EGR valve is closed position
sensor circuit • Prohibit DPF regeneration
• Stop closed-loop control L
P0470 Exhaust gas pressure sensor • Boost pressure limitation
P0471 • EGR valve is closed position
• Throttle control motor is opened
• Prohibit DPF regeneration M
P0487 EGR volume command circuit • EGR valve is closed position
• Throttle control motor is opened
• Prohibit DPF regeneration N
• Stop closed-loop control
P0488 EGR valve position control • EGR valve is closed position
• Throttle control motor is opened O
• Prohibit DPF regeneration
P0544 Exhaust gas temperature sensor 1 circuit • EGR valve is closed position
• Throttle control motor is opened
• Prohibit DPF regeneration P
P0560 Battery voltage • Mechanically activated throttle limp-home
• Torque limitation
• ESP deactivated
• Glow plug circuit deactivated
• Inhibition of idle speed control
P0574 Vehicle speed Prohibits the operation of the ASCD system.

EC9-103
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [R9M]
DTC No. Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
P061A ECM Medium engine speed limitation
P062B • EGR valve is closed position
• Throttle control motor is opened
• Prohibit DPF regeneration
P0638 Electric throttle control actuator • EGR valve is closed position
P2100 • Throttle control motor is opened
P2119 • Prohibit DPF regeneration
P0641 Sensor power supply • EGR valve is closed position
• Throttle control motor is opened
• Prohibit DPF regeneration
• The pressure downstream turbo exists then the limit: Otherwise cut regu-
lation turbo
• Limited upstream turbine pressure regulation if the sensor is present: Oth-
erwise, the boost pressure regulation is cut
• Torque limitation
P0651 • Engine cooling fan operates at high speed
• Air conditioner deactivation
• Torque limitation
P0697 • EGR valve is closed position
• Throttle control motor is opened
• Prohibit DPF regeneration
• Rail pressure limitation
• ESP deactivated
P1010 Swirl control valve Actuator Stop swirl control (Fully open position)
P1011
P1012
P1013
P1453 DPF pressure sensor • EGR valve is closed position
• Throttle control motor is opened
• Prohibit DPF regeneration
P1480 Exhaust electric throttle control actuator • EGR valve is closed position
P1481 • Throttle control motor is opened
P1482 • Prohibit DPF regeneration
P1483
P1484 Low pressure EGR volume control valve • EGR valve is closed position
P1485 • Throttle control motor is opened
P1486 • Prohibit DPF regeneration
P1487
P1488
P1489
P1544 Exhaust gas temperature sensor 2 circuit • EGR valve is closed position
• Throttle control motor is opened
• Prohibit DPF regeneration
P1620 ECM Stop closed-loop control
P1641 Thermoplunger circuit Stop thermoplunger control
P1642
P1643
P2002 Diesel particulate filter • EGR valve is closed position
• Throttle control motor is opened
• Prohibit DPF regeneration
P2120 Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 circuit Torque limitation
P2226 Atmosphere pressure sensor • EGR valve is closed position
• Throttle control motor is opened
• Prohibit DPF regeneration
P2263 Turbocharger boost pressure sensor circuit • EGR valve is closed position
• Throttle control motor is opened
• Prohibit DPF regeneration
• Torque limitation

EC9-104
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [R9M]
DTC No. Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
A
P2452 Diesel particulate filter pressure sensor cir- • EGR valve is closed position
cuit • Throttle control motor is opened
• Prohibit DPF regeneration
P2681 Engine coolant bypass valve circuit • Engine cooling fan activation EC9
• Throttle control motor is opened
• Prohibit start/stop system
• Stop EGR control
• Stop thermoplunger control
C

DTC Inspection Priority Chart INFOID:0000000010309004

D
If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the following priority
chart.

Priority DTC Detected items

E

U0101, U0121, U0402, U0415, P1656 CAN communication line

P0016 Crankshaft position - camshaft position correlation
F
P0095 Intake air temperature sensor 2
P0100, P0101 Mass air flow sensor
P0105, P0106 Turbocharger boost sensor G
P0110 Intake air temperature sensor 1
P0115 Engine coolant temperature sensor
H
P0120 Throttle position sensor
P0130, P0135, P1130, P1131, P2243, P2243, P2244,
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor
P2626, P2A06
I
P0180 Fuel temperature sensor
P0190 Fuel rail pressure sensor
P0225, P0226, P2120 Accelerator pedal sensor J
P0335 Crankshaft position sensor
P0340 Camshaft position sensor
K
P0409 EGR volume control valve control position sensor
1
P0470, P0471 Exhaust gas pressure sensor 1
P0530 Refrigerant pressure sensor L
P0544, P2080 Exhaust gas temperature sensor 1
P0574 Vehicle speed sensor
M
P060A, P061A, P062B, P160C, P160D, P1620 ECM
P0641, P0651, P0697 Sensor power supply
P1013 Swirl flap position sensor N
P1453, P2452 DPF pressure sensor
P1482, P1483 Exhaust throttle valve position sensor
Low pressure EGR volume control valve control position
O
P1486, P1489
sensor
P1544 Exhaust gas temperature sensor 2
P
P1610, P1612, P1615, P1616 NATS
P1650 Thermoplunger control unit
P2031 Upstream DPF pressure sensor
P2226 Atmosphere pressure sensor

EC9-105
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [R9M]
Priority DTC Detected items
P0001, P0002, P0089 High pressure supply pump (volumetric control valve)
P0045 Turbocharger boost control solenoid valve
P0200, P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204 Fuel injector
P0403 EGR volume control valve
P0504, P0571 Stop lamp switch
P0560 Battery voltage
P0627 Fuel pump relay
P0638, P2100, P2119 Electric throttle control actuator
2
P0657 ECM relay
P0703 ASCD brake switch
P0833 Clutch pedal position switch
P1010, P1011, P1012 Swirl control actuator
P1480, P1481 Exhaust electric throttle control actuator
P1484, P1485, P1487, P1488 Low pressure EGR volume control valve
P1641, P1642, P1643 Thermoplunger
P2681 Engine coolant bypass valve
P0217 Engine over temperature (Overheat)
P0380 Glow control system
P0402, P0487, P0488 EGR system
P0420 Oxidation catalyst converter
P0525, P1525 ASCD system
3
P0564, P0575 ASCD steering switch
P1546, P2002 Diesel particulate filter
P2264 Water diesel detector
P253F Engine oil dilution
P2263 Turbocharger system

DTC Index INFOID:0000000010309005

Items MI lighting up
DTC* Trip Reference
(CONSULT screen terms) Yellow Red
LOST COMMUNICATION WITH BATTERY ENERGY
U0111 10 — × EC9-165
FROM LIN
U0121 MLTIPLXD TRACTION CNTRL CONN 10 — — EC9-166
U0298 — 1 — — EC9-167
U0299 — 1 — — EC9-169
U0315 VEHICLE SPEED 1 — — EC9-166
U0415 MLTIPLXD TRACTION CNTRL CONN 3 or 10 — — EC9-171
B1900 — 1 — — EC9-181
B1901 — 1 — — EC9-181
B1902 — 1 — — EC9-181
B1903 — 1 — — EC9-181
B1904 — 1 — — EC9-181
P0001 FUEL FLOW REGULATOR CIRCUIT 3 or 10 — × EC9-181
P0002 FLOW CONTROL ADAPTIVE 3 — × EC9-183

EC9-106
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [R9M]

Items MI lighting up
DTC* Trip Reference A
(CONSULT screen terms) Yellow Red
P0016 COHER BTWN CSFT SEN/ENG SPD 3 × — EC9-186
P0045 TC SOLENOID VALVE CNTRL CIRC 3 × — EC9-188 EC9
P0095 AIR TEMP SEN/CIRC 3 or 10 × — EC9-190
P0100 AIR FLOW SENSOR CIRCUIT 3 × — EC9-192
P0101 AIR FLOW SENSOR INFORMATION 1 × — EC9-194 C
P0105 INLET MANIF PRS SEN CIRC 3 × — EC9-195
P0106 INLET PRESSURE CONSISTENCY 3 × — EC9-197
D
P0110 AIR TEMP SEN/CIRC 3 × — EC9-199
P0115 WATER TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRC 3 × — EC9-201
P0120 INLET AIR FLAP POSITION SEN 3 × — EC9-203 E
P0135 PROPOR RICH SEN HEAT CIRC 10 — — EC9-205
P0190 RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT 3 — × EC9-207
F
P0200 INJECTOR CONTROL CIRCUIT 10 — × EC9-209
P0201 CYLINDER 1 INJECTOR CIRCt 3 × or — × or — EC9-211
P0202 CYLINDER 2 INJECTOR CIRC 3 × or — × or — EC9-211 G
P0203 CYLINDER 3 INJECTOR CIRC 3 × or — × or — EC9-211
P0204 CYLINDER 4 INJECTOR CIRC 3 × or — × or — EC9-211
H
P0217 ENGINE OVERHEATING 10 — — EC9-213
P0225 PEDAL POTENTIOMETER CIRCUIT TRACK 1 3 × — EC9-216
P0226 BRAKE/ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITIONS 3 or 10 × or — × or — EC9-218 I
P025A FUEL PUMP MODULE CONTROL CIRCUIT 2 — — EC9-218
P025B FUEL PUMP MODULE CONTROL CIRCUIT 2 — — EC9-218
P0335 ENGINE SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL 3 × — EC9-224
J

P0340 CAMSHAFT SENSOR CIRCUIT 3 × — EC9-226

P0380 PREHEATING UNIT DIAG CONN 3 — — EC9-228
K
P0402 EGR VALVE JAMMED OPEN 3 × — EC9-230
P0403 EGR VLV CMD CIRC 3 — — EC9-232
P0409 EGR VALVE POSITION SEN CIRC 3 × — EC9-234 L
P0470 TBN UPSTR PRS SEN CIRC 3 × — EC9-236
P0471 PRS UPSTR OF TBN 3 × — EC9-238
M
P0487 EGR VLV CMD CIRC 1 × — EC9-240
P0488 EGR VALVE POSITION CNTRL 1 or 3 × — EC9-242
P0530 RFRG TEMP PRESS SEN VOLT 1 — — EC9-244 N
P0544 TBN UPSTR TEMP SEN CIRC 3 × — EC9-246
P0560 COMPUTER SUPPLY VOLTAGE 3 — — EC9-248
O
P0564 SL LMTR/CC FNC 1 — — EC9-249
P0575 CC/SL LMTR BUTTONS 1 — — EC9-251
P060A — 1 — — EC9-253 P
P060B — 1 × — EC9-253
P061A — 1 or 10 × or — — EC9-255
P0627 LOW PRES PMP REL CIRC 10 — — EC9-256
P062B COMPUTER 3 — × EC9-258
P0638 INLET AIR FLAP POSITION CTRL 1 or 3 × — EC9-259

EC9-107
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [R9M]

Items MI lighting up
DTC* Trip Reference
(CONSULT screen terms) Yellow Red
P0641 SEN SUPPLY N-1 VOL 3 — × EC9-261
P0651 SEN SUPPLY N-2 VOL 3 × — EC9-263
P0657 MAIN RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT 10 — — EC9-265
P0697 SEN SUPPLY N-3 VOL 3 — × EC9-268
P0833 CLUTCH SWITCH SIGNAL CONSISTENCY 10 — — EC9-270
P1010 SWIRL FLAP 3 × or — — EC9-273
P1011 SWIRL FLAP CONTROL CIRCUIT 3 — — EC9-275
P1012 SWIRL FLAP 3 × — EC9-277
P1013 SWIRL FLAP POSITION SENSOR 3 — — EC9-279
DIFF. PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT, PARTICLE FIL-
P1453 3 × — EC9-281
TER
P1480 EXHAUST AIR FLAP FUNCTION 3 × — EC9-283
P1481 EXHAUST E/THROTTLE CONT ACTUATOR 3 — — EC9-286
P1482 EXHAUST THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 3 × — EC9-289
P1483 EXHAUST AIR FLAP OFFSET 3 × — EC9-291
P1484 LOW PRESSURE EGR VALVE 3 × — EC9-294
P1485 LOW PRESSURE EGR VALVE CIRCUIT 3 — — EC9-296
P1486 LOW PRESSURE EGR VALVE POSITION SENSOR 3 × — EC9-298
P1487 LOW PRESSURE EGR VALVE 3 × — EC9-300
P1488 LOW PRESSURE EGR VALVE 3 × — EC9-302
LOW PRESSURE EGR VALVE TEMPERATURE SEN-
P1489 1 or 3 — — EC9-304
SOR
P148A HIGH PRESSURE EGR VALVE FUNCTION 3 — — EC9-304
P148B LOW PRESSURE EGR VALVE FUNCTION 3 — — EC9-304
P148C EXHAUST AIR FLAP FUNCTION 3 — — EC9-304
P1503 CONTROLLED AIR VENTS INFORMATION 10 — — EC9-304
P1512 STARTER 1 — — EC9-304
P1525 CONSISTENT MULTIPLEX SIGNALS FOR CC/SL 1 — — EC9-316
P1544 TEMP SEN UPSTREAM OF PF 3 × or — × or — EC9-317
P1546 TEMP. UPSTREAM OF PF 10 — × EC9-320
P1589 GEAR BOX NEUTRAL CONTACTOR 10 — — EC9-320
P158A END STROKE CLUTCH CONTACTOR 1 — — EC9-327
P160C COMPUTER 3 × — EC9-329
P160D COMPUTER 10 — × EC9-329
P1620 PROPOR RICH SEN FNC 10 — — EC9-330
P1641 THMPR 1 RLY C/CIR 10 — — EC9-332
P1642 THMPR 2 RLY C/CIR 10 — — EC9-335
P1643 THMPR 3 RLY C/CIR 10 — — EC9-338
P1650 STR MTR RELAY 2 1 — — EC9-341
P1655 ENGINE RESTART BYPASS RELAY 1 — — EC9-304
P1656 ENGINE RESTART BYPASS RELAY 1 or 10 — — EC9-348
P1675 — 1 — — EC9-351
P2002 PARTICLE FILTER 1 or 2 or 3 × or — × or — EC9-354
P2080 TBN DOWNS TEMP REG 3 × — EC9-355

EC9-108
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [R9M]

Items MI lighting up
DTC* Trip Reference A
(CONSULT screen terms) Yellow Red
P2100 INLET AIR FLAP CIRCUIT 3 × — EC9-356
P2119 AIR INLET FLAP 3 × — EC9-358 EC9
P2120 PEDAL POTENTIOMETER CIRCUIT TRACK 2 3 × — EC9-359
P2226 ATMOS PRESS SEN 3 × — EC9-361
P2243 PROPOR RICH SEN CIRC 10 — — EC9-362 C
P2244 PROPOR RICH SEN CIRC 10 — — EC9-364
P2263 BOOST PRESSURE CIRCUIT 1 × — EC9-366
D
P2264 WATER IN DIESEL DETECTOR 10 — — EC9-368
P2452 P/FLT DIFF PRS SEN 3 × — EC9-370
P2504 CHARGING SYSTEM VOLTAGE 10 — × EC9-372 E
P253F ENG OIL DILUTION 3 × — EC9-373
P2626 PROPOR RICH SEN CIRC 10 — — EC9-374
F
P2681 COOLANT CIRC SWITCHING S/V 10 — × or — EC9-376
P2A06 PROPOR RICH SEN CIRC 10 — — EC9-378
*: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6. G

EC9-109
 DC/DC CONVERTER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [R9M]
DC/DC CONVERTER
Reference Value INFOID:0000000010309010

TERMINAL LAYOUT

JSBIA1217ZZ

PHYSICAL VALUES
NOTE:
• DC/DC converter is located behind the glove upper box assembly. For this inspection, remove passenger
side instrument lower panel.
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
• Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT.

Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
1 2
Power supply input 1 Input [Ignition switch: OFF] 9 - 13 V
(R) (B)
2
— Ground — — —
(B)
3 2
Power supply input 2 Input [Ignition switch: OFF] 9 - 13 V
(G) (B)
[Stop/start system operate]
4 2 12 V
Power supply output 1 Output • While cranking of restart
(W) (B)
Except above 9 - 13 V
[Stop/start system operate]
6 2 12 V
Power supply output 2 Output • While cranking of restart
(L) (B)
Except above 9 - 13 V

11 2 [Ignition switch: ON] 9 - 13 V

Ignition signal Input
(W) (B) [Ignition switch: OFF] 0V

EC9-110
 DC/DC CONVERTER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [R9M]
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value A
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
EC9
12 V

C
[Stop/start system operate]
12 2 • While cranking of restart
Voltage stabilizer signal Input
(GR) (B)
D
JPBIA4280ZZ

(While operating the starter mo-

tor)
Except above 0V E

0 - 12 V

F
14 2 Input/
Engine communication line [Ignition switch: ON]
(V) (B) Output
G
JPBIA4273ZZ

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) H

EC9-111
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [R9M]

WIRING DIAGRAM
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000010309011

JRBWC5932GB

EC9-112
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [R9M]

EC9

JRBWC5933GB

EC9-113
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [R9M]

JRBWC5934GB

EC9-114
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [R9M]

EC9

JRBWC5935GB

EC9-115
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [R9M]

JRBWC5936GB

EC9-116
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [R9M]

EC9

JRBWC5937GB

EC9-117
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [R9M]

JRBWC5938GB

EC9-118
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [R9M]

EC9

JRBWC5939GB

EC9-119
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [R9M]

JRBWC6104GB

EC9-120
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [R9M]

EC9

JRBWC6105GB

EC9-121
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [R9M]

JRBWC6106GB

EC9-122
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [R9M]

EC9

JRBWC6107GB

EC9-123
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [R9M]

JRBWC6108GB

EC9-124
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [R9M]

EC9

JRBWC6109GB

EC9-125
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [R9M]

JRBWC6110GB

EC9-126
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [R9M]

EC9

JRBWC6111GB

EC9-127
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [R9M]

JRBWC6112GB

EC9-128
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [R9M]

EC9

JRBWC6113GB

EC9-129
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [R9M]

JRBWC6114GB

EC9-130
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [R9M]

EC9

JRBWC6115GB

EC9-131
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [R9M]

JRBWC6116GB

EC9-132
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [R9M]

EC9

JRBWC6117GB

EC9-133
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [R9M]

JRBWC6118GB

EC9-134
 BASIC INSPECTION
< BASIC INSPECTION > [R9M]

BASIC INSPECTION A
BASIC INSPECTION
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000010309013
EC9

1.INSPECTION START
1. Check service records for any recent repairs that may indicate a related incident. C
2. Check the current need for scheduled maintenance, especially for fuel filter and air cleaner filter. Refer to
MA-14, "R9M : Periodic Maintenance".
3. Open engine hood and check the following:
D
- Harness connectors for improper connections
- Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks, or improper connections
- Wiring for improper connections, pinches, or cuts
4. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating tempera- E
ture.

>> GO TO 2. F

SEF142I
H
2.CHECK IDLE SPEED
Check idle speed.
For procedure, refer to EC9-397, "Inspection". I
For specification, refer to EC9-405, "Idle Speed".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END J
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK
1. Stop engine. K
2. Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. L
NO >> Repair or replace. Refer to EM-243, "Exploded View".
4.BLEED AIR FROM FUEL SYSTEM M
Use priming pump to bleed air from fuel system. Refer to FL-31, "Air Bleeding".

>> GO TO 5. N
5.CHECK IDLE SPEED AGAIN
Check idle speed.
O
For procedure, refer to EC9-397, "Inspection".
For specification, refer to EC9-405, "Idle Speed".
Is the inspection result normal?
P
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.DRAIN WATER FROM FUEL FILTER
1. Stop engine.
2. Drain water from fuel filter. Refer to FL-31, "Water Draining".

EC9-135
 BASIC INSPECTION
< BASIC INSPECTION > [R9M]
>> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK IDLE SPEED AGAIN
Check idle speed.
For procedure, refer to EC9-397, "Inspection".
For specification, refer to EC9-405, "Idle Speed".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK AIR CLEANER FILTER
1. Stop engine.
2. Check air cleaner filter for clogging or breaks.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Replace air cleaner filter. Refer to EM-243, "Removal and Installation".
9.CHECK BATTERY VOLTAGE
Check battery voltage.

Voltage: More than 12.13V

Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> GO TO 10.
10.CHECK BATTERY
Refer to PG-136, "FOR MAINTENANCE REQUIRED BATTERY MODELS : How to Handle Battery" (for main-
tenance required battery models) or PG-142, "FOR MAINTENANCE FREE BATTERY MODELS : How to
Handle Battery" (for maintenance free battery models).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check charging system. Refer to CHG-14, "Work Flow".
NO >> Repair or replace. Refer to PG-155, "Removal and Installation".
11.CHECK COMPRESSION PRESSURE
Check compression pressure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
12.CHECK IDLE SPEED AGAIN
Check idle speed.
For procedure, refer to EC9-397, "Inspection".
For specification, refer to EC9-405, "Idle Speed".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> 1. Replace fuel injector. Refer to EM-266, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform EC9-145, "Work Procedure".
3. GO TO 2.

EC9-136
 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [R9M]
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
A
Work Flow INFOID:0000000010309014

OVERALL SEQUENCE EC9

JMBIA1804GB

DETAILED FLOW
1.GET INFORMATION FOR SYMPTOM
EC9-137
 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [R9M]
Get the detailed information from the customer about the symptom (the condition and the environment when
the incident/malfunction occurred) using the “Diagnostic Work Sheet”. (Refer to EC9-139, "Diagnostic Work
Sheet".)

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC
1. Check DTC.
2. Perform the following procedure if DTC is displayed.
- Record DTC. (Print them out with CONSULT or GST.)
- Erase DTC.
- Study the relationship between the cause detected by DTC and the symptom described by the customer.
[Symptom Table or diagnosis procedure is useful. Refer to EC9-389, "Symptom Table" (for engine control
system) or EC9-393, "Diagnosis Procedure" (for stop/start system).]
3. Check related service bulletins for information.
Is any symptom described and is any DTC detected?
Symptom is described, DTC is detected>>GO TO 3.
Symptom is described, DTC is not detected>>GO TO 4.
Symptom is not described, DTC is detected>>GO TO 5.
3.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM
Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer (except MIL ON).
Also study the fail safe related to the symptom. Refer to EC9-102, "Fail-safe".
Diagnosis Work Sheet is useful to verify the incident.
Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected.

>> GO TO 5.
4.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM
Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer.
Diagnosis Work Sheet is useful to verify the incident.
Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected.

>> GO TO 6.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for the displayed DTC.
If two or more DTCs are detected, refer to EC9-105, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart" and determine trouble
diagnosis order.
NOTE:
Perform Component Function Check if DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE is not included on Service Man-
ual. This simplified check procedure is an effective alternative though DTC cannot be detected during this
check.
If the result of Component Function Check is NG, it is the same as the detection of DTC by DTC CONFIRMA-
TION PROCEDURE.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Check according to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
6.PERFORM BASIC INSPECTION
Perform EC9-135, "Work Procedure".

>> GO TO 7.
7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM BY SYMPTOM TABLE
Detect malfunctioning system according to EC9-389, "Symptom Table" (for engine control system) or EC9-
393, "Diagnosis Procedure" (for stop/start system) based on the confirmed symptom in step 4, and determine
the trouble diagnosis order based on possible causes and symptom.

EC9-138
 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [R9M]

>> GO TO 8. A
8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART BY DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
Inspect according to Diagnosis Procedure of the system. EC9
NOTE:
The Diagnosis Procedure in EC section described based on open circuit inspection. A short circuit inspection
is also required for the circuit check in the Diagnosis Procedure. For details, refer to GI-43, "Circuit Inspec-
tion". C
Is malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Monitor input data from related sensors or check voltage of related ECM or EMCM terminals using D
CONSULT. Refer to EC9-90, "Reference Value".
9.REPAIR OR REPLACE THE MALFUNCTIONING PART E
1. Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
2. Reconnect parts or connectors disconnected during Diagnosis Procedure again after repair and replace-
ment.
3. Check DTC. If DTC is displayed, erase it. Refer to EC9-60, "Diagnosis Description". F

>> GO TO 10.
G
10.FINAL CHECK
When DTC was detected in step 2, perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE or Component Function
Check again, and then make sure that the malfunction have been repaired securely. H
When symptom was described from the customer, refer to confirmed symptom in step 3 or 4, and make sure
that the symptom is not detected.
Is DTC detected and does symptom remain? I
YES-1 >> DTC is detected: GO TO 8.
YES-2 >> Symptom remains: GO TO 6.
NO >> Before returning the vehicle to the customer, make sure to erase unnecessary DTC in ECM. J
Diagnostic Work Sheet INFOID:0000000010309015

DESCRIPTION K
There are many operating conditions that lead to the malfunction of
engine components. A good grasp of such conditions can make trou-
bleshooting faster and more accurate. L
In general, each customer feels differently about a incident. It is
important to fully understand the symptoms or conditions for a cus-
tomer complaint.
Utilize a diagnostic worksheet like the one on the next page in order M
to organize all the information for troubleshooting.
Some conditions may cause the MIL to come on steady and DTC to
be detected. Examples: N
• Vehicle ran out of fuel, which caused the engine to misfire.
SEF907L
• Fuel filler cap was left off or incorrectly screwed on, allowing fuel to
evaporate into the atmosphere.
O

EC9-139
 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [R9M]
WORKSHEET SAMPLE

MTBL0017

EC9-140
 SERVICE AFTER REPLACING OR REMOVING ENGINE PARTS
< BASIC INSPECTION > [R9M]
SERVICE AFTER REPLACING OR REMOVING ENGINE PARTS
A
Special Repair Requirement List INFOID:0000000010466535

×:Applicable EC9
Service performed
Part name Replace- Required service Reference
ment Removal*1
C
ECM × — Additional service when replacing ECM EC9-142
Fuel injector × Injector adjustment value registration EC9-145
Electric throttle control actuator × × Throttle valve position learning EC9-147 D
Exhaust electric throttle control
× × Exhaust throttle valve position learning EC9-148
actuator
EGR volume control valve × × EGR volume control valve position learning EC9-149
E

Low pressure EGR volume con- Low pressure EGR volume control valve position
× × EC9-150
trol valve learning
F
Intake manifold runner control Intake manifold runner control valve position learn-
× × EC9-151
valve ing
DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter) × — DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter) data clear EC9-155
G
High pressure fuel pump × — Fuel pump learning value clearing EC9-156
Starter motor × — Sterter motor operating counter clear EC9-158
Engine oil × — Oil change remaining distance reset EC9-157 H
*1:Harness connector disconnection included.
I

EC9-141
 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING ECM
< BASIC INSPECTION > [R9M]
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING ECM
Description INFOID:0000000010309016

When replacing ECM, this procedure must be performed.

NOTE:
The necessary operation is different depending on the operation result of ECM data save or write. Always per-
form the operation according to procedures. Refer to EC9-142, "Work Procedure".
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000010309017

1.SAVE ECM DATA

1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 1 minute.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Select “SAVE COMPUTER DATA” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
5. Follow the instruction of CONSULT display.
NOTE:
Necessary data in ECM is copied and saved to CONSULT.
Is operation completed successfully?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 6.
2.REPLACE ECM
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 1 minute.
2. Replace ECM. Refer to EC9-399, "Removal and Installation".

>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM PROGRAMMING
Refer to “CONSULT Operation Manual”.

>> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM ECM KEY ID REGISTRATION
Refer to “CONSULT Operation Manual NATS-IVIS/NVIS”.

>> GO TO 5.
5.WRITE ECM DATA
1. Select “WRITE SAVED DATA” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
2. Follow the instruction of CONSULT display.
NOTE:
The data saved by “WRITE SAVED DATA” is written to ECM.
Is operation completed successfully?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 9.
6.REPLACE ECM
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 1 minute.
2. Replace ECM. Refer to EC9-399, "Removal and Installation".

>> GO TO 7.
7.PERFORM PROGRAMMING
Refer to “CONSULT Operation Manual”.

EC9-142
 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING ECM
< BASIC INSPECTION > [R9M]
>> GO TO 8.
8.PERFORM ECM KEY ID REGISTRATION A

Refer to “CONSULT Operation Manual NATS-IVIS/NVIS”.

EC9
>> GO TO 9.
9.PERFORM INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VALUE REGISTRATION
C
Perform EC9-145, "Work Procedure".

>> GO TO 10. D
10.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE POSITION LEARNING
Perform EC9-147, "Work Procedure".
E
>> GO TO 11.
11.PERFORM EXHAUST THROTTLE VALVE POSITION LEARNING F
Perform EC9-148, "Work Procedure".

>> GO TO 12. G
12.PERFORM EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE POSITION LEARNING
Perform EC9-149, "Work Procedure". H

>> GO TO 13.
13.PERFORM LOW PRESSURE EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE POSITION LEARNING I

Perform EC9-150, "Work Procedure".

J
>> GO TO 14.
14.PERFORM SWIRL CONTROL VALVE POSITION LEARNING
Perform EC9-151, "Work Procedure". K

>> GO TO 15.
L
15.PERFORM SERVICE REGENERATION
Perform EC9-152, "Work Procedure".
M
>> GO TO 16.
16.CHANGE ENGINE OIL N
Refer to LU-34, "Draining" or LU-34, "Refilling".

>> GO TO 17. O
17.PERFORM ENGINE OIL DATA RESET
Perform EC9-157, "Work Procedure". P

>> GO TO 18.
18.CHECK DTC
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 1 minute.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check DTC. If DTC is displayed, erase it.

EC9-143
 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING ECM
< BASIC INSPECTION > [R9M]

>> END

EC9-144
 INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VALUE REGISTRATION
< BASIC INSPECTION > [R9M]
INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VALUE REGISTRATION
A
Description INFOID:0000000010309020

Injector adjustment value indicates manufacturing tolerance and the EC9

value is printed on the top of fuel injector.
The injector adjustment value which is correctly stored in ECM is
needed for precise fuel injection control.
A performance of emission control and a drivability may effect when C
there is a mismatch between the following two values.
• The injector adjustment value stored in ECM
• The injector adjustment value of the injector which is installed on D
the vehicle
Injector Adjustment Value Registration must be performed after the
following cases.
• Injector(s) are replaced.
JSBIA0509ZZ E
- Injector Adjustment Value Registration for the replaced fuel injector must be performed.
• ECM is replaced.
- Injector Adjustment Value Registration for all the fuel injectors must be performed. F
NOTE:
The necessary operation is different depending on the operation result of ECM data save or write. Always
perform the operation according to procedures. Refer to EC9-142, "Work Procedure".
For injector adjustment value, refer to the following table. G
NOTE:
“J” and “Q”, “9” and “0 (zero)” are not applied.
H

JMBIA2928GB

K
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000010309021

1.START L
NOTE:
• Before performing this procedure, record injector adjustment value printed on a fuel injector.
1. Turn ignition switch ON (engine stopped).
M
2. Select “ENTER INJECTOR CODES” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
3. Touch “START”.
NOTE:
When touching “START”, CONSULT reads injector adjustment values stored in ECM. N
4. Select the number of the cylinder which needs Injector Adjustment Value Registration.
5. Input injector adjustment value.
NOTE:
O
• For injector adjustment value, refer to the following table.

EC9-145
 INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VALUE REGISTRATION
< BASIC INSPECTION > [R9M]
• “J” and “Q”, “9” and “0 (zero)” are not applied.

JMBIA2928GB

6. Repeat step 4 - 5 till there is no cylinder which needs Injector Adjustment Value Registration, and touch
“START”.
NOTE:
When touching “START”, injector adjustment values stored in CONSULT are written onto ECM memory.
7. Check that the following values are same for each cylinder.
- Injector adjustment value which is printed on a fuel injector.
- Injector adjustment value which is displayed on CONSULT screen.
NOTE:
• In this step, CONSULT reads injector adjustment values stored in ECM and displays the values on the
CONSULT screen. This is for checking if injector adjustment values are written onto ECM memory cor-
rectly.
• If DTC is detected, perform DTC Confirmation Procedure for the DTC, and check if the same DTC is
detected again.
8. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 1 minute.

>> END

EC9-146
 THROTTLE VALVE POSITION LEARNING
< BASIC INSPECTION > [R9M]
THROTTLE VALVE POSITION LEARNING
A
Description INFOID:0000000010309022

Throttle valve position learning is an operation to learn the fully closed position of the throttle valve by monitor- EC9
ing the throttle position sensor output signal. It must be performed each time harness connector of electric
throttle control actuator or ECM is disconnected.
• Electric throttle control actuator is removed.
• Electric throttle control actuator is replaced. C
• ECM is replaced.
NOTE:
The necessary operation is different depending on the operation result of ECM data save or write. Always D
perform the operation according to procedures. Refer to EC9-142, "Work Procedure".
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000010309023

E
1.START
1. Check that accelerator pedal is fully released.
2. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 minute. F
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 1 minute.
NOTE:
Check that throttle valve moves by confirming the operating sound. G

>> END
H

EC9-147
 EXHAUST THROTTLE VALVE POSITION LEARNING
< BASIC INSPECTION > [R9M]
EXHAUST THROTTLE VALVE POSITION LEARNING
Description INFOID:0000000010309024

Exhaust throttle valve position learning is an operation to learn the fully closed position of the exhaust throttle
valve. It must be performed each time harness connector of exhaust electric throttle control actuator or ECM is
disconnected.
• Exhaust electric throttle control actuator is removed.
• Exhaust electric throttle control actuator is replaced.
• ECM is replaced.
NOTE:
The necessary operation is different depending on the operation result of ECM data save or write. Always
perform the operation according to procedures. Refer to EC9-142, "Work Procedure".
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000010309025

1.START
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 minute.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 1 minute.
NOTE:
Check that throttle valve moves by confirming the operating sound.

>> END

EC9-148
 EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE POSITION LEARNING
< BASIC INSPECTION > [R9M]
EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE POSITION LEARNING
A
Description INFOID:0000000010309026

EGR volume control valve position learning is an operation to learn the fully closed position of the EGR vol- EC9
ume control valve by monitoring the EGR volume control valve position sensor output signal. It must be per-
formed under any of the following conditions:
• EGR volume control valve is removed.
• EGR volume control valve is replaced. C
• ECM is replaced.
NOTE:
The necessary operation is different depending on the operation result of ECM data save or write. Always D
perform the operation according to procedures. Refer to EC9-142, "Work Procedure".
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000010309027

E
1.START
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 1 minute.
2. Turn ignition switch ON and wait for 1 minute. F
NOTE:
Check that EGR volume control valve moves by confirming the operating sound.
G
>> END

EC9-149
 LOW PRESSURE EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE POSITION LEARNING
< BASIC INSPECTION > [R9M]
LOW PRESSURE EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE POSITION LEARNING
Description INFOID:0000000010309028

Low pressure EGR volume control valve position learning is an operation to learn the fully closed position of
the low pressure EGR volume control valve by monitoring the low pressure EGR volume control valve position
sensor output signal. It must be performed under any of the following conditions:
• Low pressure EGR volume control valve is removed.
• Low pressure EGR volume control valve is replaced.
• ECM is replaced.
NOTE:
The necessary operation is different depending on the operation result of ECM data save or write. Always
perform the operation according to procedures. Refer to EC9-142, "Work Procedure".
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000010309029

1.START
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 1 minute.
2. Turn ignition switch ON and wait for 1 minute.
NOTE:
Check that low pressure EGR volume control valve moves by confirming the operating sound.

>> END

EC9-150
 SWIRL CONTROL VALVE POSITION LEARNING
< BASIC INSPECTION > [R9M]
SWIRL CONTROL VALVE POSITION LEARNING
A
Description INFOID:0000000010309030

Swirl control valve position learning is an operation to learn the fully closed position of the swirl control valve. It EC9
must be performed each time harness connector of swirl control valve actuator or ECM is disconnected.
• Swirl control actuator is removed.
• Swirl control actuator is replaced.
• ECM is replaced. C
NOTE:
The necessary operation is different depending on the operation result of ECM data save or write. Always
perform the operation according to procedures. Refer to EC9-142, "Work Procedure". D
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000010309031

1.START E

1. Check that accelerator pedal is fully released.

2. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 minute.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 1 minute. F
NOTE:
Check that throttle valve moves by confirming the operating sound.
G
>> END

EC9-151
 SERVICE REGENERATION
< BASIC INSPECTION > [R9M]
SERVICE REGENERATION
Description INFOID:0000000010309032

Certain types of driving conditions (e.g. urban driving) may load to heavy loads in DPF (Diesel Particulate Fil-
ter). This soot mass may adversely affect the driving. This function can perform DPF regeneration under vehi-
cle stop condition.
Service regeneration is performed with CONSULT to reduce particulate matter in DPF (Diesel Particulate Fil-
ter). Service regeneration should be performed in the following cases.
• ECM enters fail-safe mode because the amount of particulate matter in DPF reaches the specified level.
NOTE:
When ECM enters fail-safe mode because the amount of particulate matter in DPF reaches the specified
level, check whether or not DTC P2002 is stored in ECM. In the case of DTC stored, perform the Diagnostic
Procedure for the DTC.
• ECM is replaced.
NOTE:
• Based on the signal from sensors ECM measures the amount of particulate matter in DPF and stores the
value in EEPROM (Electrically Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory). When ECM is replaced as
new one, there is a difference between the actual amount of particulate matter and the value stored in new
ECM, because the value stored in new ECM is initialized one. In the case above, ECM can not perform
regeneration control correctly. So, perform service regeneration to make the amount of particulate matter
in DPF zero.
• The necessary operation is different depending on the operation result of ECM data save or write. Always
perform the operation according to procedures. Refer to EC9-142, "Work Procedure".
• Component inspection for DPF is performed.
CAUTION:
Oil change is required, depending on service regeneration procedure. Because fuel mixes with
engine oil during service regeneration. The mixture does not occur during the regeneration which is
automatically performed under normal operation.
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000010309033

1.CHECK DTC
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 1 minute.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check DTC.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for detected DTC. Refer to EC9-106, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ENGINE OIL LEVEL
Refer to LU-33, "Inspection".
CAUTION:
When the oil level reaches maximum, drain engine oil as to be in MIN and HALF.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Drain or refill engine oil. And then GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM OK OR NG JUDGEMENT FOR SERVICE REGENERATION
1. Close the engine hood.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
NOTE:
For best results, warm up the engine until “WATER TEMP” on “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE”
using CONSULT reaches at least 80°C (176°F).
3. Select “PARTICLE FILTER REGENERATION” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE” using CON-
SULT.
4. Touch “START”.
Which is displayed on CONSULT screen?
Judged OK>>GO TO 4.

EC9-152
 SERVICE REGENERATION
< BASIC INSPECTION > [R9M]
Judged NG>>GO TO 8.
4.PERFORM SERVICE REGENERATION A

Touch “START” and wait for approximately 40 minutes.

CAUTION:
EC9
Never perform any vehicle operation during service regeneration.
NOTE:
It takes approximately 40 minutes until “COMPLETE” is displayed.
Which is displayed on CONSULT screen? C
COMPLETE>>GO TO 7.
INCOMPLETE>>GO TO 5.
5.CHECK DPF TEMPERATURE D

Check “EXH GAS TEMP (UPSTRM CAT)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
Is the indication value more than 400°C (752°F)? E
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Check exhaust system.
6.PERFORM SERVICE REGENERATION AGAIN F
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Open the engine hood.
3. Cool the engine at least 2 hours. G
4. Check engine oil level. Refer to LU-33, "Inspection".
5. Close the engine hood.
6. Start the engine. H
7. Perform “PARTICLE FILTER REGENERATION” again.
Which is displayed on CONSULT screen?
COMPLETE>>GO TO 7. I
INCOMPLETE>>GO TO 8.
7.PERFORM RESET AFTER SERVICE REGENERATION
1. Select “AFTER DPF REGENERATION” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT. J
2. Touch “START”.
3. Check that “COMPLETE” is displayed on CONSULT screen.
4. Touch “END”. K

>> GO TO 9.
8.REPLACE DPF L

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Replace DPF. Refer to EX-25, "Removal and installation".
M
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Perform “AFTER DPF REPLACEMENT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.

N
>> GO TO 9.
9.CHECK DTC
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 1 minute. O
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC “P253F” detected? P
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> END
10.CHANGE ENGINE OIL
1. Change engine oil. Refer to LU-34, "Draining" or LU-34, "Refilling".
2. Perform “ENGINE OIL DATA RESET”. Refer to EC9-157, "Work Procedure".
3. Erase DTC.

EC9-153
 SERVICE REGENERATION
< BASIC INSPECTION > [R9M]

>> END

EC9-154
 DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER DATA CLEAR
< BASIC INSPECTION > [R9M]
DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER DATA CLEAR
A
Description INFOID:0000000010309034

Perform “DPF DATA CLEAR” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT when oxidation catalyst with diesel EC9
particulate filter is replaced with a new one. Based on the signal from sensors, ECM estimates the amount of
particulate matter in diesel particulate filter and stores the value in EEPROM as diesel particulate filter data.
When oxidation catalyst with diesel particulate filter is replaced with a new one, there is a difference between
diesel particulate filter data stored in ECM and the actual amount of particulate matter in diesel particulate fil- C
ter, because no particulate matter is trapped in new diesel particulate filter. In this case, ECM cannot perform
regeneration control correctly. So perform “AFTER DPF REPLACEMENT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of
“ENGINE” using CONSULT to clear diesel particulate filter data stored in ECM. D
CAUTION:
Never perform “AFTER DPF REPLACEMENT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE” using CON-
SULT when oxidation catalyst with diesel particulate filter is not replaced with a new one. Diesel partic-
ulate filter may be damaged because regeneration is not performed at appropriate timing. E

Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000010309035

F
1.START
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “AFTER DPF REPLACEMENT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT. G
3. Touch “CLEAR” and wait a few seconds.
4. Make sure that “CMPLT” is displayed on CONSULT screen.
H
>> END

EC9-155
 FUEL PUMP LEARNING VALUE CLEARING
< BASIC INSPECTION > [R9M]
FUEL PUMP LEARNING VALUE CLEARING
Description INFOID:0000000010309036

High Pressure Fuel Pump Total Starts Counter Reset is a function to erase the accumulated number of high
pressure fuel pump operation with engine start. It must be performed when high pressure fuel pump is
replaced.
CAUTION:
Never perform High Pressure Fuel Pump Total Starts Counter Reset when the high pressure fuel pump
is not replaced as new one.
Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000010309037

1.START
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. On the CONSULT screen, select “ENGINE” >> “WORK SUPPORT” >> “H/P FUEL PUMP TOTAL
STARTS COUNTER RESET”.
3. Touch “CLEAR” and wait a few seconds.
4. Make sure that “CMPLT” is displayed on CONSULT screen.

>> END

EC9-156
 ENGINE OIL DATA RESET
< BASIC INSPECTION > [R9M]
ENGINE OIL DATA RESET
A
Description INFOID:0000000010309038

The oil change alert function allows calculating the remaining distance to drive before oil change request. The EC9
engine oil data reset must be performed after engine oil is changed.
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000010309039

C
1.ENGINE OIL OXIDATION DATA RESET
1. Select “ENGINE OIL OXIDATION DATA RESET” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE” using CON-
SULT. D
2. Follow the instruction of CONSULT display.

>> GO TO 2. E
2.ENGINE OIL DILUTION DATA RESET
1. Select “ENGINE OIL DILUTION DATA RESET” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE” using CON- F
SULT.
2. Follow the instruction of CONSULT display.
G
>> END

EC9-157
 STARTER OPERATION COUNTER CLEAR
< BASIC INSPECTION > [R9M]
STARTER OPERATION COUNTER CLEAR
Description INFOID:0000000010309043

Starter Operation Counter Clear is a function of EMCM to erase the starter motor operation counter. It must be
performed when starter motor is replaced.
CAUTION:
Performed this function when starter motor is replaced.
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000010309044

1.ERASE STARTER OPERATION COUNTER

With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “STRT OPRTN CNTR CLEAR” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
3. Touch “CLEAR” and erase starter operation counter.

>> INSPECTION END

EC9-158
 ACCELERATOR PEDAL
< BASIC INSPECTION > [R9M]
ACCELERATOR PEDAL
A
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000010309040

1.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL FORCE-I EC9

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Depress the accelerator pedal and check if there is a specific point (A) in the pedal stroke where the pedal
force increase as shown in the figure. C

JMBIA1519GB

Is the inspection result normal? H

YES-1 >> With CONSULT: GO TO 2.
YES-2 >> Without CONSULT: GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-3, "Removal and Installation". I
2.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL FORCE-II
With CONSULT
J
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “KICKDOWN POS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
3. Check “KICKDOWN POS” indication under the following condition.
K
Monitor item Condition Indication
Depressing range of the accelerator pedal:
OFF L
Within (B) as indicated in the figure
KICKDOWN POS
Depressing range of the accelerator pedal:
ON
Within (C) as indicated in the figure
M
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-3, "Removal and Installation".
N
3.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL FORCE-III
Without CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON. O
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following conditions.

ECM P
+ – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal
158
159 More than 4.35 V
(APP sensor 1) Depressing range of the accelerator pedal:
E110
151 Within (C) as indicated in the figure
152 More than 2.17 V
(APP sensor 2)

EC9-159
 ACCELERATOR PEDAL
< BASIC INSPECTION > [R9M]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-3, "Removal and Installation".

EC9-160
 FUEL PRESSURE CHECK
< BASIC INSPECTION > [R9M]
FUEL PRESSURE CHECK
A
Description INFOID:0000000010309041

Service regeneration is performed with CONSULT to reduce particulate matter in DPF (Diesel Particulate Fil- EC9
ter). Service regeneration should be performed in the following cases.
• ECM enters fail-safe mode because the amount of particulate matter in DPF reaches the specified level.
NOTE:
When ECM enters fail-safe mode because the amount of particulate matter in DPF reaches the specified C
level, check whether or not DTC is stored in ECM. In the case of DTC stored, perform the Diagnostic Proce-
dure for the DTC.
• ECM is replaced. D
NOTE:
• Based on the signal from sensors ECM measures the amount of particulate matter in DPF and stores the
value in EEPROM (Electrically Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory). When ECM is replaced as
new one, there is a difference between the actual amount of particulate matter and the value stored in new E
ECM, because the value stored in new ECM is initialized one. In the case above, ECM can not perform
regeneration control correctly. So, perform service regeneration to make the amount of particulate matter
in DPF zero. F
• The necessary operation is different depending on the operation result of ECM data save or write. Always
perform the operation according to procedures. Refer to EC9-142, "Work Procedure".
• Component inspection for DPF is performed.
CAUTION: G
Oil change is required, depending on service regeneration procedure. Because fuel mixes with
engine oil during service regeneration. The mixture does not occur during the regeneration which is
automatically performed under normal operation. H
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000010309042

1.START I

1. Start engine and warm it up until engine coolant temperature is suitable temperature.
2. On CONSULT screen, select “ENGINE” >> “WORK SUPPORT” >> “High pressure fuel circuit fault find-
J
ing”.
3. Touch “START” and wait a few seconds.
4. Make sure that CMPLT is displayed on CONSULT screen.
K
>> END

EC9-161
 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]

DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
ECM
ECM : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010309047

1.CHECK FUSE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check that the following fuse is not fusing.

Fuse No. Capacity

#54 10 A
#55 15 A
#65 10 A
Is the fuse fusing?
YES >> Replace the fuse after repairing the applicable circuit.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION
Check ground connection E17. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-43, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
3.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY (ECM RELAY)
1. Reinsert the fuse which pulled out.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between IPDM E/R terminal and ground.

+
IPDM E/R − Voltage
Connector Terminal
105
F90 Ground Battery voltage
108
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK ECM RELAY CONTROL SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.

+ −
ECM IPDM E/R Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F82 41 F89 77 Existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.

EC9-162
 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY (INGNITION POWER SUPPLY) A

Check the voltage between IPDM E/R and ground.

EC9
+
IPDM E/R − Voltage
Connector Terminal C
E38 19 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
D
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK IPDM E/R POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND E
Check IPDM E/R power supply and ground. Refer to PCS-62, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-63, "Removal and Installation". F
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
7.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN G
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and ground.
H

+
ECM − Continuity I
Connector Terminal
25
E58 29 Ground Existed
J

32
Is the inspection result normal? K
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
8.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT L
1. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
M
+ −
ECM ECM relay Continuity
N
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
16 E38 19
E58
26 105 Existed O
F90
F82 96 108
3. Also check harness for short to ground.
P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?

EC9-163
 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
ECM : Component Inspection (ECM Relay) INFOID:0000000010309048

1.CHECK ECM RELAY

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove ECM relay.
3. Check the continuity between ECM relay terminals as per the
following conditions.

ECM relay
Terminal Condition Continuity
+ -
12 V direct current supply between termi-
Existed
3 5 nal 1 and 2
No current supply Not existed
PBIB0077E
12 V direct current supply between termi-
Existed
6 7 nal 1 and 2
No current supply Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace ECM relay.

EC9-164
 U0111 CAN COMMUNICATION (BATTERY C/U)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
U0111 CAN COMMUNICATION (BATTERY C/U)
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010499280

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC9

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
ECM cannot communication with aterna- • Alternator C
U0111 Lost communication (LIN)
tor via LIN communication. • Harness and connectors

EC9-165
 U0121 CAN COMMUNICATION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
U0121 CAN COMMUNICATION
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010309054

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
When ECM is not transmitting or receiving CAN
MULTIPLEX TRACTION ABS actuator and electric unit
U0121 communication signal between ABS actuator and
CONTROL CONNECTION (control unit)
electric unit (control unit).

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 3 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> EC9-166, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010309055

1.CHECK DTC WITH ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
Check DTC with ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-41, "CONSULT Function".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Perform trouble shooting relevant to DTC indicated.

EC9-166
 U0298 DC/DC CONVERTER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
U0298 DC/DC CONVERTER
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010309056

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC9

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
During the restart, the DC/DC converter
status of the engine communication line • Harness and connectors
DC/DC CONVERTER
does not show an increase in voltage af- (Voltage stabilizer signal is open or circuit
U0298 (Voltage stabilizer signal ab- D
ter an ECM transmitted voltage stabilizer shorted.)
normality)
signal is changed from 1.0 V or less to • DC/DC converter
3.4 V or more.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE E

1.PRECONDITIONING
If the other DTC Confirmation Procedure is performed right before this procedure, the ignition switch must be F
turned OFF and wait for 10 seconds or more to start this procedure.

>> GO TO 2. G
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT H
1. Start the engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “AUTO STOP START” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ECM” using CONSULT.
3. Touch “START” and operate stop/start system. (Stop the engine.)
4. Touch “CANCEL” and restart the engine. I
5. Check DTC.
Without CONSULT
1. Activate stop/start system. Refer to EC9-38, "STOP/START SYSTEM : System Description (M/T models)" J
(M/T models), EC9-46, "STOP/START SYSTEM : System Description (CVT models)" (CVT models).
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
K
2. Restart the engine.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
L
YES >> Proceed to EC9-167, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010309057 M

1.CHECK VOLTAGE STABILIZER SIGNAL

With CONSULT N
1. Start the engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “AUTO STOP START” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ECM” using CONSULT.
3. Touch “START” and operate stop/start system. (engine stop.) O
4. Touch “CANCEL” and restart the engine, and then check the voltage between DC/DC converter harness
connector and ground as per the following conditions.
P
+
Voltage
DC/DC converter – Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
The voltage should
While cranking with restart
M22 9 Ground be above 1.0V
Except above 0V

EC9-167
 U0298 DC/DC CONVERTER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK VOLTAGE STABILIZER SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect DC/DC converter harness connector.
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between DC/DC converter harness connector and ECM harness connector.

+ –
DC/DC converter ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M22 9 F82 37 Existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace DC/DC converter. Refer to EC9-402, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace ECM. Refer to EC9-399, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

EC9-168
 U0299 LOST COMMUNICATION (DC/DC CONVERTER)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
U0299 LOST COMMUNICATION (DC/DC CONVERTER)
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010499282

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC9

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
ECM cannot communication with DC/DC • DC/DC converter C
U0299 Lost communication (LIN)
converter via LIN communication. • Harness and connectors

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010499283

D
1.CHECK DTC WITH ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
Check DTC with ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-41, "CONSULT Function". E
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Perform trouble shooting relevant to DTC indicated. F

EC9-169
 U0315 CAN COMMUNICATION [ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CON-
TROL UNIT)]
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
U0315 CAN COMMUNICATION [ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT
(CONTROL UNIT)]
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010499284

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
ECM receives invalid signal of vehicle
ABS actuator and electric unit
U0315 Lost communication (CAN) speed sent from ABS actuator and elec-
(control unit)
tric unit (control unit).

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
NOTE:
DTC U0315 can not duplicate.

>> Proceed to EC9-170, "Diagnosis Procedure".

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010499285

1.CHECK DTC WITH ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
Check DTC with ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-41, "CONSULT Function".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Perform trouble shooting relevant to DTC indicated.

EC9-170
 U0415 CAN COMMUNICATION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
U0415 CAN COMMUNICATION
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010309060

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC9

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Multiplex traction control con- ECM receives invalid data sent from ABS actuator ABS actuator and electric unit C
U0415
nection and electric unit (control unit). (control unit)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

D
1.PERFORM DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
NOTE:
DTC U0415 can not duplicate. E

>> Proceed to EC9-171, "Diagnosis Procedure".

F
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010309061

1.CHECK DTC WITH ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) G
Check DTC with ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-41, "CONSULT Function".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". H
NO >> Perform trouble shooting relevant to DTC indicated.

EC9-171
 B1900 DC/DC CONVERTER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
B1900 DC/DC CONVERTER
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010309073

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
DC/DC converter detects power supply
• Harness and connectors
input 1 is 5.0 V or less and difference
DC/DC CONVERTER (DC/DC converter power supply input 1 cir-
B1900 between power supply input 1 and pow-
(DC/DC converter) cuit is open or shorted.)
er supply input 2 is 4.0 V or more for 3
• DC/DC converter
seconds.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If the other DTC Confirmation Procedure is performed right before this procedure, the ignition switch must be
turned OFF and wait for 10 seconds or more to start this procedure.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-1
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 3 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC9-172, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-2
With CONSULT
1. Start the engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “AUTO STOP START” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ECM” using CONSULT.
3. Touch “START” and operate stop/start system. (engine stop.)
4. Touch “CANCEL” and restart the engine.
5. Check DTC.
Without CONSULT
1. Activate stop/start system. Refer to EC9-38, "STOP/START SYSTEM : System Description (M/T models)"
(M/T models), EC9-46, "STOP/START SYSTEM : System Description (CVT models)" (CVT models).
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
2. Restart the engine.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC9-172, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010309074

1.CHECK FUSE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check that the following fuse is not fusing.

Fuse No. Capacity

F/L-O 30 A
Is the fuse fusing?
YES >> Replace the fuse after repairing the applicable circuit.

EC9-172
 B1900 DC/DC CONVERTER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DC/DC CONVERTER POWER SUPPLY INPUT 1 A

1. Disconnect DC/DC converter harness connector.

2. Check the voltage between DC/DC converter harness connector and ground.
EC9

+
DC/DC converter − Voltage C
Connector Terminal
M23 1 Ground Battery voltage
D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
E
3.CHECK DC/DC CONVERTER POWER SUPPLY INPUT 1 CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect battery negative terminal.
2. Check the continuity between DC/DC converter harness connector and fuse. F

+ −
DC/DC converter Continuity G
Fuse No.
Connector Terminal
M23 1 F/L-O Existed
H
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. I
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace DC/DC converter. Refer to EC9-402, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
K

EC9-173
 B1901 DC/DC CONVERTER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
B1901 DC/DC CONVERTER
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010309075

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
DC/DC converter detects power supply
• Harness and connectors
input 2 is 5.0 V or less and difference
DC/DC CONVERTER (DC/DC converter power supply input 2 cir-
B1901 between power supply input 2 and
(DC/DC converter) cuit is open or shorted.)
power supply input 1 is 4.0 V or more
• DC/DC converter
for 3 seconds.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If the other DTC Confirmation Procedure is performed right before this procedure, the ignition switch must be
turned OFF and wait for 10 seconds or more to start this procedure.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-1
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 3 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC9-174, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-2
With CONSULT
1. Start the engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “AUTO STOP START” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ECM” using CONSULT.
3. Touch “START” and operate stop/start system. (engine stop.)
4. Touch “CANCEL” and restart the engine.
5. Check DTC.
Without CONSULT
1. Activate stop/start system. Refer to EC9-38, "STOP/START SYSTEM : System Description (M/T models)"
(M/T models), EC9-46, "STOP/START SYSTEM : System Description (CVT models)".
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
2. Restart the engine.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC9-174, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010309076

1.CHECK FUSE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check that the following fuse is not fusing.

Fuse No. Capacity

F/L-N 30 A
Is the fuse fusing?
YES >> Replace the fuse after repairing the applicable circuit.

EC9-174
 B1901 DC/DC CONVERTER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DC/DC CONVERTER POWER SUPPLY INPUT 2 A

1. Disconnect DC/DC converter harness connector.

2. Check the voltage between DC/DC converter harness connector and ground.
EC9

+
DC/DC converter − Voltage C
Connector Terminal
M23 3 Ground Battery voltage
D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
E
3.CHECK DC/DC CONVERTER POWER SUPPLY INPUT 2 CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect battery negative terminal.
2. Check the continuity between DC/DC converter harness connector and fuse. F

+ −
DC/DC converter Continuity G
Fuse No.
Connector Terminal
M23 3 F/L-N Existed
H
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. I
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace DC/DC converter. Refer to EC9-402, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
K

EC9-175
 B1902 DC/DC CONVERTER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
B1902 DC/DC CONVERTER
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010309077

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
• Harness and connectors
DC/DC converter detects power supply
DC/DC CONVERTER (DC/DC converter power supply output 1
B1902 output 1 is 5.0 V or less when restart
(DC/DC converter) circuit is open or shorted.)
the engine.
• DC/DC converter

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If the other DTC Confirmation Procedure is performed right before this procedure, the ignition switch must be
turned OFF and wait for 10 seconds or more to start this procedure.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT
1. Start the engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “AUTO STOP START” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ECM” using CONSULT.
3. Touch “START” and operate stop/start system. (Stop the engine.)
4. Touch “CANCEL” and restart the engine.
5. Check DTC.
Without CONSULT
1. Activate stop/start system. Refer to EC9-38, "STOP/START SYSTEM : System Description (M/T models)"
(M/T models), EC9-46, "STOP/START SYSTEM : System Description (CVT models)" (CVT models).
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
2. Restart the engine.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC9-176, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010309078

1.CHECK FUSE
Check that the following fuse is not fusing.

Fuse No. Capacity

#71 10 A
#72 10 A
#73 10 A
#74 (only in models with CVT) 10 A
Refer to PG-11, "Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY -".
Is the fuse fusing?
YES >> Replace the fuse after repairing the applicable circuit.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DC/DC CONVERTER POWER SUPPLY OUTPUT 1 CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the ignition relay.

EC9-176
 B1902 DC/DC CONVERTER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
2. Disconnect DC/DC converter harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between DC/DC converter harness connector ignition relay harness connector. A

+ −
DC/DC converter Continuity EC9
Ignition relay
Connector Terminal
M23 4 Switching circuit (+) Existed
C
Refer to PG-11, "Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY -".
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal? D
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK IGNITION RELAY ROUTING CIRCUIT E
Check ignition relay routing circuit.
Is the inspection result normal?
F
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT G
Perform intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace DC/DC converter. Refer to EC9-402, "Removal and Installation". H
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

EC9-177
 B1903 DC/DC CONVERTER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
B1903 DC/DC CONVERTER
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010309079

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
• Harness and connectors
DC/DC CONVERTER DC/DC converter detects power supply
(DC/DC converter power supply output 2
B1903 (DC/DC converter power sup- output 2 is 5.0 V or less when restart
circuit is open or shorted.)
ply output 2 circuit) the engine.
• DC/DC converter

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If the other DTC Confirmation Procedure is performed right before this procedure, the ignition switch must be
turned OFF and wait for 10 seconds or more to start this procedure.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT
1. Start the engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “AUTO STOP START” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ECM” using CONSULT.
3. Touch “START” and operate stop/start system. (Stop the engine.)
4. Touch “CANCEL” and restart the engine.
5. Check DTC.
Without CONSULT
1. Activate stop/start system. Refer to EC9-38, "STOP/START SYSTEM : System Description (M/T models)"
(M/T models), EC9-46, "STOP/START SYSTEM : System Description (CVT models)" (CVT models).
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
2. Restart the engine.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC9-178, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010309080

1.CHECK FUSE
Check that the following fuse is not fusing.

Fuse No. Capacity

#76 10 A
#77 10 A
Refer to PG-11, "Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY -".
Is the fuse fusing?
YES >> Replace the fuse after repairing the applicable circuit.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DC/DC CONVERTER POWER SUPPLY OUTPUT 2 CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the accessory relay.
2. Disconnect DC/DC converter harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between DC/DC converter harness connector accessory relay harness connector.

EC9-178
 B1903 DC/DC CONVERTER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]

+ − A
DC/DC converter Continuity
Accessory relay
Connector Terminal
EC9
M23 6 Switching circuit (+) Existed
Refer to PG-11, "Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY -".
4. Also check harness for short to ground. C
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. D
3.CHECK ACCESSORY RELAY ROUTING CIRCUIT
Check ignition relay routing circuit.
E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
F
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal? G
YES >> Replace DC/DC converter. Refer to EC9-402, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
H

EC9-179
 B1904 DC/DC CONVERTER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
B1904 DC/DC CONVERTER
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010309081

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
If DTC B1904 is displayed with DTC B1900 or B1901, perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC B1900 or B1901.
Refer to EC9-172, "DTC Logic" or EC9-174, "DTC Logic".

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
DC/DC CONVERTER DC/DC converter function is malfunc-
B1904 DC/DC converter
(DC/DC converter abnormality) tioning.

1.PRECONDITIONING
If the other DTC Confirmation Procedure is performed right before this procedure, the ignition switch must be
turned OFF and wait for 10 seconds or more to start this procedure.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT
1. Start the engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “AUTO STOP START” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ECM” using CONSULT.
3. Touch “START” and operate stop/start system. (Stop the engine.)
4. Touch “CANCEL” and restart the engine.
5. Check DTC.
Without CONSULT
1. Activate stop/start system. Refer to EC9-38, "STOP/START SYSTEM : System Description (M/T models)"
(M/T models), EC9-46, "STOP/START SYSTEM : System Description (CVT models)" (CVT models).
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
2. Restart the engine.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC9-180, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010309082

1.INSPECTION START
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Erase DTC.
3. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure. Refer to EC9-180, "DTC Logic".
4. Check DTC.
Is the DTC B1904 displayed again?
YES >> Replace DC/DC converter. Refer to EC9-402, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> INSPECTION END

EC9-180
 P0001 FUEL PUMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
P0001 FUEL PUMP
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010309083

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC9

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• ECM detects a short circuit to ground. • Harness or connectors C
• ECM detects a short circuit to battery. (Fuel flow actuator circuit is
P0001 Fuel flow actuator circuit
• ECM detects a open circuit. open or shorted.)
• ECM detects an over temperature. • Fuel flow actuator
D
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING E
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 1 minute before conducting the next test.
F
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second. G
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
H
YES >> Proceed to EC9-181, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010309084
I

1.CHECK FUEL FLOW ACTUATOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. J
2. Disconnect fuel flow actuator harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between fuel flow actuator harness connector and ground.
K

+
Fuel flow actuator - Voltage L
Connector Terminal
F123 1 Ground Battery voltage
M
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
N
2.CHECK FUEL FLOW ACTUATOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. O
3. Check the continuity between fuel flow actuator harness connector and ECM harness connector.

+ - P
Fuel flow actuator ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F123 2 F82 43 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?

EC9-181
 P0001 FUEL PUMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.FUEL FLOW ACTUATOR
Refer to EC9-182, "Component Inspection (Fuel Flow Actuator)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace high pressure fuel pump.
Component Inspection (Fuel Flow Actuator) INFOID:0000000010309085

1.CHECK FUEL FLOW ACTUATOR

1. Disconnect fuel flow actuator harness connector.
2. Check the resistance between fuel flow actuator terminals as follows.

Fuel flow actuator

+ - Condition Resistance
Terminal
1 2 Temperature °C (°F) 20 (68) 2.60 - 3.15 Ω
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace high pressure fuel pump. Refer to EM-270, "Removal and Installation".

EC9-182
 P0002 FUEL PRESSURE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
P0002 FUEL PRESSURE
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010309086

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC9

NOTE:
If DTC P0002 is displayed with DTC P0001, P0115, P0190, P0200, P0201, P0202, P0203, or P0204, per-
form trouble diagnosis for DTC P0001, P0115, P0190, P0200, P0201, P0202, P0203, or P0204. Refer to C
EC9-106, "DTC Index".

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
D
• Fuel flow actuator
• Fuel rail pressure sensor
• Fuel temperature sensor
• Fuel rail pressure is excessively high. • Low pressure fuel pump E
• Fuel rail pressure is excessively low. • Fuel leakage
P0002 Flow control adaptive
• Fuel pressure of low pressure fuel circuit is exces- • Fuel filter clogged
sively low. • Injectors clogged
• Fuel leakage on fuel rail pres- F
sure limiter
• Fuel flow actuator blocked

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE G

1.PERFORM DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
NOTE: H
DTC P0002 can not duplicate.

>> Proceed to EC9-183, "Diagnosis Procedure". I

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010309087

1.CHECK FUEL LEVEL J

Check that the fuel level is enough.

Is the inspection result normal? K
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Refuel.
2.PERFORM FUEL FILTER AIR BLEEDING L
NOTE:
If the DTC is detected because of air mixed with fuel (i.e.; caused by lack of fuel), it may become nor-
mal by performing following procedure. M
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform fuel filter air bleeding. Refer to FL-31, "Air Bleeding".
3. Erase DTC. N
4. Perform DTC confirmation procedure again. Refer to EC9-183, "DTC Logic".
Is the DTC P0002 detected again?
YES >> GO TO 3. O
NO >> INSPECTION END
3.CHECK FUEL FILTER
Check the correctness of the fuel filter. P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK FOR FUEL LEAK
Check for fuel leakage at fuel circuit.

EC9-183
 P0002 FUEL PRESSURE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
5.CHECK FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Check fuel temperature sensor. Refer to EC9-185, "Component Inspection (Fuel Tempearature Sensor)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK FUEL FLOW ACTUATOR
Check fuel flow actuator. Refer to EC9-184, "Component Inspection (Fuel Flow Actuator)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Replace error-detected parts.
7.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR
Check fuel injector. Refer to EC9-184, "Component Inspection (Fuel Injector)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Replace error-detected parts.
8.CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT
Check fuel rail pressure sensor circuit. Refer to EC9-207, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Replace error-detected parts.
9.CHECK FUEL PUMP
Check low pressure fuel pump system. Refer to EC9-380, "Component Function Check".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace error-detected parts.
Component Inspection (Fuel Flow Actuator) INFOID:0000000010309088

1.CHECK FUEL FLOW ACTUATOR

1. Disconnect fuel flow actuator harness connector.
2. Check the resistance between fuel flow actuator terminals as follows.

Fuel flow actuator

+ - Condition Resistance
Terminal
1 2 Temperature °C (°F) 20 (68) 2.60 - 3.15 Ω
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace high pressure fuel pump. Refer to EM-270, "Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection (Fuel Injector) INFOID:0000000010309089

1.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect fuel injector harness connector.
3. Check the resistance between fuel injector terminals.

EC9-184
 P0002 FUEL PRESSURE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]

Fuel injector A
+ − Condition Resistance
Terminal
EC9
1 2 Temperature: 20°C (68°F) 13.7 – 15.3 Ω
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END C
NO >> Replace fuel injector. Refer to EM-266, "Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection (Fuel Tempearature Sensor) INFOID:0000000010500940
D
1.CHECK FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. E
2. Disconnect fuel temperature sensor.
3. Check the resistance between fuel temperature sensor terminals.

F
+ −
Fuel temperature sensor Resistance
Terminal G
1 2 77 Ω - 57 kΩ
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END H
NO >> Replace fuel temperature sensor.

EC9-185
 P0016 CKP - CMP CORRELATION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
P0016 CKP - CMP CORRELATION
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010309090

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
• If DTC P0016 is displayed with DTC P0335, P0560, P0657, or P0641, perform the trouble diagnosis for
DTC P0335, P0560, P0657, or P0641. Refer to EC9-106, "DTC Index".

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
(CKP sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
Camshaft position- Crankshaft The correlation between crankshaft position (CMP sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
P0016 position correlation sensor signal and camshaft position sensor • Crankshaft position sensor
signal is out of the normal range. • Camshaft position sensor
• Timing chain
• Signal plate

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 1 minute before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> EC9-186, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010309091

1.CHECK CKP SENSOR

Check CKP sensor. Refer to EC9-187, "Component Inspection (Crankshaft Position Sensor)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK CMP SENSOR
Check CMP sensor. Refer to EC9-187, "Component Inspection (Camshaft Position Sensor)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK SIGNAL PLATE OF CAMSHAFT REAR END
Visually check for chipping signal plate of camshaft rear end (bank 2 intake side).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace camshaft. Refer to EM-283, "Removal and Installation".
4.CHECK SIGNAL PLATE WITH FLYWHEEL
Visually check for chipping signal plate with flywheel.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.

EC9-186
 P0016 CKP - CMP CORRELATION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
NO >> Replace signal plate with flywheel. Refer to EM-308, "Exploded View".
5.CHECK TIMING CHAIN A

Check timing chain. Refer to EM-275, "Removal and Installation".

Is the inspection result normal? EC9
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace timing chain. Refer to EM-275, "Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection (Crankshaft Position Sensor) INFOID:0000000010309092 C

1.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR

D
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect crankshaft position (CKP) sensor harness connector.
3. Check the resistance between CKP sensor terminals.
E
CKP sensor
+ − Resistance
F
Terminal
1 2 520 - 860 Ω
Is the inspection result normal? G
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace CKP sensor. Refer to EM-308, "Exploded View".
H
Component Inspection (Camshaft Position Sensor) INFOID:0000000010309093

1.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR I

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect camshaft position (CMP) sensor harness connector.
3. Check the resistance between CMP sensor terminals.
J

CMP sensor
+ − Resistance K
Terminal
1 2 More than 100 kΩ
L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace CMP sensor. Refer to EM-283, "Exploded View".
M

EC9-187
 P0045 TC BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
P0045 TC BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010309094

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• ECM detects turbocharger boost control
solenoid valve circuit is open. • Harness or connectors
Turbo solenoid valve con- • ECM detects turbocharger boost control (Turbocharger boost control solenoid valve
P0045
trol circuit solenoid valve circuit is short to ground. circuit is open or shorted.)
• ECM detects turbocharger boost control • Turbocharger boost control solenoid valve
solenoid valve circuit is short to power.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 1 minute before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC9-188, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010309095

1.CHECK ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTION

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ECM harness connector connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ECM harness connector connection. Refer to PG-5, "Harness Connector"
(LEVER LOCKING TYPE).
2.CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNEC-
TION
Check turbocharger boost control solenoid valve harness connector connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace turbocharger boost control solenoid valve harness connector connection.
3.CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect turbocharger boost control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between turbocharger boost control solenoid valve harness connector and ground.

+
Turbocharger boost control solenoid
− Voltage
valve
Connector Terminal
F134 2 Ground Battery voltage

EC9-188
 P0045 TC BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. A
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
4.CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE GROUND CIRCUIT
EC9
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between turbocharger boost control solenoid valve harness connector and ECM har-
ness connector. C

+ −
D
Turbocharger boost control so-
ECM Continuity
lenoid valve
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E
F134 1 F83 149 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal? F
YES >> Replace turbocharger boost control solenoid valve.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
G

EC9-189
 P0095 IAT SENSOR 2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
P0095 IAT SENSOR 2
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010309100

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Signal voltage from the intake air
temperature sensor 2 remains 4.9 V
• Harness or connectors
or more for 1 second or more.
Intake air temperature sensor (Intake air temperature sensor 2 circuit is
P0095 • An excessively low voltage from the
2 (bank 1) open or shorted.
intake air temperature sensor 2 is
• Intake air temperature sensor 2
sent to ECM.
• ECM receives an abnormal signal.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
NOTE:
DTC P0095 can not duplicate.

>> Proceed to EC9-190, "Diagnosis Procedure".

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010309101

1.CHECK ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTION

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ECM harness connector connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2 HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTION
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check turbocharger boost sensor (with intake air temperature sensor 2) harness connector connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2
Refer to EC9-191, "Component Inspection (Intake Air Temperature Sensor 2)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2 CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
Check intake air temperature sensor 2 circuit for open and short.

+ -
Turbocharger boost sensor
ECM (with Intake air temperature Continuity
sensor 2)
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
59 3
F82 81 F121 1 Existed
86 2

EC9-190
 P0095 IAT SENSOR 2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. A
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK LOW PRESSURE EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE UPSTREAM TEMPERATURE SENSOR
EC9
Refer to EC9-191, "Component Inspection (Low Pressure EGR Volume Control Valve Upstream Temperature
Sensor)".
Is the inspection result normal?
C
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace error-detected parts.
Component Inspection (Intake Air Temperature Sensor 2) INFOID:0000000010309102 D

1.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2

1. Disconnect turbocharger boost sensor (with intake air temperature sensor 2) harness connector. E
2. Check resistance between turbocharger boost sensor (with intake air temperature sensor 2) harness con-
nector terminals under the following conditions.
F
Turbocharger boost sensor
(with intake air temperature sensor 2)
Condition Resistance
+ - G
Terminals
2 1 Temperature° C (°F) 20 (68) 2.353 – 2.544 kΩ
H
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace turbocharger boost sensor (with intake air temperature sensor 2). I
Component Inspection (Low Pressure EGR Volume Control Valve Upstream Temper-
ature Sensor) INFOID:0000000010309103
J
1.CHECK LOW PRESSURE EGR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
1. Disconnect low pressure EGR temperature sensor harness connector.
K
2. Check resistance between low pressure EGR temperature sensor terminals under the following condi-
tions.

L
Low pressure EGR temperature sen-
sor
Condition Resistance
+ -
M
Terminal
1 2 Temperature° C (°F) 20 (68) 57.094 – 65.836 kΩ
Is the inspection result normal? N
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace low pressure EGR temperature sensor.
O

EC9-191
 P0100 MAF SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
P0100 MAF SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010309104

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• An excessively low voltage from the sensor • Harness or connectors
is sent to ECM for 2 seconds or more. (Mass air flow sensor circuit is open or
P0100 Mass air flow sensor
• An excessively high voltage from the sensor shorted.)
is sent to ECM for 2 seconds or more. • Mass air flow sensor

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 1 minute before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC9-192, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010309105

1.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

Check the power supply of the mass air flow sensor.

+
Mass air flow sensor - Voltage
Connector Terminal
F91 3 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
2.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check mass air flow sensor circuit for open and short.

+ -
ECM Mass air flow sensor Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
78 4
F82 F91 Existed
82 2
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
EC9-192
 P0100 MAF SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
Refer to EC9-193, "Component Inspection (Mass Air Flow Sensor)".
Is the inspection result normal? A
YES >> Replace error-detected parts.
NO >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
EC9
Component Inspection (Mass Air Flow Sensor) INFOID:0000000010309106

1.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR C

1. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
2. Check resistance between mass air flow sensor terminals under the following conditions.
D
Mass air flow sensor
+ - Resistance
Terminal E
3 4 2 – 10 kΩ
Is the inspection result normal?
F
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor.
G

EC9-193
 P0101 MAF SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
P0101 MAF SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010309107

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
ECM receives improper signal voltage sent • Mass air flow sensor
P0101 Mass air flow sensor information from MAF sensor for more than 5 seconds • Turbocharger boost sensor
during driving condition. • Intake air temperature sensor 2
• Intake air leaks

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
NOTE:
DTC P0101 can not duplicate.

>> Proceed to EC9-194, "Diagnosis Procedure".

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010309108

1.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM

1. Check air cleaner for clogging.
2. Check the following for connection and cracks.
- Air duct
- Vacuum hoses
- Intake air passage between air duct and intake manifold
- Turbocharger
- Turbocharger boost sensor
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
2.SOAK THE VEHICLE
1. Soak the vehicle for 8 hours.
NOTE:
When the engine is already cold condition, proceed to next step.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check that the detecting value of TC boost sensor is same as the detecting value of barometric pressure
sensor using CONSULT.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace TC boost sensor.
3.CHECK COHERENCE
1. Check coherence between intake air temperature, ambient temperature, and engine coolant temperature.
2. Check that intake air temperature is equal to ambient air temperature (±10°C).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace mass air flow sensor.
NO >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".

EC9-194
 P0105 TC BOOST SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
P0105 TC BOOST SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010309110

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC9

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
C
• An excessively low voltage from Tur-
bocharger Boost sensor is sent to
• Harness or connectors
ECM for 1 second or more.
P0105 TC boost sensor (TC boost sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• An excessively high voltage from D
• TC boost sensor
Turbocharger Boost sensor is sent
to ECM for 1 second or more.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE E

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at F
least 1 minute before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2. G
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Check DTC. H
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC9-195, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END I

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010309111

J
1.CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST SENSOR
Check turbocharger boost sensor. Refer to EC9-196, "Component Inspection (Turbocharger Boost Sensor)".
Is the inspection result normal? K
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT L

1. Turn ignition switch ON.

2. Check the power supply of the turbocharger boost sensor.
M

+
Voltage
Turbocharger boost sensor - N
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F121 3 Ground 5.0 V
Is the inspection result normal? O
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
P
3.CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check turbocharger boost sensor circuit for open and short.

EC9-195
 P0105 TC BOOST SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]

+ -
ECM Turbocharger boost sensor Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
59 3
F82 81 F121 1 Existed
85 4
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
Component Inspection (Turbocharger Boost Sensor) INFOID:0000000010309112

1.CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST SENSOR

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect turbocharger boost sensor harness connector.
3. Check resistance between turbocharger boost sensor terminals under the following conditions.

Turbocharger boost sensor

+ - Resistance
Terminal
4 1 More than 50 kΩ
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace turbocharger boost sensor.

EC9-196
 P0106 TC BOOST SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
P0106 TC BOOST SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010309113

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC9

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
C
Difference between intake manifold air
• Harness or connectors
P0106 Inlet pressure consistency pressure and barometric pressure for 2
• TC boost sensor
seconds while engine stopped.
D
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at E
least 1 minute before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2. F

2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 second. G
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> EC9-197, "Diagnosis Procedure". H
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010309114
I
1.CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST SENSOR FITTING CONDITION
Check turbocharger boost sensor fitting condition.
J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Adjust parts fitting condition. K
2.CHECK FOR CHARGE AIR LEAK
1. Start the engine and let it idle.
2. Listen for an charge air leak. L
Is intake air leak detected?
YES >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
NO >> GO TO 3. M
3.CHECK TURBOCHARGER
Check if foreign matter is caught between the turbocharger. Refer to EM section. N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the turbocharger. O
4.CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST SENSOR HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS
Check turbocharger boost sensor harness connector connection.
P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST SENSOR
Check turbocharger boost sensor. Refer to EC9-198, "Component Inspection (Turbocharger Boost Sensor)".
Is the inspection result normal?

EC9-197
 P0106 TC BOOST SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the power supply of the turbocharger boost sensor.

+
Voltage
Turbocharger boost sensor -
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F121 3 Ground 5.0 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
7.CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
Check turbocharger boost sensor circuit for open and short.

+ -
ECM Turbocharger boost sensor Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
59 3
F82 81 F121 1 Existed
85 4
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
Component Inspection (Turbocharger Boost Sensor) INFOID:0000000010309115

1.CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST SENSOR

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect turbocharger boost sensor harness connector.
3. Check resistance between turbocharger boost sensor terminals under the following conditions.

Turbocharger boost sensor

+ - Resistance
Terminal
4 1 More than 50 kΩ
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace turbocharger boost sensor.

EC9-198
 P0110 IAT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
P0110 IAT SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010309116

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC9

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• An excessively low voltage from In- C
take air temperature sensor 1 is sent • Harness or connectors
to ECM for 1 second. (Intake air temperature sensor 1 circuit
P0110 Air temperature sensor circuit
• An excessively high voltage from In- is open or shorted.)
take air temperature sensor 1 is sent • Intake air temperature sensor 1 D
to ECM for 1 second.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

E
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 1 minute before conducting the next test. F

>> GO TO 2.
G
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Check DTC. H
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC9-199, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END I
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010309117

1.CHECK ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS J

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Check ECM harness connector connection.
K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
L
2.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS
Check mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor 1) harness connector connection.
Is the inspection result normal? M
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT N

Check intake air temperature sensor 1 sensor circuit for open and short.
O
+ -
ECM Mass air flow sensor Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal P
74 1
F82 F91 Existed
82 2
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

EC9-199
 P0110 IAT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]

4.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1

Refer to EC9-200, "Component Inspection (Intake Air Temperature Sensor 1)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace error-detected parts.
Component Inspection (Intake Air Temperature Sensor 1) INFOID:0000000010309118

1.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1

1. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
2. Check resistance between mass air flow sensor terminals under the following conditions.

Mass air flow sensor

+ - Condition Resistance
Terminal
1 2 Temperature° C (°F) 20 (68) 2.353 – 2.544 kΩ
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor (intake air temperature sensor 1).

EC9-200
 P0115 ECT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
P0115 ECT SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010309119

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC9

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• An excessively low voltage from En- C
gine Coolant Temperature Sensor is
sent to ECM for 1 second. • Harness or connectors
• An excessively high voltage from (Engine coolant temperature sensor
P0115 Water temperature sensor circuit D
Engine Coolant Temperature Sen- circuit is open or shorted.)
sor is sent to ECM for 1 second. • Engine coolant temperature sensor
• Engine coolant temperature chang-
es rapidly for 8 seconds.
E
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING F
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 1 minute before conducting the next test.
G
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
H
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
I
YES >> Proceed to EC9-201, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010309120 J

1.CHECK ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. K
2. Check ECM harness connector connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. L
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS
M
Check engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. N
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
Check engine coolant temperature sensor circuit for open and short. O

+ -
P
Engine coolant temperature
ECM Continuity
sensor
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
129 2
F83 F51 Existed
133 1
Is the inspection result normal?

EC9-201
 P0115 ECT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EC9-202, "Component Inspection (Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace error-detected parts.
Component Inspection (Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor) INFOID:0000000010309121

1.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR

1. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector.
2. Check resistance between engine coolant temperature sensor terminals under the following conditions.

Engine coolant temperature sensor

+ - Condition Resistance
Terminal
2 1 Temperature°C (°F) 25 (77) 2.140 – 2.364 kΩ
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.

EC9-202
 P0120 TP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
P0120 TP SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010309122

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC9

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Throttle position sensor voltage sent to C
• Harness or connectors
ECM is 4.8 V or more for 0.5 second or
(Throttle position sensor circuit is open
more.
P0120 Inlet air flap position sensor or shorted.)
• Throttle position sensor voltage sent to
• Throttle position sensor D
ECM is 0.2 V or less for 0.5 second or
• Electric throttle control actuator
more.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

E
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 1 minute before conducting the next test. F

>> GO TO 2.
G
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Check DTC. H
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC9-203, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END I
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010309123

1.CHECK ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS J

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Check ECM harness connector connection.
K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
L
2.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS
Check electric throttle control actuator harness connector connection.
Is the inspection result normal? M
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR FITTING CONDITION N

Check electric throttle control actuator fitting condition.

Is the inspection result normal? O
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Adjust parts fitting condition.
4.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT P
Check electric throttle control actuator circuit for open and short.

EC9-203
 P0120 TP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]

+ -
Electric throttle control actu-
ECM Continuity
ator
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
103 3
F83 107 F116 4 Existed
108 6
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
Refer to EC9-204, "Component Inspection (Throttle Position Sensor)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace error-detected parts.
Component Inspection (Throttle Position Sensor) INFOID:0000000010309124

1.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Perform EC9-147, "Work Procedure".
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Set selector lever to D position.
6. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.

ECM
+ – Condition Voltage (V)
Connector
Terminal
Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.425
F83 103 107
Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.760
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace malfunctioning electric throttle control actuator.

EC9-204
 P0135 A/F SENSOR HEATER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
P0135 A/F SENSOR HEATER
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010309130

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC9

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• ECM detects Air Fuel Ratio Sensor Heater cir- C
cuit is open for 5 seconds. • Harness or connectors
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor • ECM detects Air Fuel Ratio Sensor Heater cir- (The air fuel ratio sensor heater circuit is
P0135
heater cuit is short to ground for 5 seconds. open or shorted.)
• ECM detects Air Fuel Ratio Sensor Heater cir- • Air fuel ratio sensor heater D
cuit is short to power for 5 seconds.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

E
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 1 minute before conducting the next test. F

>> GO TO 2.
G
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Check DTC. H
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC9-205, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END I
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010309131

1.CHECK ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS J

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Check ECM harness connector connection.
K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
L
2.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS
Check A/F sensor harness connector connection.
Is the inspection result normal? M
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK A/F SENSOR HEATER CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT N

Check A/F sensor circuit for open and short.

O
+ -
ECM A/F sensor Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal P
F82 89 F75 3 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK A/F SENSOR HEATER
EC9-205
 P0135 A/F SENSOR HEATER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
Check A/F sensor heater. Refer to EC9-206, "Component Inspection (A/F Sensor)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 6.
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.REPLACE A/F SENSOR
Replace A/F sensor.
CAUTION:
• Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a
hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Heated Oxygen Sensor
Thread Cleaner tool and approved anti-seize lubricant.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection (A/F Sensor) INFOID:0000000010501521

CAUTION:
• Discard any air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m
(19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Heated Oxygen
Sensor Thread Cleaner tool and approved anti-seize lubricant.
1.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/F sensor harness connector.
3. Check the resistance between A/F sensor terminals.

+ −
A/ F sensor Resistance
Terminal
4 2.4 - 4.0 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
3 1
2 ∞Ω
1 (Continuity should not exist)
4
2
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace malfunctioning air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor.

EC9-206
 P0190 FRP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
P0190 FRP SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010309135

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC9

NOTE:
If DTC P0190 is displayed with DTC P0697, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0697. Refer to
EC9-268, "DTC Logic". C

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• An excessively low voltage from the D
sensor is sent to ECM. • Harness or connectors
• An excessively high voltage from the (Fuel rail pressure sensor circuit is open or
P0190 Fuel rail pressure sensor circuit
sensor is sent to ECM. shorted.)
• An improper voltage signal from sen- • Fuel rail pressure sensor E
sor is sent to ECM.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

F
1.PERFORM DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
NOTE:
DTC P0190 can not duplicate. G

>> Proceed to EC9-207, "Diagnosis Procedure".

H
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010309136

1.CHECK ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS I

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ECM harness connector connection.
Is the inspection result normal? J
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS K
Check fuel rail pressure sensor harness connector connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
L
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK FUEL PIPING M
Check fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. N
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
O
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the power supply of the fuel rail pressure sensor.

P
+
Voltage
Fuel rail pressure sensor -
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F86 91 Ground 5.0 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.

EC9-207
 P0190 FRP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
5.CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check fuel rail pressure sensor circuit for open and short.

+ -
ECM Fuel rail pressure sensor Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
73 1
F82 77 F86 2 Existed
91 3
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace fuel rail pressure sensor.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

EC9-208
 P0200 FUEL INJECTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
P0200 FUEL INJECTOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010309137

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC9

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible Cause
• ECM detects fuel injectors circuit malfunction. • Harness or connectors C
P0200 Injector control circuit
• Injector code is not stored into ECM. • Injector code error

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

D
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 1 minute before conducting the next test. E

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE F

1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 1 second.

2. Check DTC.
G
Is DTC detected?
YES >> EC9-209, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END H
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010309138

1.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR HARNESS CONNECTOR STATE I

Check fuel injector harness connector state.
Is the inspection result normal?
J
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR K
Refer to EC9-210, "Component Inspection (Fuel Injector)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. L
NO >> Replace malfunctioniing injector(s).
3.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
M
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check fuel injector circuit for open and short.
N

EC9-209
 P0200 FUEL INJECTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]

+ -
Cylinder ECM Fuel injector Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
158 1
No.1 F62
160 2
154 1
No.2 F63
159 2
F83 Existed
157 1
No.3 F64
155 2
153 1
No.4 F65
156 2
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
Component Inspection (Fuel Injector) INFOID:0000000010309139

1.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect fuel injector harness connector.
3. Check the resistance between fuel injector terminals.

Fuel injector
+ − Condition Resistance
Terminal
1 2 Temperature: 20°C (68°F) 13.7 – 15.3Ω
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace fuel injector. Refer to EM-266, "Removal and Installation".

EC9-210
 P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204 FUEL INJECTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204 FUEL INJECTOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010309140

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC9

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P0201 NO. 1 cylinder fuel injector circuit C
• Injector code is incorrect. • Harness or connectors
P0202 NO. 2 cylinder fuel injector circuit • ECM detects fuel injectors circuit are (The fuel injector circuit is open.)
P0203 NO. 3 cylinder fuel injector circuit open or shorted. • Fuel injector
• ECM error • Injector code error D
P0204 NO. 4 cylinder fuel injector circuit

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

E
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 1 minute before conducting the next test.
F

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE G
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 second.
2. Check DTC.
H
Is DTC detected?
YES >> EC9-211, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
I
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010309141

1.PERFORM FUEL INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VALUE REGISTRATION J

1. Perform FUEL INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VALUE REGISTRATION. Refer to EC9-145, "Work Proce-
dure".
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to EC9-211, "DTC Logic". K
Is DTC detected again?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> INSPECTION END L
2.CHECK FUEL RETURN HOSE
Check Fuel return hose.
M
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
N
3.CHECK COMPRESSION PRESSURE
Check compression pressure.
Is the inspection result normal? O
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Check pistons, piston rings, valves, valve seats and cylinder head gaskets.
4.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR HARNESS CONNECTOR STATE P

Check fuel injector harness connector state.

Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR
EC9-211
 P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204 FUEL INJECTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
Refer to EC9-212, "Component Inspection (Fuel Injector)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check fuel injector circuit for open and short.

+ -
Cylinder ECM Fuel injector Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
158 1
No.1 F62
160 2
154 1
No.2 F63
159 2
F83 Existed
157 1
No.3 F64
155 2
153 1
No.4 F65
156 2
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
Component Inspection (Fuel Injector) INFOID:0000000010309142

1.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect fuel injector harness connector.
3. Check the resistance between fuel injector terminals.

Fuel injector
+ − Condition Resistance
Terminal
1 2 Temperature: 20°C (68°F) 13.7 – 15.3Ω
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace fuel injector. Refer to EM-266, "Removal and Installation".

EC9-212
 P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010309143

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC9

If the cooling fan or other component in the cooling system malfunctions, engine coolant temperature will rise.
When the engine coolant temperature reaches an abnormally high temperature condition, a malfunction is
indicated. C

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Cooling fan D
• Radiator hose
• Radiator
• Radiator cap
• Water pump E
P0217 Engine overheating When engine coolant temperature is 110°C or more.
• Thermostat
• Engine coolant bypass
valve
• Engine coolant temper- F
ature sensor
CAUTION:
When a malfunction is indicated, be sure to replace the coolant. Also, replace the engine oil. G
1. Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed of 2 liters per minute. Be sure to
use coolant with the proper mixture ratio.
2. After refilling coolant, run engine to ensure that no water-flow noise is emitted. H
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
I
Perform component function check. Refer to EC9-213, "Component Function Check".
NOTE:
Use component function check to check the overall function of the cooling fan. During this check, a DTC might
not be confirmed. J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC9-214, "Diagnosis Procedure". K

Component Function Check INFOID:0000000010309144

L
1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-1
WARNING:
Never remove the reservoir tank cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could be caused by high M
pressure fluid escaping from the radiator.
Wrap a thick cloth around cap. Carefully remove the cap by turning it a quarter turn to allow built-up
pressure to escape. Then turn the cap all the way off. N
Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator.
Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level.
Is the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator below the
O
proper range?
YES >> Proceed to EC9-214, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 2.
P

SEF621W

2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-2

Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not.

EC9-213
 P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
Did customer fill the coolant?
YES >> Proceed to EC9-214, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-3
1. Start engine and let it idle.
2. Turn air conditioner switch and blower fan switch ON.
3. Make sure that cooling fan operates at low speed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Proceed to EC9-214, "Diagnosis Procedure".
4.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-4
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Turn air conditioner switch and blower fan switch OFF.
3. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector.
4. Connect 150Ω resistor to engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector.
5. Restart engine and make sure that cooling fan operates at higher speed than low speed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC9-214, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010309145

1.CHECK COOLING FAN OPERATION

Check cooling fan operation.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
2.CHECK COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAK-1
Check cooling system for leak.
Is leakage detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 4.
3.CHECK COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAK-2
Check the following for leak.
• Hose
• Radiator
• Radiator cap
• Water pump
• Reservoir tank

>> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.

4.CHECK RADIATOR CAP
Check radiator cap.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace radiator cap.
5.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT BYPASS VALVE
Check engine coolant bypass valve system. Refer to EC9-376, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

EC9-214
 P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]

6.CHECK THERMOSTAT A
Check thermostat.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7. EC9
NO >> Replace thermostat.
7.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
C
Check engine coolant temperature sensor routing circuit. Refer to EC9-201, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform overheating cause analysis. Refer to CO-60, "Troubleshooting Chart". D
NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.

EC9-215
 P0225 APP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
P0225 APP SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010309146

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
If DTC P0225 is displayed with DTC P0641, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0641. Refer to
EC9-261, "DTC Logic".

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
• An excessively low voltage from the sensor
(Accelerator pedal position sensor
is sent to ECM.
P0225 Pedal potentiometer circuit track 1 circuit is open or shorted.)
• An excessively high voltage from the sen-
• Accelerator pedal position sensor
sor is sent to ECM.
(APP sensor 1)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 1 minute before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC9-216, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010309147

1.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

Check the power supply of the accelerator pedal position sensor 1.

+
Voltage
APP sensor -
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
E20 4 Ground 5.0 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
2.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check accelerator pedal position sensor 1 circuit for open and short.

+ -
ECM APP sensor Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
27 4
E82 30 E110 2 Existed
31 2

EC9-216
 P0225 APP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. A
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR
EC9
Refer to EC9-217, "Component Inspection (Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". C
NO >> Replace error-detected parts.
Component Inspection (Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor) INFOID:0000000010309148

D
1.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. E
3. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as follows.

ECM F
+ - Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
G
Fully released 0.6 - 0.9 V
31 30
Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.7 V
E58 Accelerator pedal
Fully released 0.3 - 0.6 V H
22 21
Fully depressed 1.95 - 2.4 V
Is the inspection result normal?
I
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
J

EC9-217
 P0226 APP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
P0226 APP SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010309149

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detection condition Possible cause
• ECM does not receive a signal sent from APP • Harness or connectors
Brake/accelerator pedal sensor 1 and 2. (APP sensor 1 and 2 circuit is open
P0226
positions • ECM detects a invalid signal sent from APP sen- or shorted.)
sor 1 and 2. • Accelerator pedal position sensor

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
NOTE:
DTC P0226 can not duplicate.

>> Proceed to EC9-218, "Diagnosis Procedure".

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010502686

1.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

Check the power supply of the accelerator pedal position sensor 1.

+
Voltage
APP sensor -
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
E20 4 Ground 5.0 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
2.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check accelerator pedal position sensor 1 circuit for open and short.

+ -
ECM APP sensor Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
27 4
E82 30 E110 2 Existed
31 2
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR
Refer to EC9-219, "Component Inspection (Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace error-detected parts.

EC9-218
 P0226 APP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
Component Inspection (Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor) INFOID:0000000010309151

A
1.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. EC9
3. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as follows.

ECM C
+ - Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
D
Fully released 0.6 - 0.9 V
31 30
Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.7 V
E58 Accelerator pedal
Fully released 0.3 - 0.6 V E
22 21
Fully depressed 1.95 - 2.4 V
Is the inspection result normal?
F
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
G

EC9-219
 P025A FUEL PUMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
P025A FUEL PUMP
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010499286

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause

• Fuel pump relay circuit is open • Harness or connectors
Fuel pump module ″A″ con-
P025A • Fuel pump relay circuit is short to (Fuel pump relay circuit is open or shorted.)
trol circuit/open
ground or power • Fuel pump relay

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 1 minute before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC9-220, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010499287

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-43, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK FUEL PUMP RELAY CIRCUIT-I
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.

ECM
+ – Voltage
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F82 38 E58 25 Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK FUEL PUMP RELAY CIRCUIT-II
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.

ECM IPDM E/R

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F82 38 F90 106 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
EC9-220
 P025A FUEL PUMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. A
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK 15A FUSE
EC9
1. Disconnect 15A fuse (No. 61) from IPDM E/R.
2. Check 15A fuse.
Is the inspection result normal?
C
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace 15A fuse.
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT D
Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END E

EC9-221
 P025B FUEL PUMP CONTROL MODULE CONTROL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
P025B FUEL PUMP CONTROL MODULE CONTROL
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010499288

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause

• Fuel pump relay circuit is open • Harness or connectors
Fuel pump module ″A″ con-
P025A • Fuel pump relay circuit is short to (Fuel pump relay circuit is open or shorted.)
trol circuit/open
ground or power • Fuel pump relay

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 1 minute before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC9-222, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010499289

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-43, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK FUEL PUMP RELAY CIRCUIT-I
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.

ECM
+ – Voltage
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F82 38 E58 25 Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK FUEL PUMP RELAY CIRCUIT-II
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.

ECM IPDM E/R

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F82 38 F90 106 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
EC9-222
 P025B FUEL PUMP CONTROL MODULE CONTROL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. A
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK 15A FUSE
EC9
1. Disconnect 15A fuse (No. 61) from IPDM E/R.
2. Check 15A fuse.
Is the inspection result normal?
C
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace 15A fuse.
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT D
Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END E

EC9-223
 P0335 CKP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
P0335 CKP SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010309152

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Crankshaft position sensor signal is not de- • Harness or connectors
Crankshaft position sensor tected by ECM when engine is running. (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
P0335
circuit • Crankshaft position sensor signal is not in • Crankshaft position sensor
the normal pattern when engine is running. • Signal plate

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
NOTE:
DTC P0335 can not duplicate.

>> Proceed to EC9-224, "Diagnosis Procedure".

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010309153

1.CHECK ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ECM harness connector connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK CKP SENSOR HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS
Check crankshaft position (CKP) sensor harness connector connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK CKP SENSOR
Refer to EC9-224, "Component Inspection (Crankshaft Position Sensor)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK GEAR TOOTH
Visually check for chipping flywheel gear tooth.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace signal plate.
Component Inspection (Crankshaft Position Sensor) INFOID:0000000010309154

1.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) SENSOR

1. Disconnect CKP sensor harness connector.
2. Check resistance between CKP sensor terminals as follows.

EC9-224
 P0335 CKP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]

CKP sensor A
+ - Resistance
Terminal
EC9
1 2 0.52 - 0.86 kΩ
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END C
NO >> Replace CKP sensor.

EC9-225
 P0340 CMP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
P0340 CMP SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010309155

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
If DTC P0340 is displayed with DTC P0016, P0335, P0560, P0641, P0651, and P0657, perform the trou-
ble diagnosis for DTC P0016, P0335, P0560, P0641, P0651, and P0657. Refer to EC9-106, "DTC Index".

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Camshaft position sensor signal is not de- • Harness or connectors
Camshaft position sensor tected by ECM when engine is running. (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
P0340
circuit • Camshaft position sensor signal is not in the • Camshaft position sensor
normal pattern when engine is running. • Signal plate

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
NOTE:
DTC P0340 can not duplicate.

>> Proceed to EC9-226, "Diagnosis Procedure".

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010309156

1.CHECK CMP SENSOR-1

Visually check camshaft position (CMP) sensor for chipping.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK CMP SENSOR HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS
Check CMP sensor harness connector connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK CMP SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check CMP sensor circuit for open and short.

+ -
ECM CMP sensor Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
55 1
F82 70 F118 2 Existed
71 3
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK CMP SENSOR-2
Refer to EC9-227, "Component Inspection (Camshaft Position Sensor)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".

EC9-226
 P0340 CMP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
NO >> Replace error-detected parts.
A
Component Inspection (Camshaft Position Sensor) INFOID:0000000010309157

1.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP) SENSOR EC9

1. Disconnect CMP sensor harness connector.
2. Check the resistance between CMP sensor terminals as follows.
C
CMP sensor
+ - Resistance
Terminal D
1 2 More than 100 kΩ
Is the inspection result normal?
E
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace CMP sensor.
F

EC9-227
 P0380 GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
P0380 GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010309158

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
If DTC P0380 is displayed with DTC P0560 and P0657, perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0560
and P0657. Refer to EC9-106, "DTC Index".

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• ECM detects glow plug control unit er-
ror.
• ECM detects glow plug control circuit is
• Harness or connectors
open for 1 second or more.
(Glow plug control circuit is open or shorted.)
• ECM detects glow plug circuit is short
Preheating unit diagnos- (Glow control unit input signal circuit is open or
P0380 to ground for 1 second or more.
tic connection shorted.)
• ECM detects glow plug circuit is short
• Glow plug
to power for 1 second or more.
• Glow control unit
• ECM detects an over temperature on
the glow plug control unit for 1 second
or more.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 4 minutes before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC9-228, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010309159

1.CHECK GLOW CONTROL UNIT POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the power supply of the glow control unit.

+
Glow control unit - Voltage
Connector Terminal
6
F115 Ground Battery voltage
10
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
2.CHECK GLOW CONTROL UNIT CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-1
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the continuity between glow control unit harness connector and ECM harness connector.

EC9-228
 P0380 GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]

+ - A
ECM Glow control unit Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
EC9
35 11
F82 F415 Existed
67 9
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK GLOW CONTROL UNIT CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-2 D

Check the continuity between glow control unit harness connector and glow plug harness connector.
E
+ -
Glow control unit Glow plug Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F
1 F125 1
2 F126 1
F115 Existed G
3 F127 1
4 F128 1
Is the inspection result normal? H
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK GLOW PLUG I

Refer to EC9-229, "Component Inspection (Glow Plug)".

Is the inspection result normal? J
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT K
Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
L
YES >> Replace glow control unit.
NO >> Repair or replace.
Component Inspection (Glow Plug) INFOID:0000000010309160 M

1.CHECK GLOW PLUG

1. Disconnect glow plug harness connector. N
2. Check resistance between glow plug terminals as follows.

+ O
Glow plug - Resistance
Terminal
P
1 Ground 0.2 - 0.8 Ω [at 20°C (68°F)]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace malfunctioning glow plug.

EC9-229
 P0402 EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
P0402 EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010309161

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
ECM detects an incorrect closed position of EGR • Harness or connectors
P0402 EGR system
valve. • EGR valve

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 1 minute before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine.
2. Maintain the following conditions for at least 10 consecutive seconds. Hold the steady as possible.

ENGINE SPEED 3,500 rpm

3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC9-230, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010309162

1.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE

Visually check EGR volume control valve for chipping.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS
Check ECM harness connector connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS
Check EGR volume control valve harness connector connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check EGR volume control valve circuit for open and short.

EC9-230
 P0402 EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]

+ - A
ECM EGR volume control valve Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
EC9
144 1
F83 F14 Existed
149 2
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE D

1. Erase DTC.
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure again. Refer to EC9-230, "DTC Logic".
E
Is the DTC P0402 displayed again?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
F
6.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE MOTOR
Refer to EC9-231, "Component Inspection (EGR Volume Control Valve Motor)".
Is the inspection result normal? G
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace error-detected parts.
H
Component Inspection (EGR Volume Control Valve Motor) INFOID:0000000010309163

1.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE MOTOR I

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect EGR volume control valve harness connector.
3. Check resistance between EGR volume control valve terminals as follows. J

EGR volume control valve

+ - Resistance (Approx.) K
Terminal
1 2 2.35 Ω
L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace EGR volume control valve.
M

EC9-231
 P0403 EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
P0403 EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010309164

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
If DTC P0380 is displayed with DTC P0641, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0641 Refer to
EC9-106, "DTC Index".

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• ECM detects EGR valve command circuit is short
• Harness or connectors
to ground.
EGR valve command cir- (EGR valve command circuit is open
P0403 • ECM detects EGR valve command circuit is short
cuit or shorted.)
to power.
• EGR valve
• ECM detects an over temperature of EGR valve.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 1 minute before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC9-232, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010502693

1.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE

Visually check EGR volume control valve for chipping.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS
Check ECM harness connector connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS
Check EGR volume control valve harness connector connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check EGR volume control valve circuit for open and short.

EC9-232
 P0403 EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]

+ - A
ECM EGR volume control valve Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
EC9
144 1
F83 F14 Existed
149 2
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE D

1. Erase DTC.
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure again. Refer to EC9-232, "DTC Logic".
E
Is the DTC P0403 displayed again?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
F
6.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE MOTOR
Refer to EC9-233, "Component Inspection (EGR Volume Control Valve Motor)".
Is the inspection result normal? G
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace error-detected parts.
H
Component Inspection (EGR Volume Control Valve Motor) INFOID:0000000010309166

1.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE MOTOR I

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect EGR volume control valve harness connector.
3. Check resistance between EGR volume control valve terminals as follows. J

EGR volume control valve

+ - Resistance (Approx.) K
Terminal
1 2 2.35 Ω
L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace EGR volume control valve.
M

EC9-233
 P0409 EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE POSITION SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
P0409 EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE POSITION SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010309167

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
• A Voltage of EGR position sensor
(EGR volume control valve control position
remains more than 4.5 V.
P0409 EGR valve position sensor circuit sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• A Voltage of EGR position sensor
• EGR volume control valve control position
remains less than 0.5 V.
sensor

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 1 minute before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC9-234, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010309168

1.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE

Visually check EGR volume control valve for chipping.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS
Check ECM harness connector connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS
Check EGR volume control valve harness connector connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check EGR volume control valve position sensor circuit for open and short.

EC9-234
 P0409 EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE POSITION SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]

+ - A
ECM EGR volume control valve Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
EC9
106 6
F83 108 F404 4 Existed
110 5 C
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace EGR volume control valve.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. D

EC9-235
 P0470 EXHAUST GAS PRESSURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
P0470 EXHAUST GAS PRESSURE SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010309172

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
If DTC P0470 is displayed with DTC P0651, and P2263, perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0651,
and P2263. Refer to EC9-106, "DTC Index".

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• An excessively low voltage from the sensor
is sent to ECM.
P0470 Exhaust gas pressure sensor Exhaust gas pressure sensor
• An excessively high voltage from the sensor
is sent to ECM.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 1 minute before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC9-236, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010309173

1.CHECK ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ECM harness connector connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK EXHAUST GAS PRESSURE SENSOR HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS
Check exhaust gas pressure sensor harness connector connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK EXHAUST GAS PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Check the power supply of the exhaust gas pressure sensor.

+
Voltege
Exhaust gas pressure sensor -
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F135 3 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.

EC9-236
 P0470 EXHAUST GAS PRESSURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]

4.CHECK EXHAUST GAS PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check exhaust gas pressure sensor circuit for open and short.
EC9
+ -
Exhaust gas pressure sen-
ECM Continuity
sor C
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
104 3
F406 126 F135 1 Existed D
138 2
Is the inspection result normal? E
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK EXHAUST GAS PRESSURE SENSOR F
Refer to EC9-237, "Component Inspection (Exhaust Gas Pressure Sensor)".
Is the inspection result normal?
G
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace error-detected parts.
6.DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURES H
1. Erase DTC.
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure again. Refer to EC9-236, "DTC Logic".
Is the DTC P0470 displayed again? I
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
7.CHECK TURBOCHARGER J
Check turbocharger.
Is the inspection result normal?
K
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
Component Inspection (Exhaust Gas Pressure Sensor) INFOID:0000000010309174 L

1.CHECK EXHAUST GAS PRESSURE SENSOR

1. Disconnect exhaust gas pressure sensor harness connector. M
2. Check the resistance between exhaust gas pressure sensor terminals as follows.

Exhaust gas pressure sensor N

+ - Resistance (Approx.)
Terminal
O
2 1 100 kΩ
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END P
NO >> Replace exhaust gas pressure sensor.

EC9-237
 P0471 EXHAUST PRESSURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
P0471 EXHAUST PRESSURE SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010309175

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
If DTC P0471 is displayed with DTC P0335, P0470, and P2226, perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
P0335, P0470, and P2226. Refer to EC9-106, "DTC Index".

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Difference between barometric pressure
and exhaust pressure while engine
P0471 Exhaust gas pressure sensor stopped. Exhaust gas pressure sensor
• Exhaust pressure is excessively low while
engine is running.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
NOTE:
DTC P0471 can not duplicate.

>> Proceed to EC9-238, "Diagnosis Procedure".

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010502768

1.CHECK ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ECM harness connector connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK EXHAUST GAS PRESSURE SENSOR HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS
Check exhaust gas pressure sensor harness connector connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK EXHAUST GAS PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Check the power supply of the exhaust gas pressure sensor.

+
Voltege
Exhaust gas pressure sensor -
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F135 3 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
4.CHECK EXHAUST GAS PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check exhaust gas pressure sensor circuit for open and short.

EC9-238
 P0471 EXHAUST PRESSURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]

+ - A
Exhaust gas pressure sen-
ECM Continuity
sor
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal EC9
104 3
F406 126 F135 1 Existed
C
138 2
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. D
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK EXHAUST GAS PRESSURE SENSOR
E
Refer to EC9-237, "Component Inspection (Exhaust Gas Pressure Sensor)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6. F
NO >> Replace error-detected parts.
6.DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURES
1. Erase DTC. G
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure again. Refer to EC9-236, "DTC Logic".
Is the DTC P0471 displayed again?
YES >> GO TO 7. H
NO >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
7.CHECK TURBOCHARGER I
Check turbocharger.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". J
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
Component Inspection (Exhaust Gas Pressure Sensor) INFOID:0000000010309177
K
1.CHECK EXHAUST GAS PRESSURE SENSOR
1. Disconnect exhaust gas pressure sensor harness connector.
L
2. Check the resistance between exhaust gas pressure sensor terminals as follows.

Exhaust gas pressure sensor

M
+ - Resistance (Approx.)
Terminal
2 1 100 kΩ N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace exhaust gas pressure sensor. O

EC9-239
 P0487 EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
P0487 EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010309178

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
ECM detects abnormally closed posi-
P0487 EGR valve command circuit • EGR volume control valve
tion of EGR volume control valve.
• EGR valve position sensor

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 1 minute before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC9-240, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010309179

1.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE

Visually check EGR volume control valve for chipping.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS
Check ECM harness connector connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS
Check EGR volume control valve harness connector connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check EGR volume control valve circuit for open and short.

EC9-240
 P0487 EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]

+ - A
ECM EGR volume control valve Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
EC9
106 6
108 4
F83 110 F14 5 Existed C
144 1
148 2
D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. E
5.DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Erase DTC.
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure again. Refer to EC9-240, "DTC Logic". F
Is the DTC P0487 displayed again?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". G
6.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE MOTOR
Refer to EC9-241, "Component Inspection (EGR Volume Control Valve Motor)". H
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace error-detected parts. I
Component Inspection (EGR Volume Control Valve Motor) INFOID:0000000010309180

1.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE MOTOR J

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect EGR volume control valve harness connector.
3. Check resistance between EGR volume control valve terminals as follows. K

EGR volume control valve

L
+ - Resistance (Approx.)
Terminal
1 2 2.35 Ω M
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace EGR volume control valve. N

EC9-241
 P0488 EGR SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
P0488 EGR SYSTEM
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010309181

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
ECM detects EGR volume control valve reg-
P0488 EGR valve position control • EGR volume control valve
ulation error.
• EGR volume control valve position sensor

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 1 minute before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 3 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC9-242, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010502829

1.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE

Visually check EGR volume control valve for chipping.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS
Check ECM harness connector connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS
Check EGR volume control valve harness connector connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check EGR volume control valve circuit for open and short.

EC9-242
 P0488 EGR SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]

+ - A
ECM EGR volume control valve Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
EC9
106 6
108 4
F83 110 F14 5 Existed C
144 1
148 2
D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. E
5.DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Erase DTC.
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure again. Refer to EC9-242, "DTC Logic". F
Is the DTC P0488 displayed again?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". G
6.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE MOTOR
Refer to EC9-243, "Component Inspection (EGR Volume Control Valve Motor)". H
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace error-detected parts. I
Component Inspection (EGR Volume Control Valve Motor) INFOID:0000000010309183

1.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE MOTOR J

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect EGR volume control valve harness connector.
3. Check resistance between EGR volume control valve terminals as follows. K

EGR volume control valve

L
+ - Resistance (Approx.)
Terminal
1 2 2.35 Ω M
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace EGR volume control valve. N

EC9-243
 P0530 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
P0530 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010309189

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Refrigerant pressure sensor signal
voltage remains more than 4.75 V • Harness or connectors
for 2 seconds or more. (Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is
P0530 Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit
• Refrigerant pressure sensor signal open or shorted.)
voltage remains less than 0.1 V for 2 • Refrigerant pressure sensor
seconds or more.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 1 minute before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC9-244, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010309190

1.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector.
2. Check the voltage between refrigerant pressure sensor connector and ground.

+
Voltage
Refrigerant pressure sensor -
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
E41 3 Ground 5.0 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
2.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 1 minute.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector and ECM harness connec-
tor.

+ -
Refrigerant pressure sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E41 1 F83 141 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?

EC9-244
 P0530 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. A
3.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector and ECM harness connec-
EC9
tor.

+ -
C
Refrigerant pressure sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E41 2 F83 137 Existed D
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
E
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT F
Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace refrigerant pressure sensor. G
NO >> Repair or replace.

EC9-245
 P0544 EGT SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
P0544 EGT SENSOR 1
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010309191

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• An excessively low voltage from Ex-
haust Gas Temperature sensor is
• Harness or connectors
sent to ECM for 15 seconds or
Turbine upstream temperature sen- (Exhaust gas temperature sensor 1
P0544 more.
sor circuit circuit is open or shorted.)
• An excessively high voltage from
• Exhaust gas temperature sensor 1
Exhaust Gas Temperature sensor is
sent to ECM for 1 second or more.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
NOTE:
DTC P0544 can not duplicate.

>> Proceed to EC9-246, "Diagnosis Procedure".

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010309192

1.CHECK ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS

Check ECM harness connector connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK EXHAUST GAS TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1 HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS
Check exhaust gas temperature sensor 1 control valve harness connector connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK EXHAUST GAS TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check exhaust gas temperature sensor 1 circuit for open and short.

+ -
ECM EGT sensor 1 Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
134 1
F83 F150 Existed
150 2
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK EXHAUST GAS TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1
Refer to EC9-247, "Component Inspection (Exhaust Gas Temperature Sensor 1)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace error-detected parts.

EC9-246
 P0544 EGT SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
Component Inspection (Exhaust Gas Temperature Sensor 1) INFOID:0000000010309193

A
1.CHECK EXHAUST GAS TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Start the engine. EC9
3. Select “TEMP UPSTREAM TURBINE” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” with CONSULT.
4. Maintain the following conditions for at least 2 minutes and check the monitor status “TEMP UPSTREAM
TURBINE”. C

Engine speed Approx. 2,500 rpm

Engine coolant temperature More than 80°C D
Does the value of the exhaust gas temperature sensor 1 vary?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
E
NO >> Replace exhaust gas temperature sensor 1.

EC9-247
 P0560 BATTERY VOLTAGE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
P0560 BATTERY VOLTAGE
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010309197

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
If this DTC is detected, first confirm self-diagnostic result in IPDM E/R.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• A battery power supply voltage re- • Harness or connectors
mains more than 17 V or more for (ECM power supply circuit is open or shorted.)
Component supplied volt- 2.5 seconds or more. • Battery
P0560
age • A battery power supply voltage re- • Battery terminal
mains less than 9 V or more for 10 • Alternator
seconds or more. • IPDM E/R

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 1 minute before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC9-248, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010309198

1.CHECK BATTERY VOLTAGE

1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check battery voltage.

Voltage: Above 11 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Recharge the battery.
2.CHECK BATTERY TERMINALS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check battery terminals condition.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair the battery terminals.
3.CHECK BATTERY AND ALTERNATOR
Check that the proper type of battery and type of alternator are installed.
Refer to, PG-158, "Battery" and CHG-34, "Alternator".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace with a proper one.

EC9-248
 P0564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
P0564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010309199

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC9

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• An ASCD steering switch signal voltage is C
out of the specified range.
• ASCD steering switch signal circuit is open. • Harness or connectors
Speed limiter/cruise control
P0564 • ASCD steering switch signal circuit is short (The switch circuit is open or shorted.)
function D
to battery. • ASCD steering switch
• ECM cannot detect the ASCD steering
switch signal.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE E

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at F
least 1 minute before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2. G
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 10 seconds. H
2. Press RESUME/ACCELERATE switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 sec-
onds.
3. Press SET/COAST switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Press CANCEL switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds. I
5. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC9-249, "Diagnosis Procedure". J
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010309200
K
1.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch ON. L
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as follows.

ECM M
Voltage
+ – Condition
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
CANCEL switch: Pressed 1.0 V N
SET/COAST switch: Pressed 2.0 V
E58 15 14
RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Pressed 3.0 V
O
All ASCD steering switches: Released 4.0 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. P
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 1 minute.
2. Disconnect combination switch harness connector.
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between combination switch (spiral cable) and ECM harness connector.

EC9-249
 P0564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]

+ -
Combination switch (spiral cable) ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M66 28 E58 14 Existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between combination switch (spiral cable) and ECM harness connector.

+ -
Combination switch (spiral cable) ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M66 27 E58 15 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH
Refer to EC9-250, "Component Inspection (ASCD Steering Switch)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace ASCD steering switch.
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection (ASCD Steering Switch) INFOID:0000000010309201

1.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH

1. Disconnect combination switch (spiral cable) harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between combination switch harness connector terminals under following conditions.

Combination switch
Resistance
+ - Condition
Connector (Approx.)
Terminals
CANCEL switch: Pressed 250 Ω
SET/COAST switch: Pressed 660 Ω
M353 8 9
RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Pressed 1,480 Ω
All ASCD steering switches: Released 4,000 Ω
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace ASCD steering switch.

EC9-250
 P0575 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
P0575 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010309207

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC9

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible Cause
ECM receives ASCD MAIN switch signal and C
Cruise control/speed limiter
P0575 Speed Limiter MAIN switch signal simulta- ASCD steering switch
buttons
neously.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE D

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at E
least 1 minute before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2. F
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds. G
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC9-251, "Diagnosis Procedure". H
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010309208

I
1.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL-1
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as follows. J

+
Voltage K
ECM – Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
3 • ASCD MAIN switch: NOT pressed
0V L
10 • Speed Limiter MAIN switch: NOT pressed

3 • ASCD MAIN switch: Pressed Battery Voltage

E58 Ground
10 • Speed Limiter MAIN switch: NOT pressed 0V M
3 • ASCD MAIN switch: NOT pressed 0V
10 • Speed Limiter MAIN switch: Pressed Battery Voltage
N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> GO TO 2.
O
2.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 1 minute.
2. Disconnect combination switch harness connector. P
3. Check the continuity between combination switch (spiral cable) harness connector terminals.

Combination switch (spiral cable)

+ - Continuity
Connector
Terminal
M353 1 2 Not existed

EC9-251
 P0575 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace ASCD steering switch.
3.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between combination switch (spiral cable) harness connector terminals.

Combination switch (spiral cable)

+ - Continuity
Connector
Terminal
M66 20 21 Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace spiral cable. Refer to SR-17, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

EC9-252
 P060A ECM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
P060A ECM
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010309216

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC9

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detection condition Possible cause
P060A Computer (control unit) Internal monitoring processor error. ECM C

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING D
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 1 minute before conducting the next test.
E

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE F
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected? G
YES >> Proceed to EC9-253, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
H
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010309217

1.INSPECTION START I
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Erase DTC.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait for 1 minute.
4. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second. J
5. Perform the self-diagnosis.
Is the DTC P060A displayed again?
YES >> GO TO 2. K
NO >> INSPECTION END
2.REPLACE ECM L
1. Replace ECM.
2. Perform EC9-142, "Work Procedure".
M
>> INSPECTION END

EC9-253
 P060B ECM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
P060B ECM
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010499290

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Possible cause

Engine control module (A/D processing performance)
P060B • ECM
• 1.DEF: Internal electronic fault

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 1 minute before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC9-254, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010499291

1.INSPECTION START
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Erase DTC.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait for 20 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON and perform the self-diagnosis.
Is the DTC P060B displayed again?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> INSPECTION END
2.REPLACE ECM
1. Replace ECM. Refer to EC9-399, "Removal and Installation".
2. Go to EC9-135, "Work Procedure".

>> INSPECTION END

EC9-254
 P061A ECM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
P061A ECM
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010309218

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC9

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detection condition Possible cause
P061A Computer ECM detects internal error. ECM C

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE D
NOTE:
DTC P061A can not duplicate.
E

>> Proceed to EC9-255, "Diagnosis Procedure".

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010309219 F

1.INSPECTION START
1. Turn ignition switch ON. G
2. Erase DTC.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait for 1 minute.
4. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second. H
5. Perform the self-diagnosis.
Is the DTC P061A displayed again?
YES >> GO TO 2. I
NO >> INSPECTION END
2.REPLACE ECM
1. Replace ECM. J
2. Perform EC9-142, "Work Procedure".

>> INSPECTION END K

EC9-255
 P0627 FUEL PUMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
P0627 FUEL PUMP
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010309220

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
(Fuel pump relay circuit is open or
• Low fuel pressure is exseccively low. shorted.)
P0627 Low pressure pump relay
• Low fuel pressure is exseccively high. • Fuel pump relay
• Fuel pressure sensor
• FPCM

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 1 minute before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start the engine and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC9-256, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010309221

1.CHECK FUEL LEAKAGE

Visualy check the fuel leakage.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR
Check fuel pressure sensor. Refer to EC9-257, "Component Inspection (Fuel Pressure Sensor)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace fuel pressure sensor.
3.CHECK FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
1. Disconnect fuel pressure sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between fuel pressure sensor harness connector and ground.

+
Voltage
Fuel pressure sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F124 3 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.

EC9-256
 P0627 FUEL PUMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]

4.CHECK FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between fuel pressure sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
EC9

+ −
Voltage
Fuel pressure sensor ECM C
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F124 3 F82 55 5V
D
4. Also check harness for short to power and short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". E
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Reconnect harness connectors disconnected. F
2. Erase DTC.
3. Disconnect fuel injector return pipes.
4. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to EC9-256, "DTC Logic". G
Is DTC detected again?
YES >> Replace fuel pump (in fuel tank).
NO >> Repair or replace fuel return circuit. H
Component Inspection (Fuel Pressure Sensor) INFOID:0000000010502847

1.CHECK FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR I

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect fuel pressure sensor.
3. Check the resistance between fuel pressure sensor terminals. J

+ −
K
Fuel pressure sensor Resistance
Terminal
1 2 100 kΩ L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace fuel pressure sensor. M

EC9-257
 P062B ECM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
P062B ECM
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010309222

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P062B Computer ECM calculation function is malfunctioning. ECM

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 1 minute before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> EC9-258, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010309223

1.INSPECTION START
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Erase DTC.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait for 1 minute.
4. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
5. Perform the self-diagnosis.
Is the DTC P062B displayed again?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> INSPECTION END
2.REPLACE ECM
1. Replace ECM.
2. Perform EC9-142, "Work Procedure".

>> INSPECTION END

EC9-258
 P0638 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
P0638 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR FUNCTION
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010309224

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC9

NOTE:
If DTC P0638 is displayed with DTC P0120 or P2100, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0120
or P2100. Refer to EC9-106, "DTC Index". C

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Throttle valve regulation error D
• ECM detects an incorrect closed position of the • Electric throttle control actuator
P0638 Inlet air flap position control throttle valve. • Throttle valve stuck
• ECM detects an incorrect fully open position of • Throttle chamber clogged
the throttle valve. E

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING F
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 1 minute before conducting the next test.
G

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE H
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 3 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected? I
YES >> Proceed to EC9-259, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
J
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010309225

1.CHECK ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS K

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ECM harness connector connection.
Is the inspection result normal? L
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS M
Check electric throttle control actuator harness connector connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
N
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT O
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check electric throttle control actuator circuit for open and short.
P

EC9-259
 P0638 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]

+ -
Electric throttle control actu-
ECM Continuity
ator
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
103 2
107 3
F83 108 F116 1 Existed
140 5
152 4
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURES
1. Erase DTC.
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure again. Refer to EC9-259, "DTC Logic".
Is the DTC P0638 displayed again?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
5.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Perform EC9-204, "Component Inspection (Throttle Position Sensor)" (throttle position sensor), EC9-357,
"Component Inspection" (throttle control motor).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1. Replace electric throttle control actuator.
2. Perform EC9-147, "Work Procedure".

>> INSPECTION END

EC9-260
 P0641 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
P0641 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010309226

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC9

Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
name C
• Harness or connectors
(The sensor power supply 1 circuit
is shorted.)
• EGR volume control valve posi- D
tion sensor
• A voltage of sensor power supply is 5.3 V or • Throttle valve position sensor
Sensor power supply
P0641 more. • Swirl control valve position sensor
No. 1 circuit E
• A voltage of sensor power supply is 4.7 V or less. • Exhaust gas pressure sensor 2
• TC boost sensor
• Low pressure EGR volume con-
trol valve position sensor F
• Camshaft position sensor
• APP sensor 1

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE G

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at H
least 1 minute before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2. I
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Check DTC. J
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC9-261, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END K

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010309227

L
1.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground. M

+
Voltage N
ECM −
(Approx.)
Connectors Terminal
E58 27
O
55
F82
59 Ground 5V
108 P
F83
112
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUITS
EC9-261
 P0641 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.

ECM Sensor
Connector Terminal Name Connector Terminal
E58 27 Accelerator pedal position sensor (sensor 1) E20 4
Low pressure EGR volume control valve position sensor F77 1
Camshaft position sensor F118 1
55
Fuel pressure sensor F124 3
F82
Exhaust gas pressure sensor 1 F432 3
Turbocharger boost sensor F121 3
59
MAF sensor F91 3
EGR volume control valve F14 4
108
F83 Electric throttle control actuator F116 1
112 Swirl control valve actuator F107 1
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK COMPONENTS
Check the following.
• Accelerator pedal position sensor (sensor 1). Proceed to EC9-359, "Diagnosis Procedure".
• Low pressure EGR volume control valve position sensor. Proceed to EC9-295, "Component Inspection (Low
Pressure EGR Volume Control Valve Motor)".
• Fuel pressure sensor. Proceed to EC9-185, "Component Inspection (Fuel Tempearature Sensor)".
• Exhaust gas pressure sensor 1. Proceed to EC9-237, "Component Inspection (Exhaust Gas Pressure Sen-
sor)".
• Camshaft position sensor. Proceed to EC9-227, "Component Inspection (Camshaft Position Sensor)".
• Turbocharger boost sensor. Proceed to EC9-196, "Component Inspection (Turbocharger Boost Sensor)".
• MAF sensor. Proceed to EC9-193, "Component Inspection (Mass Air Flow Sensor)".
• EGR volume control valve position sensor. Proceed to EC9-234, "Diagnosis Procedure".
• Throttle valve position sensor. Proceed to EC9-204, "Component Inspection (Throttle Position Sensor)".
• Swirl control valve position sensor. Proceed to EC9-279, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace malfunctioning component.

EC9-262
 P0651 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
P0651 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010309231

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC9

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors C
(The sensor power supply 2 circuit is
• A voltage of sensor power supply is 5.3 V or shorted.)
Sensor power supply No.
P0651 more. • Refrigerant pressure sensor
2 circuit D
• A voltage of sensor power supply is 4.7 V or less. • Exhaust electric throttle control actua-
tor
• DPF pressure sensor

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE E

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at F
least 1 minute before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2. G
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second. H
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC9-263, "Diagnosis Procedure". I
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010309232

J
1.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground. K

+
Voltage L
ECM −
(Approx.)
Connectors Terminal
E58 23 M
F82 99
Ground 5.0 V
100
F83 N
104
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". O
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUITS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. P
2. Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.

EC9-263
 P0651 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]

ECM Sensor
Connector Terminal Name Connector Terminal
E58 23 Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 E20 5
F82 99 Refrigerant pressure sensor E41 3
100 DPF differential pressure sensor F120 1
F83 Exhaust electric throttle control actuator F59 1
104
Exhaust gas pressure sensor F135 3
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK COMPONENTS
Check the following.
• Accelerator pedal position sensor. Refer to EC9-217, "Component Inspection (Accelerator Pedal Position
Sensor)".
• Refrigerant pressure sensor. Proceed to EC9-244, "Diagnosis Procedure".
• DPF differential pressure sensor. Proceed to EC9-282, "Component Inspection (DPF Differential Pressure
Sensor)".
• Exhaust electric throttle control actuator. Proceed to EC9-284, "Component Inspection (Exhaust Throttle
Control Motor)".
• Exhaust gas pressure sensor. Proceed to EC9-237, "Component Inspection (Exhaust Gas Pressure Sen-
sor)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace malfunctioning component.

EC9-264
 P0657 ECM RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
P0657 ECM RELAY
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010309233

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC9

DTC
Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
No. C
• Harness or connectors
• ECM detects ECM relay control circuit is short to (ECM relay control circuit is short-
P0657 Main relay control circuit
ground. (ECM relay always ON) ed.)
• ECM relay D

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING E

If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 1 minute before conducting the next test.
F

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE G
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected? H
YES >> Proceed to EC9-265, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
I
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010309234

1.CHECK FUSE J
Check that the fuse is not fusing.

#54 10A K
#55 15A
Is the inspection result normal?
L
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace the fuse after repairing the applicable circuit.
2.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY M
1. Reinsert the fuse pulled out.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground. N

+
ECM - Voltage O
Connector Terminal
E58 26
Ground Battery voltage P
F82 96
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK ECM RELAY CONTROL SIGNAL
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

EC9-265
 P0657 ECM RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.

+
ECM - Voltage
Connector Terminal
F82 41 Ground Battery voltage
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.

+
Voltage
ECM -
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F82 41 Ground 0V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK ECM RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.

+ +
ECM IPDM E/R Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F82 41 F89 77 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check IPDM E/R.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.

+ +
ECM IPDM E/R Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E58 26 F88 65
Existed
F82 96 F90 108
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R (ECM relay malfunction).
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
Component Inspection (ECM Relay) INFOID:0000000010309235

1.CHECK ECM RELAY

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove ECM relay.

EC9-266
 P0657 ECM RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
3. Check the continuity between ECM relay terminals as per the
following conditions. A

ECM relay
Terminal Condition Continuity EC9
+ -
12 V direct current supply between termi-
nal 1 and 2
Existed C
3 5
No current supply Not existed
PBIB0077E
12 V direct current supply between termi- D
Existed
6 7 nal 1 and 2
No current supply Not existed
Is the inspection result normal? E
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace ECM relay.
F

EC9-267
 P0697 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
P0697 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010309236

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
• A voltage of sensor power supply is more than 5.3
(Fuel rail pressure sensor cir-
Sensor power supply No. 3 V.
P0697 cuit is shorted.)
voltage • A voltage of sensor power supply is less than 4.7
• Fuel rail pressure sensor
V.
• Crankshaft position sensor

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 1 minute before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC9-268, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010309237

1.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY

1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.

+
Voltage
ECM −
(Approx.)
Connectors Terminal
60
F82 Ground 5V
91
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUITS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.

ECM Sensor
Connector Terminal Name Connector Terminal
60 Crankshaft position sensor F7 1
F82
91 Fuel rail pressure sensor F86 3
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC9-268
 P0697 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]

3.CHECK COMPONENTS A
Check the following.
• Crankshaft position sensor. Proceed to EC9-224, "Component Inspection (Crankshaft Position Sensor)".
• Fuel rail pressure sensor. Proceed to EC9-207, "Diagnosis Procedure".
EC9
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace malfunctioning component.
C

EC9-269
 P0833 CPP SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
P0833 CPP SWITCH
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010309247

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Crutch switch signal consis- Correlation of two clutch pedal position switch signal • Harness and connectors
P0833
tency is inconsistency. • Clutch pedal position switch

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 1 minute before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-1
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Fully depress clutch pedal.
3. Fully release clutch pedal.
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for five times.
5. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC9-270, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-2
Perform component function check. Refer to EC9-270, "Component Function Check".
NOTE:
Use component function check to check the overall function of the clutch switch circuit. During this
check, a DTC might not be confirmed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC9-270, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000010309248

1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK FOR MALFUNCTION B

1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.

ECM
+ – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
Fully released Approx. 0 V
E58 9 29 Clutch pedal
Fully depressed Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC9-270, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010309249

1.CHECK CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT

EC9-270
 P0833 CPP SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
1. Disconnect clutch pedal position switch harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between clutch pedal position switch harness connector and ground. A

+
Clutch pedal position switch - Continuity EC9
Connector Terminal
E2 2 Ground Existed
C
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors. D
2.CHECK CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connectors.
2. Check the continuity between clutch pedal position switch harness connector and ECM harness connec- E
tor.

+ - F
Clutch pedal position switch ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
G
E2 1 E58 9 Existed
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? H
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH I

Refer to EC9-271, "Component Inspection (Clutch Pedal Position Switch)".

Is the inspection result normal? J
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace clutch pedal position switch.
Component Inspection (Clutch Pedal Position Switch) INFOID:0000000010309250
K

1.CHECK CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH-1

L
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect clutch pedal position switch harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between clutch pedal position switch terminals under the following conditions.
M
Clutch pedal position switch
+ - Condition Continuity
N
Terminal
Fully released Existed
1 2 Clutch pedal
Slightly depressed Not existed O
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2. P
2.CHECK CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH-2
1. Adjust clutch pedal position switch installation. Refer to CL-10, "Inspection".
2. Check the continuity between clutch pedal position switch terminals under the following conditions.

EC9-271
 P0833 CPP SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]

Clutch pedal position switch

+ - Condition Continuity
Terminal
Fully released Existed
1 2 Clutch pedal
Slightly depressed Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace clutch pedal position switch.

EC9-272
 P1010 SWIRL CONTROL VALVE ACTUATOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
P1010 SWIRL CONTROL VALVE ACTUATOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010309257

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC9

NOTE:
If DTC P1010 is displayed with DTC P1011 and P1013, perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1011
and P1013. Refer to EC9-106, "DTC Index". C

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Swirl flap regulation error D
• ECM detects an incorrect closed position of the • Swirl flap
P1010 Swirl flap swirl flap. • Swirl flap stuck
• ECM detects an incorrect fully open position of the • Intake manifold clogged
swirl flap. E

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING F
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 1 minute before conducting the next test.
G
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE H
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected? I
YES >> Proceed to EC9-273, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010309258
J

1.CHECK ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS

K
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ECM harness connector connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
L
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK SWIRL CONTROL VALVE ACTUATOR HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS M
Check swirl control valve actuator harness connector connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. N
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK SWIRL CONTROL VALVE ACTUATOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
O
1. Disconnect swirl control valve actuator.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the power supply of the swirl control valve actuator.
P
+
Swirl control valve actuator - Voltage
Connector Terminal
F107 5 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?

EC9-273
 P1010 SWIRL CONTROL VALVE ACTUATOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
4.CHECK SWIRL CONTROL VALVE ACTUATOR CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and swirl control valve actuator harness connector.

+ -
ECM Swirl control valve actuator Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F82 49 4
112 1
F107 Existed
F83 121 3
125 2
4. Also check harness for short to power and short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURES
1. Erase DTC.
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure again. Refer to EC9-273, "DTC Logic".
Is the DTC P1010 displayed again?
YES >> Replace swirl control valve actuator.
NO >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".

EC9-274
 P1011 SWIRL CONTROL VALVE ACTUATOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
P1011 SWIRL CONTROL VALVE ACTUATOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010309259

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC9

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• ECM detects the swirl flap control circuit is short to • Harness and connectors C
ground for 5 seconds. (Swirl flap control circuit is
P1011 Swirl flap control circuit
• ECM detects the swirl flap control circuit is short to open or shorted.)
power for 5 seconds. • Swirl flap control actuator
D
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING E
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 1 minute before conducting the next test.
F
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
G
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 10 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
H
YES >> Proceed to EC9-275, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010309260 I

1.CHECK ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. J
2. Check ECM harness connector connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. K
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK SWIRL CONTROL VALVE ACTUATOR HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS
L
Check swirl control valve actuator harness connector connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. M
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK SWIRL CONTROL VALVE ACTUATOR CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector. N
2. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and swirl control valve actuator harness connector.

+ - O
ECM Swirl control valve actuator Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P
F82 49 4
112 1
F107 Existed
F83 121 3
125 2
3. Also check harness for short to power and short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
EC9-275
 P1011 SWIRL CONTROL VALVE ACTUATOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
YES >> Replace swirl control valve actuator.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

EC9-276
 P1012 SWIRL CONTROL VALVE ACTUATOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
P1012 SWIRL CONTROL VALVE ACTUATOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010309261

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC9

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness and connectors C
(swirl flap position sensor cir-
cuit is open or shorted.)
P1012 Swirl flap ECM detects the swirl flap regulation error.
• Swirl flap stuck
• Swirl flap actuator D
• Swirl flap position sensor

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE E

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 1 minute before conducting the next test. F

>> GO TO 2.
G
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Perform “Swirl Control Valve Position Learning”. Refer to EC9-151, "Work Procedure".
2. Check DTC. H
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC9-277, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END I
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010309262

1.CHECK ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS J

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Check ECM harness connector connection F406 and F407.
K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. L
2.CHECK SWIRL CONTROL VALVE ACTUATOR HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS
Check swirl control valve actuator harness connector connection F427.
Is the inspection result normal? M
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
N
3.CHECK SWIRL CONTROL VALVE ACTUATOR CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and swirl control valve actuator harness connector. O

+ -
ECM Swirl control valve actuator Continuity P
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F82 49 4
112 1
F107 Existed
F83 121 3
125 2

EC9-277
 P1012 SWIRL CONTROL VALVE ACTUATOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
3. Also check harness for short to power and short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.PERFORM SWIRL CONTROL VALVE POSITION LEARNING
1. Perform “Swirl Control Valve Position Learning”.
2. Check DTC.
Is the DTC P1012 displayed again?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
5.CHECK SWIRL CONTROL VALVE ACTUATOR FITTING CONDITION
Check swirl control valve actuator fitting condition.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

EC9-278
 P1013 SWIRL CONTROL VALVE POSITION SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
P1013 SWIRL CONTROL VALVE POSITION SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010309263

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC9

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• A voltage of swirl flap position sensor is more than • Harness and connectors C
4.8 V for 1 second. (Swirl flap position sensor cir-
P1013 Swirl flap position sensor
• A voltage of swirl flap position sensor is less than cuit is open or shorted.)
0.2 V for 1 second. • Swirl flap position sensor
D
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING E
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 1 minute before conducting the next test.
F
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
G
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
H
YES >> Proceed to EC9-279, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010309264 I

1.CHECK ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. J
2. Check ECM harness connector connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. K
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK SWIRL CONTROL VALVE ACTUATOR HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS
L
Check swirl control valve actuator harness connector connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. M
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK SWIRL CONTROL VALVE ACTUATOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect swirl control valve actuator. N
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the power supply of the swirl control valve actuator.
O
+
Swirl control valve actuator - Voltage
P
Connector Terminal
F107 5 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
4.CHECK SWIRL CONTROL VALVE ACTUATOR CIRCUIT
EC9-279
 P1013 SWIRL CONTROL VALVE POSITION SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and swirl control valve actuator harness connector.

+ -
ECM Swirl control valve actuator Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F82 49 4
112 1
F107 Existed
F83 121 3
125 2
4. Also check harness for short to power and short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

EC9-280
 P1453 DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER PRESSURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
P1453 DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER PRESSURE SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010309272

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC9

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness and connectors C
DPF differential pressure sen-
P1453 ECM detects an abnormal pressure of DPF. • DPF differential pressure sen-
sor
sor

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE D

1.PERFORM DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

NOTE: E
DTC P1453 can not duplicate.

>> Proceed to EC9-281, "Diagnosis Procedure". F

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010309273

1.VISUALLY CHECK G

Visually check for chipping DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter) differential pressure sensor and turbocharger.
Is the inspection result normal? H
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
2.CHECK DPF DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SENSOR HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS I
Check DPF differential pressure sensor harness connector connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
J
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK DPF DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT K
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check DPF differential pressure sensor circuit for open and short.
L
+ -
DPF differential pressure
ECM Continuity
sensor M
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
100 1
N
F83 117 F120 2 Existed
122 3
Is the inspection result normal? O
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK DPF DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SENSOR P
Refer to EC9-282, "Component Inspection (DPF Differential Pressure Sensor)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK DPF DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SENSOR TUBE
EC9-281
 P1453 DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER PRESSURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
1. Remove DPF differential pressure sensor tube.
2. Check DPF differential pressure sensor tube for clogging.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Repair DPF differential pressure sensor tube.
Component Inspection (DPF Differential Pressure Sensor) INFOID:0000000010309274

1.CHECK DPF PRESSURE SENSOR

1. Disconnect DPF differential pressure sensor harness connector.
2. Check the resistance between DPF differential pressure sensor terminals as follows.

DPF differential pressure sen-

sor
Resistance
+ -
Terminals
3 2 330 kΩ
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace DPF differential pressure sensor.

EC9-282
 P1480 EXHAUST ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
P1480 EXHAUST ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010309275

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC9

NOTE:
If DTC P1480 is displayed with DTC P1481 and P1482, perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P1481 and
P1482. Refer to EC9-106, "DTC Index". C

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Exhaust throttle valve regulation error. • Exhaust throttle valve stuck D
Exhaust electric throttle con-
P1480 • ECM detects an incorrect closed position of the • Exhaust electric throttle control
trol actuator
exhaust throttle valve. actuator

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE E

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
F
least 1 minute before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2. G
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check DTC. H
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC9-283, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END I

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010309276

J
1.CHECK ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ECM harness connector connection. K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. L
2.CHECK EXHAUST ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNEC-
TIONS
Check exhaust electric throttle control actuator harness connector connection. M
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
N
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK EXHAUST ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Check the power supply of the exhaust electric throttle control actuator. O

+
Exhaust electric throttle control ac- P
- Voltage
tuator
Connector Terminal
F59 5 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
EC9-283
 P1480 EXHAUST ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]

4.CHECK EXHAUST ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check exhaust electric throttle control actuator circuit for open and short.

+ +
Exhaust electric throttle
ECM Continuity
control actuator
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
104 1
113 3
F83 117 F59 2 Existed
132 5
147 6
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURES
1. Erase DTC.
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure again. Refer to EC9-283, "DTC Logic".
Is the DTC P1480 displayed again?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
6.CHECK EXHAUST ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Perform EC9-284, "Component Inspection (Exhaust Throttle Position Sensor)", EC9-284, "Component
Inspection (Exhaust Throttle Control Motor)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace exhaust electric throttle control actuator.
Component Inspection (Exhaust Throttle Control Motor) INFOID:0000000010309277

1.CHECK EXHAUST THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR

1. Disconnect exhaust electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
2. Check the resistance between exhaust throttle control motor terminals as follows.

Exhaust throttle control actuator

+ - Resistance
Terminal
5 6 2.65 - 3.25 Ω
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace exhaust electric throttle control actuator.
Component Inspection (Exhaust Throttle Position Sensor) INFOID:0000000010503305

1.CHECK EXHAUST THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR

1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between ECM terminals as follows.

EC9-284
 P1480 EXHAUST ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]

ECM A
+ - Voltage
Terminal
EC9
113 117 0.2 – 4.8 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END C
NO >> Replace exhaust electric throttle control actuator.

EC9-285
 P1481 EXHAUST ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
P1481 EXHAUST ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010309278

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
If DTC P1481 is displayed with DTC P0651, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0651. Refer to
EC9-286, "DTC Logic".

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness and connectors
• ECM detects the exhaust electric throttle control
(Exhaust electric throttle con-
valve command circuit is short to ground.
trol actuator command circuit is
Exhaust electric throttle con- • ECM detects the exhaust electric throttle control
P1481 open or shorted.)
trol actuator valve command circuit is short to power.
• Exhaust electric throttle control
• ECM detects an over temperature of the exhaust
actuator
electric throttle control actuator.
• Exhaust throttle valve stuck

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 1 minute before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and wait at least 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> EC9-286, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010503309

1.CHECK ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ECM harness connector connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK EXHAUST ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNEC-
TIONS
Check exhaust electric throttle control actuator harness connector connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK EXHAUST ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Check the power supply of the exhaust electric throttle control actuator.

+
Exhaust electric throttle control ac-
- Voltage
tuator
Connector Terminal
F59 5 Ground Battery voltage

EC9-286
 P1481 EXHAUST ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. A
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
4.CHECK EXHAUST ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
EC9
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check exhaust electric throttle control actuator circuit for open and short.
C
+ +
Exhaust electric throttle
ECM Continuity
control actuator
D
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
104 1
113 3 E
F83 117 F59 2 Existed
132 5
F
147 6
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. G
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURES
H
1. Erase DTC.
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure again. Refer to EC9-283, "DTC Logic".
Is the DTC P1481 displayed again?
I
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
6.CHECK EXHAUST ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR J
Perform EC9-287, "Component Inspection (Exhaust Throttle Position Sensor)", EC9-287, "Component
Inspection (Exhaust Throttle Control Motor)".
Is the inspection result normal? K
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace exhaust electric throttle control actuator.
L
Component Inspection (Exhaust Throttle Control Motor) INFOID:0000000010503310

1.CHECK EXHAUST THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR

M
1. Disconnect exhaust electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
2. Check the resistance between exhaust throttle control motor terminals as follows.

N
Exhaust throttle control actuator
+ - Resistance
Terminal O
5 6 2.65 - 3.25 Ω
Is the inspection result normal?
P
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace exhaust electric throttle control actuator.
Component Inspection (Exhaust Throttle Position Sensor) INFOID:0000000010503311

1.CHECK EXHAUST THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR

1. Turn ignition switch ON.

EC9-287
 P1481 EXHAUST ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
2. Check the voltage between ECM terminals as follows.

ECM
+ - Voltage
Terminal
113 117 0.2 – 4.8 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace exhaust electric throttle control actuator.

EC9-288
 P1482 EXHAUST ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
P1482 EXHAUST ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010309281

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC9

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness and connectors C
• An exhaust throttle valve position sensor voltage (Exhaust throttle valve position
Exhaust throttle position sen- is more than 4.8 V. sensor circuit is open or short-
P1482
sor • An exhaust throttle valve position sensor voltage ed.)
is less than 0.2 V. • Exhaust throttle valve position D
sensor

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE E

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 1 minute before conducting the next test. F

>> GO TO 2.
G
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Check DTC. H
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC9-289, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END I
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010309282

1.CHECK ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS J

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Check ECM harness connector connection.
K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. L
2.CHECK EXHAUST ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNEC-
TIONS
Check exhaust electric throttle control actuator harness connector connection. M
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. N
3.CHECK EXHAUST ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Check the power supply of the exhaust electric throttle control actuator. O

+
Exhaust electric throttle control ac- P
- Voltage
tuator
Connector Terminal
F59 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.

EC9-289
 P1482 EXHAUST ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]

4.CHECK EXHAUST THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check exhaust electric throttle control actuator circuit for open and short.

+ +
Exhaust electric throttle
ECM Continuity
control actuator
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F83 113 F59 3 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK EXHAUST THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
Refer to EC9-290, "Component Inspection (Exhaust Throttle Position Sensor)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace exhaust electric throttle control actuator.
Component Inspection (Exhaust Throttle Position Sensor) INFOID:0000000010309283

1.CHECK EXHAUST THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR

1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between ECM terminals as follows.

ECM
+ - Voltage
Terminal
113 117 0.2 – 4.8 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace exhaust electric throttle control actuator.

EC9-290
 P1483 EXHAUST ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
P1483 EXHAUST ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010309284

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC9

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness and connectors C
(Exhaust throttle valve position
sensor circuit is open or short-
ed.)
Exhaust throttle position sen- ECM detects the exhaust throttle valve regulation er- D
P1483 • Exhaust throttle valve stuck
sor ror.
• Exhaust electric throttle control
actuator
• Exhaust throttle valve position
E
sensor

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING F

If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 1 minute before conducting the next test.
G

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE H
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected? I
YES >> Proceed to EC9-291, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
J
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010503312

1.CHECK ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS K

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ECM harness connector connection.
Is the inspection result normal? L
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK EXHAUST ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNEC- M
TIONS
Check exhaust electric throttle control actuator harness connector connection.
N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
O
3.CHECK EXHAUST ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Check the power supply of the exhaust electric throttle control actuator.
P
+
Exhaust electric throttle control ac-
- Voltage
tuator
Connector Terminal
F59 5 Ground Battery voltage

EC9-291
 P1483 EXHAUST ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
4.CHECK EXHAUST ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check exhaust electric throttle control actuator circuit for open and short.

+ +
Exhaust electric throttle
ECM Continuity
control actuator
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
104 1
113 3
F83 117 F59 2 Existed
132 5
147 6
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURES
1. Erase DTC.
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure again. Refer to EC9-283, "DTC Logic".
Is the DTC P1483 displayed again?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
6.CHECK EXHAUST ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Perform EC9-292, "Component Inspection (Exhaust Throttle Position Sensor)", EC9-292, "Component
Inspection (Exhaust Throttle Control Motor)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace exhaust electric throttle control actuator.
Component Inspection (Exhaust Throttle Control Motor) INFOID:0000000010503313

1.CHECK EXHAUST THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR

1. Disconnect exhaust electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
2. Check the resistance between exhaust throttle control motor terminals as follows.

Exhaust throttle control actuator

+ - Resistance
Terminal
5 6 2.65 - 3.25 Ω
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace exhaust electric throttle control actuator.
Component Inspection (Exhaust Throttle Position Sensor) INFOID:0000000010503314

1.CHECK EXHAUST THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR

1. Turn ignition switch ON.

EC9-292
 P1483 EXHAUST ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
2. Check the voltage between ECM terminals as follows.
A
ECM
+ - Voltage
EC9
Terminal
113 117 0.2 – 4.8 V
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace exhaust electric throttle control actuator.
D

EC9-293
 P1484 LOW PRESSURE EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
P1484 LOW PRESSURE EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010309287

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Low pressure EGR volume
control valve clogged
ECM detects an incorrect closed position of the low • Low pressure EGR volume
P1484 Low pressure EGR valve
pressure EGR volume control valve. control valve stuck
• Low pressure EGR volume
control valve

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 1 minute before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine.
2. Maintain the following conditions for at least 10 consecutive seconds. Hold the steady as possible.

ENGINE SPEED 3,500 rpm

3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC9-294, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010309288

1.CHECK LOW PRESSURE EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE

Visually check low pressure EGR volume control valve for chipping.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER
Refer to EC9-354, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace diesel particulate filter.
3.CHECK ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS
Check ECM harness connector connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK LOW PRESSURE EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS
Check low pressure EGR volume control valve harness connector connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.

EC9-294
 P1484 LOW PRESSURE EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK LOW PRESSURE EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Check low pressure EGR volume control valve circuit for open and short.
EC9

+ -
Low pressure EGR volume C
ECM Continuity
control valve
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
55 1 D
F82 65 2
69 F77 3 Existed
E
136 6
F83
143 5
Is the inspection result normal? F
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE G
1. Erase DTC.
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure again. Refer to EC9-294, "DTC Logic".
H
Is the DTC P1484 displayed again?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
I
7.CHECK LOW PRESSURE EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE MOTOR
Refer to EC9-295, "Component Inspection (Low Pressure EGR Volume Control Valve Motor)".
Is the inspection result normal? J
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace error-detected parts.
K
Component Inspection (Low Pressure EGR Volume Control Valve Motor) INFOID:0000000010309289

1.CHECK LOW PRESSURE EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE MOTOR L

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect low pressure EGR volume control valve harness connector.
3. Check resistance between low pressure EGR volume control valve terminals as follows.
M

Low pressure EGR volume control valve

+ - Condition Resistance N
Terminal
5 6 Temperature° C (°F) 20 (68) 1.41 Ω
Is the inspection result normal? O
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace low pressure EGR volume control valve.
P

EC9-295
 P1485 LOW PRESSURE EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
P1485 LOW PRESSURE EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010309290

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• ECM detects low pressure EGR volume control
• Harness or connectors
valve circuit is short circuit to ground.
(Low pressure EGR volume control
LOW PRESSURE EGR • ECM detects low pressure EGR volume control
P1485 valve circuit is shorted.)
VALVE COMMAND CIRCUIT valve circuit is short circuit to battery.
• Low pressure EGR volume control
• Low pressure EGR volume control valve circuit
valve
temperature is too high.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 1 minute before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC9-296, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010503342

1.CHECK LOW PRESSURE EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE

Visually check low pressure EGR volume control valve for chipping.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER
Refer to EC9-354, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace diesel particulate filter.
3.CHECK ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS
Check ECM harness connector connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK LOW PRESSURE EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS
Check low pressure EGR volume control valve harness connector connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK LOW PRESSURE EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

EC9-296
 P1485 LOW PRESSURE EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
2. Check low pressure EGR volume control valve circuit for open and short.
A
+ -
Low pressure EGR volume
ECM Continuity EC9
control valve
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
55 1
C
F82 65 2
69 F77 3 Existed
136 6 D
F83
143 5
Is the inspection result normal?
E
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE F
1. Erase DTC.
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure again. Refer to EC9-294, "DTC Logic".
Is the DTC P1485 displayed again? G
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
7.CHECK LOW PRESSURE EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE MOTOR H

Refer to EC9-303, "Component Inspection (Low Pressure EGR Volume Control Valve Motor)".
Is the inspection result normal?
I
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace error-detected parts.
Component Inspection (Low Pressure EGR Volume Control Valve Motor) INFOID:0000000010503343 J

1.CHECK LOW PRESSURE EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE MOTOR

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. K
2. Disconnect low pressure EGR volume control valve harness connector.
3. Check resistance between low pressure EGR volume control valve terminals as follows.
L
Low pressure EGR volume control valve
+ - Condition Resistance
M
Terminal
5 6 Temperature° C (°F) 20 (68) 1.41 Ω
Is the inspection result normal? N
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace low pressure EGR volume control valve.
O

EC9-297
 P1486 LOW PRESSURE EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE POSITION SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
P1486 LOW PRESSURE EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE POSITION
SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010309293

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• An excessively high voltage (more than 4.7 • Harness or connectors
V) from low pressure EGR volume control (Low pressure EGR volume control
LOW PRESSURE EGR
valve position sensor is sent to ECM. valve position sensor circuit is open or
P1486 VALVE POSITION SEN-
• An excessively low voltage (less than 0.3 V) shorted.)
SOR
from low pressure EGR volume control valve • Low pressure EGR volume control valve
position sensor is sent to ECM. position sensor

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 1 minute before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC9-298, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010503344

1.CHECK LOW PRESSURE EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE

Visually check low pressure EGR volume control valve for chipping.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER
Refer to EC9-354, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace diesel particulate filter.
3.CHECK ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS
Check ECM harness connector connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK LOW PRESSURE EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS
Check low pressure EGR volume control valve harness connector connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK LOW PRESSURE EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
EC9-298
 P1486 LOW PRESSURE EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE POSITION SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check low pressure EGR volume control valve circuit for open and short. A

+ -
Low pressure EGR volume EC9
ECM Continuity
control valve
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
55 1
C

F82 65 2
69 F77 3 Existed D
136 6
F83
143 5
Is the inspection result normal? E
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
F
6.DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Erase DTC.
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure again. Refer to EC9-294, "DTC Logic". G
Is the DTC P1486 displayed again?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". H
7.CHECK LOW PRESSURE EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE MOTOR
Refer to EC9-303, "Component Inspection (Low Pressure EGR Volume Control Valve Motor)".
I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace error-detected parts.
J
Component Inspection (Low Pressure EGR Volume Control Valve Motor) INFOID:0000000010503345

1.CHECK LOW PRESSURE EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE MOTOR K

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect low pressure EGR volume control valve harness connector.
3. Check resistance between low pressure EGR volume control valve terminals as follows. L

Low pressure EGR volume control valve

+ - Condition Resistance M
Terminal
5 6 Temperature° C (°F) 20 (68) 1.41 Ω
N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace low pressure EGR volume control valve. O

EC9-299
 P1487 LOW PRESSURE EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
P1487 LOW PRESSURE EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010309296

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
(Low pressure EGR volume control valve
circuit is open or shorted.)
LOW PRESSURE EGR ECM detects the low pressure EGR vol- • Low pressure EGR volume control valve
P1487
VALVE POSITION OFFSET ume control valve regulation error. stuck
• Low pressure EGR volume control valve
• Low pressure EGR volume control valve
position sensor

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 1 minute before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC9-300, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010503346

1.CHECK LOW PRESSURE EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE

Visually check low pressure EGR volume control valve for chipping.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER
Refer to EC9-354, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace diesel particulate filter.
3.CHECK ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS
Check ECM harness connector connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK LOW PRESSURE EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS
Check low pressure EGR volume control valve harness connector connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK LOW PRESSURE EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
EC9-300
 P1487 LOW PRESSURE EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check low pressure EGR volume control valve circuit for open and short. A

+ -
Low pressure EGR volume EC9
ECM Continuity
control valve
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
55 1
C

F82 65 2
69 F77 3 Existed D
136 6
F83
143 5
Is the inspection result normal? E
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
F
6.DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Erase DTC.
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure again. Refer to EC9-294, "DTC Logic". G
Is the DTC P1486 displayed again?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". H
7.CHECK LOW PRESSURE EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE MOTOR
Refer to EC9-303, "Component Inspection (Low Pressure EGR Volume Control Valve Motor)".
I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace error-detected parts.
J
Component Inspection (Low Pressure EGR Volume Control Valve Motor) INFOID:0000000010503347

1.CHECK LOW PRESSURE EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE MOTOR K

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect low pressure EGR volume control valve harness connector.
3. Check resistance between low pressure EGR volume control valve terminals as follows. L

Low pressure EGR volume control valve

+ - Condition Resistance M
Terminal
5 6 Temperature° C (°F) 20 (68) 1.41 Ω
N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace low pressure EGR volume control valve. O

EC9-301
 P1488 LOW PRESSURE EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
P1488 LOW PRESSURE EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010309299

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
(Low pressure EGR volume control valve circuit
LOW PRESSURE EGR Low pressure EGR volume control is open or shorted.)
P1488
VALVE BLOCKED valve does not operate. • Low pressure EGR volume control valve
• Low pressure EGR volume control valve position
sensor

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 1 minute before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 3 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC9-302, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010503348

1.CHECK LOW PRESSURE EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE

Visually check low pressure EGR volume control valve for chipping.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER
Refer to EC9-354, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace diesel particulate filter.
3.CHECK ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS
Check ECM harness connector connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK LOW PRESSURE EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS
Check low pressure EGR volume control valve harness connector connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK LOW PRESSURE EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

EC9-302
 P1488 LOW PRESSURE EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
2. Check low pressure EGR volume control valve circuit for open and short.
A
+ -
Low pressure EGR volume
ECM Continuity EC9
control valve
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
55 1
C
F82 65 2
69 F77 3 Existed
136 6 D
F83
143 5
Is the inspection result normal?
E
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE F
1. Erase DTC.
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure again. Refer to EC9-294, "DTC Logic".
Is the DTC P1488 displayed again? G
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
7.CHECK LOW PRESSURE EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE MOTOR H

Refer to EC9-303, "Component Inspection (Low Pressure EGR Volume Control Valve Motor)".
Is the inspection result normal?
I
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace error-detected parts.
Component Inspection (Low Pressure EGR Volume Control Valve Motor) INFOID:0000000010503349 J

1.CHECK LOW PRESSURE EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE MOTOR

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. K
2. Disconnect low pressure EGR volume control valve harness connector.
3. Check resistance between low pressure EGR volume control valve terminals as follows.
L
Low pressure EGR volume control valve
+ - Condition Resistance
M
Terminal
5 6 Temperature° C (°F) 20 (68) 1.41 Ω
Is the inspection result normal? N
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace low pressure EGR volume control valve.
O

EC9-303
 P1489 LOW PRESSURE EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE UPSTREAM TEM-
PERATURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
P1489 LOW PRESSURE EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE UPSTREAM
TEMPERATURE SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010309302

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
If DTC P1489 is displayed with following DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for following DTC.
Refer to EC9-106, "DTC Index".
• P1480, P1481, P1482, P1483, P1484, P1485, P1486, P1487 and P1488.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
• ECM detects a short circuit to battery. (Low pressure EGR volume control valve
LOW PRESSURE EGR
• ECM detects a short circuit to ground. upstream temperature sensor circuit is
P1489 VALVE TEMPERATURE
• EGR cooler (low pressure) temperature is shorted.)
SENSOR
180 °C (356°F) or more. • Low pressure EGR volume control valve
upstream temperature sensor

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 1 minute before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC9-304, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010309303

1.CHECK ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS

Check ECM harness connector connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK LOW PRESSURE EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS
Check low pressure EGR volume control valve harness connector connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK LOW PRESSURE EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check low pressure EGR volume control valve circuit for open and short.

EC9-304
 P1489 LOW PRESSURE EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE UPSTREAM TEM-
PERATURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]

+ - A
Low pressure EGR volume
ECM Continuity
control valve
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal EC9
55 1
F82 65 2
C
69 F77 3 Existed
136 6
F83
143 5 D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
E
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER
Refer to EC9-354, "Component Inspection". F
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace diesel particulate filter. G
5.CHECK LOW PRESSURE EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE UPSTREAM TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EC9-305, "Component Inspection (Low Pressure EGR Temperature Sensor)". H
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace error-detected parts. I
Component Inspection (Low Pressure EGR Temperature Sensor) INFOID:0000000010309304

1.CHECK LOW PRESSURE EGR TEMPERATURE SENSOR J

1. Disconnect low pressure EGR volume control valve upstream temperature sensor harness connector.
2. Check resistance between low pressure EGR temperature sensor terminals under the following condi-
tions. K

Low pressure EGR temperature sen-

sor L
Condition Resistance
+ -
Terminal
M
2 1 Temperature° C (°F) 20 (68) 57.094 – 65.836 kΩ
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END N
NO >> Replace low pressure EGR temperature sensor.

EC9-305
 P148A HIGH PRESSURE EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
P148A HIGH PRESSURE EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010499293

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
• EGR volume control valve
148A EGR system ECM detects an incorrect position of EGR valve.
• EGR volume control valve volume
control valve position sensor

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 1 minute before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operation temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 60 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC9-306, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010499294

1.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE

Visually check EGR valve for chipping.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS
Check ECM harness connector connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS
Check low pressure EGR valve and high pressure EGR valve harness connector connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK EGR VALVE CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check EGR valve circuit for open and short.

EC9-306
 P148A HIGH PRESSURE EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]

+ - A
ECM EGR volume control valve Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
EC9
144 1
F83 F14 Existed
148 2
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE D

1. Erase DTC.
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure again. Refer to EC9-306, "DTC Logic".
E
Is the DTC P148A displayed again?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
F
6.CHECK EGR VALVE MOTOR
Refer to ECK-233, "Component Inspection (EGR Volume Control Valve Motor)".
Is the inspection result normal? G
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace EGR volume control valve.
H
Component Inspection (EGR Volume Control Valve Motor) INFOID:0000000010499295

1.CHECK EGR VALVE MOTOR I

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect EGR valve harness connector.
3. Check resistance between EGR valve terminals as follows. J

High pressure EGR volume

control valve
Condition Resistance (Approx.)
K
+ -
Terminal
1 2 Temperature °C (°F) 23 (73) 2.4 Ω L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace EGR valve. M

EC9-307
 P148B LOW PRESSURE EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
P148B LOW PRESSURE EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010499298

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Low pressure EGR volume
control valve clogged
ECM detects an incorrect position of the low pres- • Low pressure EGR volume
P148B Low pressure EGR valve
sure EGR volume control valve. control valve stuck
• Low pressure EGR volume
control valve

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 1 minute before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operation temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 60 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC9-308, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010499299

1.CHECK LOW PRESSURE EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE

Visually check low pressure EGR volume control valve for chipping.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER
Refer to ECK-348, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace diesel particulate filter.
3.CHECK ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS
Check ECM harness connector connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK LOW PRESSURE EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS
Check low pressure EGR volume control valve harness connector connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

EC9-308
 P148B LOW PRESSURE EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]

5.CHECK LOW PRESSURE EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check low pressure EGR volume control valve circuit for open and short.
EC9
+ -
Low pressure EGR volume
ECM Continuity
control valve C
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
136 5
F83 F77 Existed
143 6 D

Is the inspection result normal?

YES >> GO TO 6. E
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Erase DTC. F
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure again. Refer to EC9-308, "DTC Logic".
Is the DTC P148B displayed again?
YES >> GO TO 7. G
NO >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
7.CHECK LOW PRESSURE EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE MOTOR
H
Refer to EC9-309, "Component Inspection (Low Pressure EGR Volume Control Valve Motor)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". I
NO >> Replace error-detected parts.
Component Inspection (Low Pressure EGR Volume Control Valve Motor) INFOID:0000000010499300

J
1.CHECK LOW PRESSURE EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE MOTOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect low pressure EGR volume control valve harness connector. K
3. Check resistance between low pressure EGR volume control valve terminals as follows.

Low pressure EGR volume control valve L

+ - Condition Resistance
Terminal
M
5 6 Temperature° C (°F) 20 (68) 1.69 Ω
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END N
NO >> Replace low pressure EGR volume control valve.

EC9-309
 P148C EXHAUST ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
P148C EXHAUST ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010499301

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
If DTC P1480 is displayed with DTC P1481 and P1482, perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P1481 and
P1482. Refer to ECK-95, "DTC Index".

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Exhaust throttle valve regulation error. • Exhaust throttle valve stuck
Exhaust electric throttle control
P148C • ECM detects an incorrect position of the ex- • Exhaust electric throttle control
actuator
haust throttle valve. actuator

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 1 minute before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 3 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC9-310, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010499302

1.CHECK ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ECM harness connector connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK EXHAUST ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNEC-
TIONS
Check exhaust electric throttle control actuator harness connector connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK EXHAUST ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Check the power supply of the exhaust electric throttle control actuator.

+
Exhaust electric throttle control ac-
- Voltage
tuator
Connector Terminal
F59 5 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
EC9-310
 P148C EXHAUST ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]

4.CHECK EXHAUST ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check exhaust electric throttle control actuator circuit for open and short.
EC9
+ +
Exhaust electric throttle
ECM Continuity
control actuator C
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
104 1
113 3 D
F83 117 F59 2 Existed
132 5
E
147 6
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. F
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURES
G
1. Erase DTC.
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure again. Refer to EC9-310, "DTC Logic".
Is the DTC P148C displayed again?
H
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
6.CHECK EXHAUST ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR I
Perform ECK-294, "Component Inspection (Exhaust Throttle Position Sensor)", EC9-311, "Component
Inspection (Exhaust Throttle Control Motor)".
Is the inspection result normal? J
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.REPLACE EXHAUST ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR K

1. Replace exhaust electric throttle control actuator.

2. Perform ECK-132, "Work Procedure".
L

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection (Exhaust Throttle Control Motor) INFOID:0000000010499303 M

1.CHECK EXHAUST THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR

1. Disconnect exhaust electric throttle control actuator harness connector. N
2. Check the resistance between exhaust throttle control motor terminals as follows.

Exhaust electric throttle control actua-

O
tor
Resistance
+ -
P
Terminal
47 51 2.65 - 3.25 Ω
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace exhaust electric throttle control actuator.

EC9-311
 P148C EXHAUST ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
Component Inspection (Exhaust Throttle Position Sensor) INFOID:0000000010503584

1.CHECK EXHAUST THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR

1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between ECM terminals as follows.

ECM
+ - Voltage
Terminal
113 117 0.2 – 4.8 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace exhaust electric throttle control actuator.

EC9-312
 P1503 ACTIVE GRILL SHUTTER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
P1503 ACTIVE GRILL SHUTTER
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010499304

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC9

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors C
(LIN communication circuit is
P1503 LIN communication • LIN communication error with active grill shutter
open or shorted.)
• Active grill shutter actuator
D
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING E
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been preciously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 1 minute before conducting the next test.
F
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
G
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
Is the inspection result normal?
H
YES >> Proceed to EC9-313, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010499305 I

1.CHECK DTC OF IPDM E/R

Check DTC of IPDM E/R. J
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for the detected DTC. Refer to PCS-37, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2. K
2.CHECK ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS
Check ECM harness connector and active grill shutter harness connector connection. L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. M
3.CHECK ACTIVE GRILL SHUTTER
1. Check if any foreign objects interferes with active grill shutter.
2. Check the installation condition of active grill shutter. N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. O

4.CHECK FUSE
Check #51 fuse is not fusing. P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace the fuse after repairing the applicable circuit.
5.CHECK ACTIVE GRILL SHUTTER POWER SUPPLY-1
1. Reinsert the fuse which pulled out.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.

EC9-313
 P1503 ACTIVE GRILL SHUTTER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
3. Check the voltage between IPDM E/R harness connector and ground.

+
IPDM E/R - Voltage
Connector Terminal
E37 3 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
6.CHECK ACTIVE GRILL SHUTTER POWER SUPPLY-2
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect active grill shutter harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between active grill shutter harness connector and ground.

+
Active grill shutter - Voltage
Connector Terminal
E115 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK ACTIVE GRILL SHUTTER POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Check IPDM E/R harness connector and active grill shurtter harness connector.

+ -
IPDM E/R Active grill shutter Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E37 3 E115 1 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
8.CHECK LIN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector, DC/DC converter harness connector, and alternator harness con-
nector.
3. Check ECM harness connector and active grill shurtter harness connector.

+ -
ECM Active grill shutter Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F82 68 E115 1 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace active grill shutter.
NO >> Replace error-detected parts.

EC9-314
 P1512 STARTER MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
P1512 STARTER MOTOR
A
Description INFOID:0000000010309305

ECM multiplies operation counter of starter motor which operated in operation with key switch and operation EC9
with restart and memorizes it.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010309306

C
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Trouble diagnosis name D

DTC (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause
tent)
STARTER E
When starter motor operating counter which
P1512 (Starter motor operating Starter motor
ECM memorized is 250,000 times or more.
counter)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE F

1.PRECONDITIONING
If the other DTC Confirmation Procedure is performed right before this procedure, the ignition switch must be
G
turned OFF and wait for 10 seconds or more to start this procedure.

>> GO TO 2. H
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 3 seconds.
2. Check DTC. I
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC9-315, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END J

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010309307

K
1.REPLACE STARTER MOTOR
Replace starter motor. Refer to STR-33, "R9M : Removal and Installation".
L
>> INSPECTION END

EC9-315
 P1525 ASCD SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
P1525 ASCD SYSTEM
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010309308

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
DTC P1525 is displayed with another DTC.
Perform the trouble diagnosis for the corresponding DTC.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
CONSISTENT MULTI- • Harness or connectors
Other DTC that illuminates MIL is detected
P1525 PLEX SIGNALS FOR • Others systems
while ASCD is operating.
CC/SL • ECM

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010309309

DTC P1525 is displayed with another DTC.

Perform trouble diagnosis for the corresponding DTC. Refer to EC9-106, "DTC Index".

EC9-316
 P1544 EGT SENSOR 2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
P1544 EGT SENSOR 2
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010309310

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC9

NOTE:
If DTC P1544 is displayed with other DTC, perform trouble diagnosis for the other DTC. Refer to EC9-
106, "DTC Index". C

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors D
(Exhaust temperature sensor 2)
• Exhaust temperature sensor 2
• TC boost sensor
• Diesel particulate filter temperature is more than
TEMP. SENSOR UP- • A/F sensor E
890 °C (1,634 °F).
P1544 STREAM OF PARTICLE FIL- • Exhaust electric throttle control
• Diesel particulate filter temperature is extremely
TER actuator
low.
• Injector(s)
• Exhaust leakage F
• Catalytic converter and DPF
(Diesel Particulate Filter)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE G

1.PERFORM DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

NOTE: H
DTC P1544 can not duplicate.

>> Proceed to EC9-317, "Diagnosis Procedure". I

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010309311

1.CHECK EXHAUST LEAKAGE J

Check exhaust leakage. Refer to EX-16, "Inspection".

Is the inspection result normal? K
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. And then GO TO 11.
2.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS L
Check harness connector connection of the following items.
• ECM
• Exhaust gas temperature sensor M
• TC boost sensor
• A/F sensor
• Exhaust electric throttle control actuator N
• Injectors
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. O
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. And then GO TO 11.
3.CHECK EXHAUST GAS TEMPERATURE (EGT) SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. P
2. Disconnect EGT sensor 2 harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between EGT sensor 2 harness connector and ground.

EC9-317
 P1544 EGT SENSOR 2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]

+
Voltage
EGT sensor 2 −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F150 2 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK EXHAUST GAS TEMPERATURE (EGT) SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and EGT sensor 2 harness connector.

+ −
ECM EGT sensor 2 Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F83 105 F150 2 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to power and short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. And then GO TO 11.
5.CHECK EXHAUST GAS TEMPERATURE (EGT) SENSOR 2 SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and EGT sensor 2 harness connector.

+ −
ECM EGT sensor 2 Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F83 109 F150 1 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to power and short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. And then GO TO 11.
6.CHECK EXHAUST GAS TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2
Refer to EC9-319, "Component Inspection (DPF Upstream Temperature Sensor)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Replace error-detected parts. And then GO TO 11.
7.CHECK TC BOOST SENSOR ROUTING CIRCUIT
Refer to EC9-195, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Replace error-detected parts. And then GO TO 11.
8.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR ROUTING CIRCUIT
Refer to EC9-362, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
EC9-318
 P1544 EGT SENSOR 2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
NO >> Replace error-detected parts. And then GO TO 11.
9.CHECK EXHAUST ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR ROUTING CIRCUIT A

Refer to EC9-283, "Diagnosis Procedure".

Is the inspection result normal? EC9
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Replace error-detected parts. And then GO TO 11.
10.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR ROUTING CIRCUIT C
Refer to EC9-211, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
D
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Replace error-detected parts. And then GO TO 11.
11.CHECK DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER E
Refer to EC9-354, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES-1 (Every inspection result are normal)>>Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Inci- F
dent".
YES-2 (After repairing any malfunctioning part)>>INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace diesel particulate filter. G
Component Inspection (DPF Upstream Temperature Sensor) INFOID:0000000010309312

1.CHECK EXHAUST GAS TEMPERATURE (EGT) SENSOR 2 H

1. Disconnect EGT sensor 2 harness connector.
2. Check resistance between EGT sensor 2 terminals under the following conditions.
I
EGT sensor 2
+ - Condition Resistance
J
Terminal
2 1 Temperature° C (°F) 20 (68) 89.309 – 159.795 kΩ
Is the inspection result normal? K
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace EGT sensor 2.
L

EC9-319
 P1546 EXHAUST GAS TEMPERATURE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
P1546 EXHAUST GAS TEMPERATURE
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010309313

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
If DTC P1546 is displayed with following DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for following DTC.
Refer to EC9-106, "DTC Index".
• DTC P0001, P0002, P0101, P0190, P0200, P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0627, P1453, P1544 and
P2002.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Upstream particulate filter Diesel particulate filter temperature is more than
P1546 Diesel particulate filter
temperature 1,200 °C (2,192 °F).

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
NOTE:
DTC P1546 can not duplicate.

>> Proceed to EC9-320, "Diagnosis Procedure".

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010309314

1.CHECK OTHER DTC

If DTC P1546 is displayed with other DTC, perform trouble diagnosis for other DTC.

>> INSPECTION END.

EC9-320
 P1589 NEUTRAL SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
P1589 NEUTRAL SWITCH
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010499334

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC9

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness and connectors C
Neutral position switch signal remains ON for a (Neutral position switch circuit is
P1589 Neutral position switch
long driving distance. shorted.)
• Neutral position switch
D
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK E
Perform component function check. Refer to EC9-321, "Component Function Check".
NOTE:
Use Component Function Check the overall function of the neutral position switch circuit. During this check,
the DTC might not be confirmed. F
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
G
NO >> Proceed to EC9-321, "2WD : Diagnosis Procedure" (2WD models), EC9-323, "4WD : Diagnosis
Procedure" (4WD models).
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000010505128 H

1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK

With CONSULT I
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “MANUAL GEARBOX LEVER IN NEUTRAL” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ECM” using CON-
SULT. J
3. Check the “MANUAL GEARBOX LEVER IN NEUTRAL” indication as per the following conditions.

Selector lever position Indication K

Neutral position DETECTED
Except above position NOT DETECTED
L
Without CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connectors as per the following conditions.
M
+
Voltage
ECM − Condition
(Approx.) N
Connector Terminal
Neutral Battery voltage
F82 80 Ground Shift lever
Except above 0V O
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC9-321, "2WD : Diagnosis Procedure" (2WD models), EC9-323, "4WD : Diagnosis P
Procedure" (4WD models).
2WD
2WD : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010499335

1.CHECK FUSE
EC9-321
 P1589 NEUTRAL SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
Check that the following fuse is not fusing.

Fuse No. Capacity

#67 10 A
Is the fuse fusing?
YES >> Replace the fuse after repairing the applicable circuit.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK REVERSE/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect reverse/neutral position switch harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between reverse/neutral position switch harness connector and ground.

+
Voltage
Reverse/Neutral position switch −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F100 2 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK REVERSE/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between reverse/neutral position switch harness connector and IPDM E/R harness
connector.

+ −
Reverse/Neutral position
IPDM E/R Continuity
switch
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F100 2 F90 101 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK REVERSE/NEUTRAL POSITION INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-1
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between reverse/neutral position switch harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.

+ −
Reverse/Neutral position
ECM Continuity
switch
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F100 3 F82 80 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

EC9-322
 P1589 NEUTRAL SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]

5.CHECK NEUTRAL POSITION INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-2 A

1. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between everse/neutral position switch harness connector and IPDM E/R harness
connector.
EC9

+ −
Reverse/Neutral position C
IPDM E/R Continuity
switch
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F100 3 F89 78 Existed D
3. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
E
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT F
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace reverse/Neutral position switch. G
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4WD
H
4WD : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010505115

1.CHECK FUSE I
Check that the following fuse is not fusing.

Fuse No. Capacity J

#67 10 A
Is the fuse fusing?
K
YES >> Replace the fuse after repairing the applicable circuit.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH POWER SUPPLY L
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect neutral position switch harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. M
4. Check the voltage between neutral position switch harness connector and ground.

+ N
Voltage
Neutral position switch −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F159 2 Ground Battery voltage O

Is the inspection result normal?

YES >> GO TO 4.
P
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between neutral position switch harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connec-
tor.

EC9-323
 P1589 NEUTRAL SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]

+ −
Neutral position switch IPDM E/R Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F159 2 F90 101 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK NEUTRAL POSITION INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-1
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between neutral position switch harness connector and ECM harness connector.

+ −
Neutral position switch ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F159 2 F82 80 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK NEUTRAL POSITION INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-2
1. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between neutral position switch harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connec-
tor.

+ −
Neutral position switch IPDM E/R Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F159 2 F89 78 Existed
3. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace neutral position switch.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

EC9-324
 P158A CLUTCH SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
P158A CLUTCH SWITCH
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010505194

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC9

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness and connectors C
P158A Crutch switch signal ECM detects clutch interlock switch malfunction.
• Clutch interlock switch

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

D
1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
Perform component function check. Refer to EC9-325, "Component Function Check".
NOTE: E
Use component function check to check the overall function of the clutch switch circuit. During this
check, a DTC might not be confirmed.
Is the inspection result normal? F
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC9-325, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000010505195
G

1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK

H
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.

I
+
ECM − Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal J
Fully released Approx. 0 V
E58 6 Ground Clutch pedal
Fully depressed Battery voltage
K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC9-325, "Diagnosis Procedure".
L
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010505196

1.CHECK CLUTCH INTERLOCK SWITCH POWER SUPPLY M

1. Disconnect clutch interlock switch harness connector.
2. Check the voltage between clutch interlock switch harness connector and ground.
N
+
Clutch interlock switch - Voltage
O
Connector Terminal
E52 2 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal? P
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
2.CHECK CLUTCH INTERLOCK SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connectors.
2. Check the continuity between clutch interlock switch harness connector and ECM harness connector.

EC9-325
 P158A CLUTCH SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]

+ -
Clutch interlock switch ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E52 1 E58 6 Existed
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK CLUTCH INTERLOCK SWITCH
Refer to EC9-326, "Component Inspection (Clutch Pedal Position Switch)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace clutch interlock switch.
4.CHECK CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH
Check clutch pedal position switch. Refer to EC9-270, "Component Function Check".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
Component Inspection (Clutch Pedal Position Switch) INFOID:0000000010505197

1.CHECK CLUTCH INTERLOCK SWITCH-1

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect clutch interlock switch harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between clutch interlock switch terminals under the following conditions.

Clutch interlock switch

+ - Condition Continuity
Terminal
Fully released Not existed
1 2 Clutch pedal
Slightly depressed Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK CLUTCH INTERLOCK SWITCH-2
1. Adjust clutch interlock switch installation.
2. Check the continuity between clutch interlock switch terminals under the following conditions.

Clutch interlock switch

+ - Condition Continuity
Terminal
Fully released Not existed
1 2 Clutch pedal
Slightly depressed Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace clutch interlock switch.

EC9-326
 P160C ECM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
P160C ECM
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010309331

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC9

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P160C Computer ECM function is malfunctioning. ECM C

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING D
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 1 minute before conducting the next test.
E

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE F
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected? G
YES >> Proceed to EC9-327, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
H
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010309332

1.CHECK BATTERY TERMINALS I

1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 1 minute.
3. Check the battery terminals for damage and looseness.
J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair malfunction(s) and GO TO 2.
K
2.CHECK OTHER DTC-1
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check DTC. L
Is DTC P160C displayed with U0415, P0101, P0135, P0190, P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0217, P0226,
P0471, P047B, P0544, P1130, P1131, P1544, P1620, P1650, P2002, P2080, P2243, P2244, P2263, P2626
or P2A06 displayed? M
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U0415, P0101, P0135, P0190, P0201, P0202, P0203,
P0204, P0217, P0226, P0471, P047B, P0544, P1130, P1131, P1544, P1620, P1650, P2002,
P2080, P2243, P2244, P2263, P2626 or P2A06, and GO TO 3. Refer to EC9-106, "DTC Index". N
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK DTC
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 1 minute. O
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check DTC.
Is the DTC P160C displayed again? P
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 5.
4.REPLACE ECM
1. Replace ECM.
2. Go to EC9-142, "Work Procedure".

EC9-327
 P160C ECM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
>> INSPECTION END
5.CHECK OTHER DTC-2
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 1 minutes.
2. Check DTC.
Is the DTC U0415, P0101, P0135, P0190, P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0217, P0226, P0471, P047B,
P0544, P1130, P1131, P1544, P1620, P1650, P2002, P2080, P2243, P2244, P2263, P2626 or P2A06 dis-
played?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U0415, P0101, P0135, P0190, P0201, P0202, P0203,
P0204, P0217, P0226, P0471, P047B, P0544, P1130, P1131, P1544, P1620, P1650, P2002,
P2080, P2243, P2244, P2263, P2626 or P2A06, and GO TO 3. Refer to EC9-106, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK RESULT OF PROCEDURE 2
Check result of procedure 2.
Is result of procedure 2 “YES”?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
7.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
2. Drive the vehicle for at least 15 minutes at 0 - 50 km/h (0 - 31 MPH).
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U0415, P0101, P0135, P0190, P0201, P0202, P0203,
P0204, P0217, P0226, P0471, P047B, P0544, P1130, P1131, P1544, P1620, P1650, P2002,
P2080, P2243, P2244, P2263, P2626 or P2A06, and GO TO 3. Refer to EC9-106, "DTC Index".
NO >> INSPECTION END

EC9-328
 P160D ECM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
P160D ECM
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010309333

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC9

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P160D Computer ECM internal power supply malfunction. ECM C

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING D
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 1 minute before conducting the next test.
E

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE F
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected? G
YES >> Proceed to EC9-329, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
H
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010309334

1.INSPECTION START I
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Erase DTC.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait for 1 minute.
4. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second. J
5. Perform the self-diagnosis.
Is the DTC P060D displayed again?
YES >> GO TO 2. K
NO >> INSPECTION END
2.REPLACE ECM L
1. Replace ECM.
2. Perform EC9-142, "Work Procedure".
M
>> INSPECTION END

EC9-329
 P1620 ECM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
P1620 ECM
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010309335

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
PROPORTIONAL RICH-
P1620 NESS SENSOR FUNC- ECM function is malfunctioning. ECM
TION

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
NOTE:
DTC P1620 can not duplicate.

>> Proceed to EC9-330, "Diagnosis Procedure".

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010309336

1.CHECK ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ECM harness connector connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS
Check A/F sensor harness connector connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK A/F SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
Check A/F sensor circuit for open and short.

+ -
ECM A/F sensor Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F82 49 4
112 1
F75 Existed
F83 121 3
125 2
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.REPLACE A/F SENSOR
EC9-330
 P1620 ECM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
Replace A/F sensor.
CAUTION: A
• Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a
hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Heated Oxygen Sensor
EC9
Thread Cleaner tool and approved anti-seize lubricant.

>> INSPECTION END

C

EC9-331
 P1641 THERMOPLUNGER CONTROL UNIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
P1641 THERMOPLUNGER CONTROL UNIT
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010309337

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• ECM detects thermoplunger control unit cir-
cuit is open circuit. • Harness or connectors
Thermoplunger 1 relay control • ECM detects thermoplunger control unit cir- (Thermoplunger control unit circuit
P1641
circuit cuit is short circuit to ground. is open or shorted.)
• ECM detects thermoplunger control unit cir- • Thermoplunger control unit
cuit is short circuit to battery.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 1 minute before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON at least 2 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC9-332, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010309338

1.CHECK ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTION

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the ECM harness connector connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK THERMOPLUNGER CONTROL UNIT HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTION
Check the thermoplunger control unit harness connector connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK THERMOPLUNGER CONTROL UNIT POWER SUPPLY
Check the thermoplunger control unit power supply.

+
Thermoplunger control unit - Voltage
Connector Terminal
4
F66 Ground Battery voltage
5
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for battery power supply circuit.

EC9-332
 P1641 THERMOPLUNGER CONTROL UNIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]

4.CHECK THERMOPLUNGER CONTROL UNIT REFERENCE VALUE-1 A

Check the thermoplunger control unit reference value (thermoplunger control unit side). Refer to EC9-90,
"Reference Value".
Is the inspection result normal? EC9
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK THERMOPLUNGER CONTROL UNIT CIRCUIT-1 C
Check the thermoplunger control unit circuit for open and short.

D
+ -
ECM Thermoplunger control unit Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal E
46 8
50 1
F82 57 F66 2 Existed F
63 7
76 3
G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. H
6.CHECK THERMOPLUNGER CONTROL UNIT REFERENCE VALUE-2
Check the thermoplunger control unit reference value (ECM side). Refer to EC9-90, "Reference Value".
I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 7.
J
7.CHECK THERMOPLUNGER CONTROL UNIT CIRCUIT-2
Check the thermoplunger control unit circuit for open and short.
K
+ -
ECM Thermoplunger control unit Continuity
L
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
46 8
50 1 M
F82 57 F66 2 Existed
63 7
N
76 3
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace thermoplunger control unit. O
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
8.CHECK THERMOPLUNGER
Check thermoplunger. Refer to EC9-334, "Component Inspection". P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace malfunctioning thermoplunger.

EC9-333
 P1641 THERMOPLUNGER CONTROL UNIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000010309339

1.CHECK THERMOPLUNGER
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect thermoplunger harness connector.
3. Check the resistance between thermoplunger terminal and ground.

+
Thermoplunger - Resistance
Terminal
1 Ground 608 ± 61 mΩ
is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace thermoplunger.

EC9-334
 P1642 THERMOPLUNGER CONTROL UNIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
P1642 THERMOPLUNGER CONTROL UNIT
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010309340

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC9

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• ECM detects thermoplunger control unit cir- C
cuit is open circuit. • Harness or connectors
Thermoplunger 2 relay control • ECM detects thermoplunger control unit cir- (Thermoplunger control unit circuit
P1642
circuit cuit is short circuit to ground. is open or shorted.)
• ECM detects thermoplunger control unit cir- • Thermoplunger control unit D
cuit is short circuit to battery.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE E

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 1 minute before conducting the next test. F

>> GO TO 2.
G
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON at least 2 seconds.
2. Check DTC. H
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC9-335, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END I
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010309341

1.CHECK ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTION J

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Check the ECM harness connector connection.
K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. L
2.CHECK THERMOPLUNGER CONTROL UNIT HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTION
Check the thermoplunger control unit harness connector connection.
Is the inspection result normal? M
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
N
3.CHECK THERMOPLUNGER CONTROL UNIT POWER SUPPLY
Check the thermoplunger control unit power supply.
O
+
Thermoplunger control unit - Voltage
Connector Terminal P
4
F66 Ground Battery voltage
5
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for battery power supply circuit.

EC9-335
 P1642 THERMOPLUNGER CONTROL UNIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]

4.CHECK THERMOPLUNGER CONTROL UNIT REFERENCE VALUE-1

Check the thermoplunger control unit reference value (thermoplunger control unit side). Refer to EC9-90,
"Reference Value".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK THERMOPLUNGER CONTROL UNIT CIRCUIT-1
Check the thermoplunger control unit circuit for open and short.

+ -
ECM Thermoplunger control unit Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
46 8
50 1
F82 57 F66 2 Existed
63 7
76 3
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK THERMOPLUNGER CONTROL UNIT REFERENCE VALUE-2
Check the thermoplunger control unit reference value (ECM side). Refer to EC9-90, "Reference Value".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK THERMOPLUNGER CONTROL UNIT CIRCUIT-2
Check the thermoplunger control unit circuit for open and short.

+ -
ECM Thermoplunger control unit Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
46 8
50 1
F82 57 F66 2 Existed
63 7
76 3
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace thermoplunger control unit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
8.CHECK THERMOPLUNGER
Check thermoplunger. Refer to EC9-337, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace malfunctioning thermoplunger.

EC9-336
 P1642 THERMOPLUNGER CONTROL UNIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000010309342

A
1.CHECK THERMOPLUNGER
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect thermoplunger harness connector. EC9
3. Check the resistance between thermoplunger terminal and ground.

+ C
Thermoplunger - Resistance
Terminal
D
1 Ground 608 ± 61 mΩ
is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END E
NO >> Replace thermoplunger.

EC9-337
 P1643 THERMOPLUNGER CONTROL UNIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
P1643 THERMOPLUNGER CONTROL UNIT
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010309343

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• ECM detects thermoplunger control unit cir-
cuit is open circuit. • Harness or connectors
Thermoplunger 3 relay control • ECM detects thermoplunger control unit cir- (Thermoplunger control unit circuit
P1643
circuit cuit is short circuit to ground. is open or shorted.)
• ECM detects thermoplunger control unit cir- • Thermoplunger control unit
cuit is short circuit to battery.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 1 minute before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON at least 2 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC9-338, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010309344

1.CHECK ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTION

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the ECM harness connector connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK THERMOPLUNGER CONTROL UNIT HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTION
Check the thermoplunger control unit harness connector connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK THERMOPLUNGER CONTROL UNIT POWER SUPPLY
Check the thermoplunger control unit power supply.

+
Thermoplunger control unit - Voltage
Connector Terminal
4
F66 Ground Battery voltage
5
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for battery power supply circuit.

EC9-338
 P1643 THERMOPLUNGER CONTROL UNIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]

4.CHECK THERMOPLUNGER CONTROL UNIT REFERENCE VALUE-1 A

Check the thermoplunger control unit reference value (thermoplunger control unit side). Refer to EC9-90,
"Reference Value".
Is the inspection result normal? EC9
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK THERMOPLUNGER CONTROL UNIT CIRCUIT-1 C
Check the thermoplunger control unit circuit for open and short.

D
+ -
ECM Thermoplunger control unit Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal E
46 8
50 1
F82 57 F66 2 Existed F
63 7
76 3
G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. H
6.CHECK THERMOPLUNGER CONTROL UNIT REFERENCE VALUE-2
Check the thermoplunger control unit reference value (ECM side). Refer to EC9-90, "Reference Value".
I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 7.
J
7.CHECK THERMOPLUNGER CONTROL UNIT CIRCUIT-2
Check the thermoplunger control unit circuit for open and short.
K
+ -
ECM Thermoplunger control unit Continuity
L
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
46 8
50 1 M
F82 57 F66 2 Existed
63 7
N
76 3
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace thermoplunger control unit. O
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
8.CHECK THERMOPLUNGER
Check thermoplunger. Refer to EC9-340, "Component Inspection". P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace malfunctioning thermoplunger.

EC9-339
 P1643 THERMOPLUNGER CONTROL UNIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000010309345

1.CHECK THERMOPLUNGER
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect thermoplunger harness connector.
3. Check the resistance between thermoplunger terminal and ground.

+
Thermoplunger - Resistance
Terminal
1 Ground 608 ± 61 mΩ
is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace thermoplunger.

EC9-340
 P1650 STARTER MOTOR RELAY 2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
P1650 STARTER MOTOR RELAY 2
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010501207

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC9

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause C
tent)
• Harness and connectors
(Between engine restart relay and ECM harness
A Engine restart relay is stuck ON. D
connector is shorted to ground.)
• Engine restart relay
• Harness and connectors
(Between engine restart relay and ECM harness E
STR MTR RELAY 2 is open or shorted to power.)
P1650 (Engine restart relay cir- Engine restart relay power supply (Between battery and engine restart relay har-
B
cuit) circuit is excessively high voltage. ness is open.)
(Between engine restart relay and IPDM E/R F
harness is open.)
• Engine restart relay
• Harness and connectors G
Engine restart relay circuit is ex-
C (Engine restart relay circuit is open or shorted.)
cessively low voltage
• Engine restart relay

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE H

1.PRECONDITIONING
If the other DTC Confirmation Procedure is performed right before this procedure, the ignition switch must be I
turned OFF and wait for 10 seconds or more to start this procedure.

>> GO TO 2. J
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-1
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 30 seconds K
3. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
4. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected? L
YES >> Proceed to EC9-341, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-2 M

With CONSULT
1. Start the engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. N
2. Select “AUTO STOP START” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ECM” using CONSULT.
3. Touch “START” and operate stop/start system. (engine stop.)
4. Touch “CANCEL” and restart the engine.
Without CONSULT O
Activate stop/start system.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. P
Is stop/start system activated normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC9-341, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010501208

1.CHECK ENGINE RESTART RELAY POWER SUPPLY-1

EC9-341
 P1650 STARTER MOTOR RELAY 2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove engine restart relay.
3. Check the voltage between engine restart relay harness connector and ground.

+
Engine restart relay – Voltage
Connector terminal
F163 2 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ENGINE RESTART RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between engine restart relay harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.

+ –
Engine restart relay IPDM E/R Continuity
Connector terminal Connector terminal
F163 2 E39 44 Existed
3. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check IPDM E/R.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK ENGINE RESTART RELAY POWER SUPPLY-2
Check the voltage between engine restart relay harness connector and ground.

+
Engine restart relay – Voltage
Connector terminal
F163 3 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
4.CHECK ENGINE RESTART RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between engine restart relay harness connector and ECM harness connector.

+ –
Engine restart relay ECM Continuity
Connector terminal Connector terminal
F163 1 F82 62 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK ENGINE RESTART RELAY OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
Check the continuity between engine restart relay harness connector and starter motor S terminal.

EC9-342
 P1650 STARTER MOTOR RELAY 2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]

+ – A
Engine restart relay Sterter moter Continuity
Connector terminal Connector terminal
EC9
F163 3 F104 1 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6. C
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK ENGINE RESTART RELAY
D
Check engine restart relay. Refer to EC9-343, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". E
NO >> Replace engine restart relay.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000010501209

F
1.CHECK ENGINE RESTART RELAY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove engine restart relay. G
3. Check the continuity between engine restart relay terminals as
per the following conditions.
H
Engine restart re-
lay
Condition Continuity
+ – I
terminal
12V direct current supply between
Existed J
3 5 terminals 1 and 2
No supply Not existed PIIA2636J

Is the inspection result normal?

K
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace engine restart relay.
L

EC9-343
 P1655 ENGINE RESTART BYPASS RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
P1655 ENGINE RESTART BYPASS RELAY
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010501210

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
• Harness or connectors
At an engine restart by stop/start system,
(Engine restart bypass relay circuit is open
ENGINE RESTART BY- the voltage drop allowance is less than 0.8
or shorted.)
PASS RELAY V when the engine restart bypass relay be-
P1655 (Engine restart bypass control relay circuit
(Engine restart bypass relay comes closed from the open status, and
is open or shorted.)
remains open) this condition is repeated three times in a
• Engine restart bypass relay
row.
• Engine restart bypass control relay

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If the other DTC Confirmation Procedure is performed right before this procedure, the ignition switch must be
turned OFF and wait for 10 seconds or more to start this procedure.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT
1. Start the engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “AUTO STOP START” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ECM” using CONSULT.
3. Touch “START” and operate stop/start system. (engine stop.)
4. Touch “CANCEL” and restart the engine.
5. Repeat Step 3 and Step 4 twice.
Without CONSULT
1. Activate the stop/start system. Stop the engine. Restart the engine. Refer to EC9-38, "STOP/START SYS-
TEM : System Description (M/T models)" (M/T models), EC9-46, "STOP/START SYSTEM : System
Description (CVT models)" (CVT models).
2. Repeat Step 1 four times.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC9-344, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010501211

1.CHECK FUSE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check that the following fuse is not fusing.

Location Fuse No. Capacity

Fuse block (J/B) F/L-T 20 A
Is the fuse fusing?
YES >> Replace the fuse after repairing the applicable circuit.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ENGINE RESTART BYPASS CONTROL RELAY POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove engine restart bypass control relay.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
EC9-344
 P1655 ENGINE RESTART BYPASS RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
4. Check the voltage between engine restart bypass control relay harness connector and ground.
A
+
Engine restart bypass control relay − Voltage
EC9
Connector Terminal
1
F98 Ground Battery voltage
5 C
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit. D
3.CHECK ENGINE RESTART BYPASS CONTROL RELAY CIRCUIT-1
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. E
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between engine restart bypass control relay harness connector and ECM harness
connector.
F
+ −
Engine restart bypass con-
trol relay
ECM Continuity G

Connector Terminal Connector Terminal

F98 2 F83 151 Existed H
4. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. I
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK ENGINE RESTART BYPASS CONTROL RELAY CIRCUIT-2 J
1. Disconnect engine restart bypass relay harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between engine restart bypass control relay harness connector and engine restart
bypass relay harness connector.
K

+ −
Engine restart bypass con- L
Engine restart bypass relay Continuity
trol relay
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F98 3 F146 1 Existed M
3. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. N
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK ENGINE RESTART BYPASS CONTROL RELAY O
Check the engine restart bypass control relay. Refer to EC9-346, "Component Inspection (Engine Restart
Bypass Control Relay)"
Is the inspection result normal? P
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK ENGINE RESTART BYPASS RELAY
Check the engine restart bypass relay. Refer to EC9-346, "Component Inspection (Engine Restart Bypass
Relay)".
Is the inspection result normal?

EC9-345
 P1655 ENGINE RESTART BYPASS RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace error-detected parts.
Component Inspection (Engine Restart Bypass Control Relay) INFOID:0000000010501212

1.CHECK ENGINE RESTART BYPASS CONTROL RELAY

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove engine restart bypass control relay.
3. Check continuity between engine restart bypass control relay
terminals as per the following condition.

Engine restart bypass control relay

+ − Condition Continuity
Terminal
12 V direct current supply
Existed
3 5 between terminals 1 and 2
No current supply Not existed
JSBIA0671ZZ
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace engine restart bypass control relay.
Component Inspection (Engine Restart Bypass Relay) INFOID:0000000010501213

1.CHECK ENGINE RESTART BYPASS RELAY-1

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect battery cable from negative terminal.
3. Remove engine restart bypass relay. Refer to EC9-403, "Exploded View".
4. Check the continuity between engine restart bypass relay termi-
nal and engine restart bypass relay body.

+
Engine restart bypass
− Continuity
relay
Terminal
Engine restart bypass
1 Existed
relay body
Is the inspection result normal? JSBIA1735ZZ

YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace engine restart bypass relay. Refer to EC9-403, "Removal and Installation".
2.CHECK ENGINE RESTART BYPASS RELAY-2
Check the resistance between engine restart bypass relay terminals
as per the following conditions.

Engine restart bypass relay

Resistance
+ − Condition
(Approx.)
Terminal
12 V direct current sup-
ply between terminal 1 10 mΩ
2 3 and body
No current supply 0Ω JSBIA1736ZZ

Is the inspection result normal?

YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace engine restart bypass relay. Refer to EC9-403, "Removal and Installation".
EC9-346
 P1656 ENGINE RESTART BYPASS RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
P1656 ENGINE RESTART BYPASS RELAY
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010309362

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC9

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
• Harness and connectors
(Engine restart bypass relay circuit is open
ENGINE RESTART BY-
At an engine restart by stop/start system, or shorted.)
PASS RELAY D
P1656 the voltage right after the starter motor ac- (Engine restart bypass control relay circuit
(Engine restart bypass relay
tivation is less than 7.52 V. is open or shorted.)
remains closed)
• Engine restart bypass relay
• Engine restart bypass control relay
E
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING F
If the other DTC Confirmation Procedure is performed right before this procedure, the ignition switch must be
turned OFF and wait for 10 seconds or more to start this procedure.
G
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
H
With CONSULT
1. Start the engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “AUTO STOP START” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ECM” using CONSULT.
3. Touch “START” and operate stop/start system. (engine stop.) I
4. Touch “CANCEL” and restart the engine.
5. Repeat Step 3 and Step 4 twice.
Without CONSULT J
1. Activate the stop/start system. Stop the engine. Restart the engine. Refer to EC9-38, "STOP/START SYS-
TEM : System Description (M/T models)".
2. Repeat Step 1 four times. K
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
Is DTC detected?
L
YES >> Proceed to EC9-348, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010507872 M

1.CHECK FUSE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. N
2. Check that the following fuse is not fusing.

Location Fuse No. Capacity O

Fuse block (J/B) F/L-T 20 A
Is the fuse fusing?
P
YES >> Replace the fuse after repairing the applicable circuit.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ENGINE RESTART BYPASS CONTROL RELAY POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove engine restart bypass control relay.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between engine restart bypass control relay harness connector and ground.
EC9-347
 P1656 ENGINE RESTART BYPASS RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]

+
Engine restart bypass control relay − Voltage
Connector Terminal
1
F98 Ground Battery voltage
5
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
3.CHECK ENGINE RESTART BYPASS CONTROL RELAY CIRCUIT-1
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between engine restart bypass control relay harness connector and ECM harness
connector.

+ −
Engine restart bypass con-
ECM Continuity
trol relay
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F98 2 F83 151 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK ENGINE RESTART BYPASS CONTROL RELAY CIRCUIT-2
1. Disconnect engine restart bypass relay harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between engine restart bypass control relay harness connector and engine restart
bypass relay harness connector.

+ −
Engine restart bypass con-
Engine restart bypass relay Continuity
trol relay
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F98 3 F146 1 Existed
3. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK ENGINE RESTART BYPASS CONTROL RELAY
Check the engine restart bypass control relay. Refer to EC9-350, "Component Inspection (Engine Restart
Bypass Control Relay)"
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK ENGINE RESTART BYPASS RELAY
Check the engine restart bypass relay. Refer to EC9-350, "Component Inspection (Engine Restart Bypass
Relay)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".

EC9-348
 P1656 ENGINE RESTART BYPASS RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
NO >> Replace error-detected parts.
A
Component Inspection (Engine Restart Bypass Control Relay) INFOID:0000000010507873

1.CHECK ENGINE RESTART BYPASS CONTROL RELAY EC9

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove engine restart bypass control relay.
3. Check continuity between engine restart bypass control relay
terminals as per the following condition. C

Engine restart bypass control relay

D
+ − Condition Continuity
Terminal
12 V direct current supply E
Existed
3 5 between terminals 1 and 2
No current supply Not existed
JSBIA0671ZZ
Is the inspection result normal? F
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace engine restart bypass control relay.
G
Component Inspection (Engine Restart Bypass Relay) INFOID:0000000010507874

1.CHECK ENGINE RESTART BYPASS RELAY-1 H

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect battery cable from negative terminal.
3. Remove engine restart bypass relay. Refer to EC9-403, "Exploded View".
I
4. Check the continuity between engine restart bypass relay termi-
nal and engine restart bypass relay body.

J
+
Engine restart bypass
− Continuity
relay
K
Terminal
Engine restart bypass
1 Existed
relay body
L
Is the inspection result normal? JSBIA1735ZZ

YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace engine restart bypass relay. Refer to EC9-403, "Removal and Installation". M
2.CHECK ENGINE RESTART BYPASS RELAY-2
Check the resistance between engine restart bypass relay terminals
as per the following conditions. N

Engine restart bypass relay

Resistance O
+ − Condition
(Approx.)
Terminal
12 V direct current sup- P
ply between terminal 1 10 mΩ
2 3 and body
No current supply 0Ω JSBIA1736ZZ

Is the inspection result normal?

YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace engine restart bypass relay. Refer to EC9-403, "Removal and Installation".

EC9-349
 P1675 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
P1675 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010507878

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

If the cooling fan or other component in the cooling system malfunctions, engine coolant temperature will rise.
When the engine coolant temperature reaches an abnormally high temperature condition, a malfunction is
indicated.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Cooling fan
• Radiator hose
• Radiator
• Radiator cap
• Water pump
P1675 Engine overheating When engine coolant temperature is too high.
• Thermostat
• Engine coolant bypass
valve
• Engine coolant temper-
ature sensor
CAUTION:
When a malfunction is indicated, be sure to replace the coolant. Also, replace the engine oil.
1. Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed of 2 liters per minute. Be sure to
use coolant with the proper mixture ratio.
2. After refilling coolant, run engine to ensure that no water-flow noise is emitted.
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
Perform component function check. Refer to EC9-351, "Component Function Check".
NOTE:
Use component function check to check the overall function of the cooling fan. During this check, a DTC might
not be confirmed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC9-352, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000010507879

1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-1

WARNING:
Never remove the reservoir tank cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could be caused by high
pressure fluid escaping from the radiator.
Wrap a thick cloth around cap. Carefully remove the cap by turning it a quarter turn to allow built-up
pressure to escape. Then turn the cap all the way off.
Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator.
Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level.
Is the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator below the
proper range?
YES >> Proceed to EC9-352, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 2.

SEF621W

2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-2

Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not.

EC9-350
 P1675 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
Did customer fill the coolant?
YES >> Proceed to EC9-352, "Diagnosis Procedure". A
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-3
EC9
1. Start engine and let it idle.
2. Turn air conditioner switch and blower fan switch ON.
3. Make sure that cooling fan operates at low speed.
C
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Proceed to EC9-352, "Diagnosis Procedure".
D
4.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-4
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Turn air conditioner switch and blower fan switch OFF. E
3. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector.
4. Connect 150Ω resistor to engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector.
5. Restart engine and make sure that cooling fan operates at higher speed than low speed.
F
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC9-352, "Diagnosis Procedure".
G
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010507880

1.CHECK COOLING FAN OPERATION H

Check cooling fan operation.
Is the inspection result normal?
I
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
2.CHECK COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAK-1 J
Check cooling system for leak.
Is leakage detected?
YES >> GO TO 3. K
NO >> GO TO 4.
3.CHECK COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAK-2
L
Check the following for leak.
• Hose
• Radiator
• Radiator cap M
• Water pump
• Reservoir tank
N
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
4.CHECK RADIATOR CAP
O
Check radiator cap.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. P
NO >> Replace radiator cap.
5.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT BYPASS VALVE
Check engine coolant bypass valve system. Refer to EC9-376, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

EC9-351
 P1675 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]

6.CHECK THERMOSTAT
Check thermostat.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Replace thermostat.
7.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Check engine coolant temperature sensor routing circuit. Refer to EC9-201, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform overheating cause analysis. Refer to CO-60, "Troubleshooting Chart".
NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.

EC9-352
 P2002 DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
P2002 DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010309370

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC9

NOTE:
If DTC P2002 is displayed with following DTC, perform the trouble diagnosis for following DTC. Refer
to EC9-106, "DTC Index". C
• DTC U0101, U0121, U0415, P0001, P0002, P0045, P0100, P0101, P0102, P0105, P0106, P0115, P0190,
P0200, P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0225, P0226, P0335, P0402, P0470, P0471, P0487, P0488,
P0544, P0560, P060A, P061A, P062B, P0638, P0641, P0651, P0697, P1544, P160C, P160D, P1641,
P1642, P1643, P1650, P2080, P2100, P2119, P2120, P2226, P2263 and P253F. D

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
E
Diesel particulate filter function does not operate
P2002 Particulate filter Diesel particulate filter
properly.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE F

1.PERFORM DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
NOTE:
G
DTC P2002 can not duplicate.

>> Proceed to EC9-354, "Diagnosis Procedure". H

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010309371

1.CHECK DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER I

Refer to EC9-354, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
J
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace diesel particulate filter.
2.CHECK INTAKE AIR SYSTEM K
Check the intake air system for leakage.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. L
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts and then GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
M
Perform “Self-diagnostic results” of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Replace diesel particulate filter. N
NO >> Perform “SERVICE REGENERATION”. Refer to EC9-152, "Work Procedure".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000010309372

O
1.CHECK DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER
Check diesel particulate filter for damage.
P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform “SERVICE REGENERATION”. Refer to EC9-152, "Work Procedure".
NO >> Replace diesel particulate filter.

EC9-353
 P2080 EGT SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
P2080 EGT SENSOR 1
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010309375

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
If DTC P2080 is displayed with DTC P0544, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0544. Refer to
EC9-246, "DTC Logic".

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• An excessively high voltage from
• Intake air leaks
exhaust gas temperature sensor 1 is
EXHAUST GAS TEMPERATURE • Electric throttle actuator
P2080 sent to ECM.
SENSOR 1 • Fuel injector
• Temperature before the turbine is
• Exhaust gas leaks
more than 810 °C (1,490 °F)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
NOTE:
DTC P2080 can not be duplicate.

>> Proceed to EC9-355, "Diagnosis Procedure".

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010309376

1.CHECK INTAKE AIR SYSTEM

1. Check the air cleaner for clogging.
2. Check the air duct for connection and cracks.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE ACTUATOR
Check the electric throttle actuator. Refer to EC9-357, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace electric throttle actuator.
3.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR
Check the fuel injector. Refer to EC9-210, "Component Inspection (Fuel Injector)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning fuel injector.
4.CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM
Check the exhaust gas leakage.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

EC9-354
 P2100 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
P2100 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010309377

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC9

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
C
• ECM detects throttle control motor circuit
is open circuit.
• ECM detects throttle control motor circuit
• Harness or connectors
is short circuit to ground. D
P2100 ETC FUNCTION (Throttle control motor circuit is open or shorted)
• ECM detects throttle control motor circuit
• Electric throttle control actuator
is short circuit to battery.
• Overheating of electric throttle control
actuator. E
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING F
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 1 minute before conducting the next test.
G
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-1 H
1. Turn ignition ON at least 2 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected? I
YES >> Proceed to EC9-356, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-2 J
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 2 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected? K
YES >> Proceed to EC9-356, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
L
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010309378

1.CHECK ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTION M

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the ECM harness connector connection.
Is the inspection result normal? N
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTION O
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the electric throttle control actuator harness connector connection.
Is the inspection result normal? P
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR CIRCUIT
Check the electric throttle control actuator circuit for open and short.

EC9-355
 P2100 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]

+ –
ECM Electric throttle control actuator Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
103 2
107 3
F83 108 F422 1 Existed
140 5
152 4
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
Perform EC9-357, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace electric throttle control actuator.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000010309379

1.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR

1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connectors terminals as per the following conditions.

ECM
+ – Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal

[Ignition switch: OFF]

For 20 seconds after turn-
ing ignition switch OFF
NOTE:
Repeat several times
140 opening and shutting after
turning ignition switch OFF.
JPBIA3450ZZ

[Ignition switch: OFF]

More than 20 seconds after 0V
turning ignition switch OFF
F83 E58 25
[Ignition switch: OFF]
For 20 seconds after turn-
ing ignition switch OFF
NOTE:
Repeat several times
152 opening and shutting after
turning ignition switch OFF.
JPBIA3450ZZ

[Ignition switch: OFF]

More than 20 seconds after 0V
turning ignition switch OFF
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace electric throttle control actuator.

EC9-356
 P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010309383

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC9

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
C
• Harness or connectors
ECM detects abnormally closed position of (Throttle control motor circuit is open or
P2119 AIR INLET FLAP
throttle control valve. shorted)
• Electric throttle control actuator D

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010309384

1.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT E

Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".

Is the inspection result normal? F
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace.
2.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR G
1. Replace electric throttle control actuator.
2. Perform EC9-147, "Work Procedure".
H
>> INSPECTION END
I

EC9-357
 P2120 APP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
P2120 APP SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010309385

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• An excessively low voltage from the accel-
erator pedal position (APP) sensor 2 is sent • Harness or connectors
PEDAL POTENTIOMETER CIR- to ECM. (APP sensor 2 circuit is open or
P2120
CUIT TRACK 2 • An excessively high voltage from the accel- shorted.)
erator pedal position (APP) sensor 2 is sent • APP sensor 2
to ECM.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 1 minute before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC9-359, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010309386

1.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR POWER SUPPLY

Check the power supply of the APP sensor.

+
Voltage
APP sensor -
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
4
E20 Ground 5.0 V
5
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK APP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check APP sensor circuit for open and short.

+ -
ECM APP sensor Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
23 4
E58 E20 Existed
27 5
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check ECM power supply circuit. Refer to EC9-162, "ECM : Diagnosis Procedure".

EC9-358
 P2120 APP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK APP CIRCUIT A

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Check APP sensor circuit for open and short.
EC9

+ -
ECM APP sensor Continuity C
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
21 1
22 6
D
E58 E20 Existed
30 2
31 3 E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. F
4.CHECK APP SENSOR
Refer to EC9-360, "Component Inspection (Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor)".
G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace error-detected parts.
H
Component Inspection (Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor) INFOID:0000000010309387

1.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR I

1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as follows. J

ECM
+ - Condition Voltage K
Connector
Terminal
Fully released 0.6 - 0.9 V
31 30 L
Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.7 V
E58 Accelerator pedal
Fully released 0.3 - 0.6 V
22 21
Fully depressed 1.95 - 2.4 V M
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace accelerator pedal assembly. N

EC9-359
 P2226 BARO SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
P2226 BARO SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010309388

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• An excessively low voltage from the atmo-
spheric pressure sensor (built-into ECM) is
Atmosphere pressure sen- sent to ECM.
P2226 ECM
sor • An excessively high voltage from the atmo-
spheric pressure sensor (built-into ECM) is
sent to ECM.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 1 minute before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC9-361, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010309389

1.CHECK ECM AIR INLET VISUALLY

Check if foreign matter is blocking the air inlet for ECM.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace ECM. Refer to EC9-399, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Remove foreign matter.

EC9-360
 P2243 A/F SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
P2243 A/F SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010309390

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC9

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
C
• Harness or connectors
PROPORTIONAL RICH- ECM detects air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor circuit is
P2243 (A/F sensor circuit is open.)
NESS SENSOR CIRCUIT open circuit.
• A/F sensor
D
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
NOTE: E
DTC P2243 can not duplicate.

>> Proceed to EC9-362, "Diagnosis Procedure". F

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010309391

G
1.CHECK ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ECM harness connector connection. H
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. I
2.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS
Check A/F sensor harness connector connection.
J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. K
3.CHECK A/F SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
Check A/F sensor circuit for open and short.
L
+ -
ECM A/F sensor Continuity
M
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F82 89 3
115 6 N
F75 Existed
F83 116 2
119 1
O
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
P
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

EC9-361
 P2243 A/F SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]

5.REPLACE A/F SENSOR

Replace A/F sensor.
CAUTION:
• Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a
hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Heated Oxygen Sensor
Thread Cleaner tool and approved anti-seize lubricant.

>> INSPECTION END

EC9-362
 P2244 A/F SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
P2244 A/F SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010309392

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC9

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
C
• ECM detects air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor circuit is
• Harness or connectors
PROPORTIONAL RICH- short circuit to ground.
P2244 (A/F sensor circuit is shorted.)
NESS SENSOR CIRCUIT • ECM detects air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor circuit is
• A/F sensor
short circuit to battery. D
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING E
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 1 minute before conducting the next test.
F
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE G
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 2 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected? H
YES >> Proceed to EC9-364, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010508255 I

1.CHECK ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS

J
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ECM harness connector connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
K
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS L
Check A/F sensor harness connector connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. M
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK A/F SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
N
Check A/F sensor circuit for open and short.

+ -
O
ECM A/F sensor Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F82 89 3 P
115 6
F75 Existed
F83 116 2
119 1
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.

EC9-363
 P2244 A/F SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.REPLACE A/F SENSOR
Replace A/F sensor.
CAUTION:
• Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a
hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Heated Oxygen Sensor
Thread Cleaner tool and approved anti-seize lubricant.

>> INSPECTION END

EC9-364
 P2263 TC SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
P2263 TC SYSTEM
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010309394

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC9

NOTE:
If DTC P2263 is displayed with following DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for following DTC.
Refer to EC9-106, "DTC Index". C
• P0001, P0002, P0045, P0105, P0106, P0115, P0180, P0190, P0200, P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0217,
P0402, P0409, P0487, P0488, P0627, P0641 and P0651.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause D
• Harness or connectors
(Turbocharger boost sensor circuit is open
or shorted.) E
• Turbocharger boost sensor (with intake air
• Differences between boost pressure
temperature sensor 2)
and target value are less than -150 hPa.
• Vacuum air circuit
BOOST PRESSURE CIR- (Boost pressure is too high) F
P2263 • Air filter
CUIT • Differences between boost pressure
• Turbocharger
and target value are more than 150 hPa.
• Intake air leaks
(Boost pressure is too low)
• Exhaust gas leaks
• EGR circuit
G
• Fuel flow actuator
• Turbocharger boost control solenoid valve
H
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
NOTE: I
DTC P2263 can not be duplicate.

>> Proceed to EC9-366, "Diagnosis Procedure". J

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010309395

K
1.CHECK AIR FILTER
Check that air filter is not obstructed.
Is the inspection result normal? L
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK INTAKE AIR DUCT M

Check that intake air duct is not obstructed.

Is the inspection result normal?
N
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK O
Check exhaust gas leak.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. P
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST SENSOR
Check the turbocharger boost sensor. Refer to EC9-196, "Component Inspection (Turbocharger Boost Sen-
sor)".
Is the inspection result normal?

EC9-365
 P2263 TC SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace turbocharger boost sensor.
5.CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Check the turbocharger boost control solenoid valve. Refer to EC9-188, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK TURBOCHARGER
Check the turbocharger.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
7.CHECK EGR CIRCUIT
Check the EGR circuit.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
8.CHECK FUEL FLOW ACTUATOR CIRCUIT
Check fuel flow actuator circuit.

+ -
ECM Fuel flow actuator Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F82 43 F123 2 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

EC9-366
 P2264 WATER IN FUEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
P2264 WATER IN FUEL SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010309396

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC9

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• A signal from the detection sensor is • Harness or connectors C
sent to ECM (Detection sensor circuit is open.)
P2264 Water diesel detector
• ECM detects detection sensor circuit is • Water in fuel level sensor
open circuit. • Fuel filter
D
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING E
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 1 minute before conducting the next test.
F
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine. G
2. Drive the vehicle at least 15 seconds at 5 km/h (3.11 MPH) or more.
CAUTION:
Always drive the vehicle at safe speed. H
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC9-368, "Diagnosis Procedure". I
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010309397
J
1.PERFORM DIESEL FUEL FILTER WATER DRAINING
Perform diesel fuel filter water draining. Refer to FL-31, "Water Draining".
K
Water has been detected in the fuel filter?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3. L
2.CHECK FUEL CONFORMITY
Check fuel conformity.
Is fuel normal? M
YES >> Replace fuel filter.
NO >> Drain the fuel circuit and replace the fuel filter.
N
3.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS
Check fuel heater and water level sensor harness connector connections.
Is the inspection result normal? O
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK WATER LEVEL SENSOR POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT P
Check water level sensor power supply and ground circuit for open and short.

EC9-367
 P2264 WATER IN FUEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]

+
Fuel heater and water in fuel level
- Voltage
sensor
Connector Terminal
2
F177 Ground Battery voltage
5
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK WATER LEVEL SENSOR CIRCUIT
Check water level sensor circuit for open and short.

+ -
Fuel heater and water level
ECM Continuity
sensor
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E58 24 F177 1 Existed

+
Fuel heater and water level sensor - Continuity
Connector Terminal
3
F177 Ground Existed
4
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

EC9-368
 P2452 DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER PRESSURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
P2452 DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER PRESSURE SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010309399

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC9

NOTE:
If DTC P2452 is displayed with DTC P0641, P0651 or P0697, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
P0641, P0651 or P0697. Refer to EC9-261, "DTC Logic", EC9-263, "DTC Logic" or EC9-268, "DTC C
Logic".

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
D
• An excessively high voltage (more than
4.9 V) from diesel particulate filter pres- • Harness or connectors
Particulate filter pressure sure sensor is sent to ECM. (Diesel particulate filter pressure sensor cir-
P2452
sensor • An excessively low voltage (less than cuit is open or shorted.) E
0.18 V) from diesel particulate filter • Diesel particulate filter pressure sensor
pressure sensor is sent to ECM.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE F

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at G
least 1 minute before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2. H
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check DTC. I
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC9-370, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END J

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010309400

K
1.CHECK ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the ECM harness connector connection. L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. M
2.CHECK DPF (DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER) DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SENSOR HARNESS CON-
NECTOR CONNECTIONS
N
Check the DPF differential pressure sensor harness connector connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. O
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK DPF DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
Check the DPF differential pressure sensor power supply. P

+
Voltage
DPF differential pressure sensor -
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F120 1 Ground 5.0 V

EC9-369
 P2452 DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER PRESSURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK DPF DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the DPF differential pressure sensor power supply and ground circuit for open and short.

+ +
DPF differential pressure
ECM Continuity
sensor
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
100 1
F83 F120 Existed
117 2
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK DPF DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT
Check the DPF differential pressure sensor signal circuit for open and short.

+ +
DPF differential pressure
ECM Continuity
sensor
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F83 122 F120 3 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.REPLACE DPF DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SENSOR
Replace DPF differential pressure sensor.

>> GO TO 7.
7.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC9-370, "DTC Logic".
Is the DTC P2452 detected again?
YES >> Replace ECM. Refer to EC9-399, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> INSPECTION END

EC9-370
 P2504 CHARGING SYSTEM VOLTAGE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
P2504 CHARGING SYSTEM VOLTAGE
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010499345

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC9

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P2504 CHARGING SYSTEM VOLTAGE — — C

EC9-371
 P253F ENGINE OIL DETERIORATED
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
P253F ENGINE OIL DETERIORATED
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010309401

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
If DTC P253F is displayed with DTC P0115, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0115. Refer to
EC9-201, "DTC Logic".

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P253F ENGINE OIL DILUTION When engine oil is too much quantity. Too much engine oil

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1..PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 1 minute before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC9-373, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010309402

1.CHECK ENGINE OIL LEVEL

Check the engine oil level. Refer to LU-33, "Inspection".
CAUTION:
If after performed service regeneration, exchange the engine oil and engine oil filter.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Drain or refill engine oil. Refer to LU-34, "Draining" or LU-34, "Refilling".
2.CHECK OIL LEVEL SENSOR
Check oil level sensor. Refer to MWI-67, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace engine oil level sensor. Refer to EM-308, "Exploded View".

EC9-372
 P2626 A/F SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
P2626 A/F SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010309403

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC9

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors C
PROPORTIONAL RICHNESS SEN- ECM detects air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor
P2626 (A/F sensor circuit is open.)
SOR CIRCUIT circuit is open circuit.
• A/F sensor

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE D

1.PERFORM DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

NOTE: E
DTC P2626 can not duplicate.

>> Proceed to EC9-374, "Diagnosis Procedure". F

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010309404

1.CHECK ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS G

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Check ECM harness connector connection. H
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. I
2.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS
Check A/F sensor harness connector connection.
J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
K
3.CHECK A/F SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
Check A/F sensor circuit for open and short.
L
+ -
ECM A/F sensor Continuity
M
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F82 89 3
115 5 N
F75 Existed
F83 116 1
119 2
Is the inspection result normal? O
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
P
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.REPLACE A/F SENSOR
EC9-373
 P2626 A/F SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
Replace A/F sensor.
CAUTION:
• Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a
hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Heated Oxygen Sensor
Thread Cleaner tool and approved anti-seize lubricant.

>> INSPECTION END

EC9-374
 P2681 ENGINE COOLANT BYPASS VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
P2681 ENGINE COOLANT BYPASS VALVE
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010309405

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC9

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• ECM detects engine coolant bypass valve cir- C
cuit is short circuit to ground. • Harness or connectors
CONTROLLED COOLANT • ECM detects engine coolant bypass valve cir- (Engine coolant bypass valve circuit
P2681
THERMOSTAT CIRCUIT cuit is short circuit to battery. is open or shorted.)
• ECM detects engine coolant bypass valve cir- • Engine coolant bypass valve D
cuit is open circuit.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE E

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 1 minute before conducting the next test. F

>> GO TO 2.
G
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Check DTC. H
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC9-228, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END I
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010309406

1.CHECK BATTERY VOLTAGE J

Check the battery voltage.

Is the inspection result normal? K
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for battery. Refer to PG-136, "FOR MAINTENANCE REQUIRED BAT-
TERY MODELS : How to Handle Battery" (for maintenance required battery models) or PG-142, L
"FOR MAINTENANCE FREE BATTERY MODELS : How to Handle Battery" (for maintenance free
battery models).
2.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT BYPASS VALVE POWER SUPPLY M
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect engine coolant bypass valve harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. N
4. Check the voltage between engine coolant bypass valve harness connector and ground.

+
O
Engine coolant bypass valve - Voltage
Connector Terminal
F145 2 Ground Battery voltage P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT BYPASS VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

EC9-375
 P2681 ENGINE COOLANT BYPASS VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between engine coolant bypass valve harness connector and IPDM E/R harness
conenctor.

+ -
Engine coolant bypass
IPDM E/R Continuity
valve
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F145 2 F90 103 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to gound.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check IPDM E/R.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT BYPASS VALVE CONTROL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between engine coolant bypass valve harness connector and ECM harness connec-
tor.

+ -
Engine coolant bypass
ECM Continuity
valve
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F145 1 F82 53 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to power and short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT BYPASS VALVE
Check the engine coolant bypass valve. Refer to EC9-377, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace engine coolant bypass valve.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000010309407

1.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT BYPASS VALVE

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect engine coolant bypass valve harness connector.
3. Check the resistance between engine coolant bypass valve as per the following conditions.

Engine coolant bypass valve

+ - Condition Resistance (Ω)
Terminal

Temperature -40 °C (-40 °F) 32 - 37

1 2
[°C (°F)] 23 °C (73 °F) 43 - 49
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace engine coolant bypass valve.

EC9-376
 P2A06 A/F SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
P2A06 A/F SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010309408

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC9

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors C
PROPORTIONAL RICHNESS SEN- ECM detects air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor
P2A06 (A/F sensor circuit is open.)
SOR CIRCUIT ground circuit is open circuit.
• A/F sensor

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE D

1.PERFORM DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

NOTE: E
DTC P2A06 can not duplicate.

>> Proceed to EC9-378, "Diagnosis Procedure". F

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010309409

1.CHECK ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS G

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Check ECM harness connector connection. H
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. I
2.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS
Check A/F sensor harness connector connection.
J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
K
3.CHECK A/F SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
Check A/F sensor circuit for open and short.
L
+ -
ECM A/F sensor Continuity
M
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
89 3
115 6 N
F83 F75 Existed
116 2
119 1
Is the inspection result normal? O
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
P
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.REPLACE A/F SENSOR
EC9-377
 P2A06 A/F SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
Replace A/F sensor.
CAUTION:
• Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a
hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Heated Oxygen Sensor
Thread Cleaner tool and approved anti-seize lubricant.

>> INSPECTION END

EC9-378
 LOW PRESSURE FUEL PUMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
LOW PRESSURE FUEL PUMP
A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000010500944

1.CHECK FUEL PUMP FUNCTION EC9

1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Pinch fuel feed hose with two fingers.
NOTE: C
Fuel pressure pulsation should be felt on the fuel feed hose for 1 second after ignition switch is turned ON.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END D
NO >> EC9-380, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010500945
E
1.CHECK FPCM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
F
2. Disconnect FPCM harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between FPCM harness connector and ground.
G
+
FPCM − Voltage
H
Connector Terminal
B75 8 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal? I
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit. Refer to EC9-162, "ECM : Diagnosis Pro-
cedure". J
2.CHECK FPCM GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
K
2. Check the continuity between FPCM harness connector and ground.

+
L
FPCM − Continuity
Connector Terminal
B75 7 Ground Existed M
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors. N

3.CHECK FPCM INPUT AND OUTPUT CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect ECM harness connector. O
2. Check the continuity between FPCM harness connector and ECM harness connector.

+ − P
FPCM ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
9 13
B75 E58 Existed
10 11
3. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.

EC9-379
 LOW PRESSURE FUEL PUMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK FUEL PUMP CONTROL CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (main) harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between FPCM harness connector and fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (main)
harness connector.

+ −
Fuel level sensor unit and fuel
FPCM Continuity
pump (main)
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
3 1
4 4
B75 B94 Existed
5 3
6 2
3. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK LOW PRESSURE FUEL PUMP
Refer to EC9-381, "Component Inspection (Low Pressure Fuel Pump)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace FPCM.
NO >> Replace low pressure fuel pump.
Component Inspection (Low Pressure Fuel Pump) INFOID:0000000010500946

1.CHECK FUEL PRESSURE REGULATOR

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check low fuel pressure.
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK LOW PRESSURE FUEL PUMP
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (main).
3. Check resistance between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (main) terminals as follows.

+ −
Fuel level sensor unit and
Continuity
fuel pump (main)
Terminals
3
2 Existed
4
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (main).

EC9-380
 STOP LAMP SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
STOP LAMP SWITCH
A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000010309410

1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH FUNCTION EC9

With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “BRAKE SW2” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “EMCM” using CONSULT. C
3. Check indication as per the following conditions.

Monitor item Condition Indication D

Slightly depressed On
BRAKE SW2 Brake pedal
Fully released Off
E
Without CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following.
F

ECM
Voltage
+ – Condition G
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
Slightly de-
Battery voltage
E58 17 25 Brake pedal pressed H
Fully released 0V
Is the inspection result normal?
I
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC9-384, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010309411 J

1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. K
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between stop lamp switch harness connector and ground.
L
+
Stop lamp switch − Voltage
Connector Terminal M
E50 (M/T)
3 Ground Battery voltage
E30 (CVT)
N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
O
2.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between stop lamp switch harness connector and ECM harness connector. P

+ −
Stop lamp switch ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E50 (M/T)
4 E58 17 Existed
E30 (CVT)

EC9-381
 STOP LAMP SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
3. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH
Check the stop lamp switch. Refer to EC9-383, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace stop lamp switch.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000010309412

1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH-1

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between stop lamp switch terminals as per the following conditions.

Stop lamp switch

+ - Condition Continuity
Terminals
Fully released Not existed
3 4 Brake pedal Slightly de-
Existed
pressed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH-2
1. Adjust stop lamp switch installation. Refer to BR-8, "Inspection and Adjustment" (LHD models) or BR-52,
"Inspection and Adjustment" (RHD models).
2. Check the continuity between stop lamp switch terminals as per the following conditions.

Stop lamp switch

+ - Condition Continuity
Terminals
Fully released Not existed
3 4 Brake pedal Slightly de-
Existed
pressed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace stop lamp switch.

EC9-382
 HOOD SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
HOOD SWITCH
A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000010309413

1.CHECK HOOD SWITCH FUNCTION EC9

With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “HOOD SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “IPDM E/R” using CONSULT. C
3. Check indication as per the following conditions.

Monitor item Condition Indication D

Close Off
HOOD SW Engine hood
Open On
E
Without CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between hood switch harness connector and ground as per the following conditions.
F

+
Voltage
Hood switch – Condition G
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal

Engine Close 0V
E100 1 Ground H
hood Open Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END I
NO >> Proceed to EC9-384, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010309414

J
1.CHECK IPDM E/R OUTPUT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect hood switch harness connector. K
3. Check the voltage between hood switch harness connector and ground.

+ L
Voltage
Hood switch −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
M
E100 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. N
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK HOOD SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT
O
1. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between hood switch harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.

P
+ −
Hood switch IPDM E/R Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E100 1 E102 60 Existed
3. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?

EC9-383
 HOOD SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK HOOD SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the continuity between hood switch harness connector and ground.

+
Hood switch − Continuity
Connector Terminal
E100 2 Ground Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK HOOD SWITCH
Check the hood switch. Refer to EC9-385, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace hood lock.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000010309415

1.CHECK HOOD SWITCH

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect hood switch harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between hood switch terminals as per the following conditions.

Hood switch
+ – Condition Continuity
Terminal
Open Existed
1 2 Engine hood
Close Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace hood lock.

EC9-384
 STOP/START OFF SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
STOP/START OFF SWITCH
A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000010499347

1.CHECK STOP/START OFF SWITCH FUNCTION EC9

With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “AT STOP START SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT. C
3. Check “AT STOP START SW” indication as per the following condition.

Monitor item Condition Indication D

ON On
AT STOP START SW Stop/start OFF switch
OFF Off
E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC9-386, "Diagnosis Procedure". F
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010499348

1.CHECK STOP/START OFF SWITCH POWER SUPPLY (INDICATOR) G

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect stop/start OFF switch harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. H
4. Check the voltage between stop/start OFF switch harness connector and ground.

+ I
Voltage
Stop/start OFF switch −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
J
M110 5 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. K
NO >> Check power supply circuit.
2.CHECK STOP/START OFF SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT (INDICATOR)
L
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect combination meter harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between stop/start OFF switch harness connector and ground.
M
+
Stop/start OFF switch − Continuity
N
Connector Terminal
M110 6 Ground Existed
Is the inspection result normal? O
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK STOP/START OFF SWITCH POWER SUPPLY (SWITCH) P

Check the voltage between stop/start OFF switch harness connector and ground.

EC9-385
 STOP/START OFF SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]

+
Voltage
Stop/start OFF switch −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
M110 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK STOP/START OFF SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect BCM harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between BCM harness connector and stop/start OFF switch harness connector.

+ −
BCM Stop/start OFF switch Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M69 99 M110 1 Existed
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check BCM power supply and ground circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK STOP/START OFF SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the continuity between stop/start OFF switch harness connector and ground.

−
Stop/start OFF switch − Continuity
Connector Terminal
M110 2 Ground Existed
3. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK STOP/START OFF SWITCH
Check the stop/start OFF switch. Refer to EC9-387, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace stop/start OFF switch.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000010499349

1.CHECK STOP/START OFF SWITCH

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect stop/start OFF switch harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between stop/start OFF switch harness connectors as per the following condition.

EC9-386
 STOP/START OFF SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]

Stop/start OFF switch A

+ – Condition Continuity
Terminal
EC9
Pressed Existed
1 2 Stop/start OFF switch
Released Not existed
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace stop/start OFF switch.
D

EC9-387
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]

SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
Symptom Table INFOID:0000000010309424

SYMPTOM

HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)

ENGINE STALL
SYSTEM — Basic engine control system Reference
HARD TO START WHEN ENGINE IS COLD

page
HARD TO START WHEN ENGINE IS HOT

HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
NO START (without first firing)
NO START (with first firing)

WHEN DECELERATING

POOR ACCELERATION
KNOCK/DETONATION
DURING DRIVING

LACK OF POWER

LOW IDLE
AT IDLE

HI IDLE

Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF

Engine body x x x x x x x x x x x EM-291
Air cleaner and duct x x EM-243
EC9-253,
ECM x x x x x x x x x x x x x EC9-255,
EC9-258
Camshaft position sensor circuit x x EC9-226
Crankshaft position sensor circuit x x x x x x x x x x EC9-224
EC9-192,
Mass air flow sensor circuit x x x
EC9-194
EC9-199,
Intake air temperature sensor 1 circuit
EC9-199
EC9-195,
Turbocharger boost sensor circuit x x x
EC9-197
Intake air temperature sensor 2 circuit EC9-190
EC9-362,
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor circuit
EC9-364
Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit x x x x EC9-201
Fuel injector circuit x x x x x x x x x x x x x EC9-209

EC9-388
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
SYMPTOM
A

HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)

EC9

ENGINE STALL
D

SYSTEM — Basic engine control system Reference

E

HARD TO START WHEN ENGINE IS COLD

page

HARD TO START WHEN ENGINE IS HOT

F

HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
NO START (without first firing)
NO START (with first firing)

WHEN DECELERATING

POOR ACCELERATION
KNOCK/DETONATION
DURING DRIVING

LACK OF POWER
H

LOW IDLE
AT IDLE

HI IDLE
I

Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF

J
High pressure fuel pump x x x x x x x x x x x —
Fuel rail pressure limiter x x EC9-183
Fuel pressure holding valve x — K
Fuel rail pressure sensor circuit x EC9-207
Fuel temperature sensor circuit EC9-185
Fuel heater circuit — L
Turbocharger boost control solenoid valve cir-
x x x EC9-188
cuit
EC9-230,
M
EGR volume control valve circuit x x x
EC9-232
EC9-294,
EC9-296, N
Low pressure EGR volume control valve circuit
EC9-300,
EC9-302
Low pressure EGR volume control valve Up- O
EC9-304
stream temperature sensor circuit
EC9-259,
Electric throttle control actuator circuit x x x x x x x x x
EC9-358
P
EC9-273,
Swirl control valve actuator x EC9-275,
EC9-277
EC9-283,
EC9-286,
Exhaust electric throttle control actuator circuit x
EC9-289,
EC9-291

EC9-389
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
SYMPTOM

HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)

ENGINE STALL
SYSTEM — Basic engine control system Reference

HARD TO START WHEN ENGINE IS COLD

page

HARD TO START WHEN ENGINE IS HOT

HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
NO START (without first firing)
NO START (with first firing)

WHEN DECELERATING

POOR ACCELERATION
KNOCK/DETONATION
DURING DRIVING

LACK OF POWER

LOW IDLE
AT IDLE

HI IDLE
Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF
DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter) EC9-354
EC9-236,
Exhaust gas pressure sensor 1 circuit
EC9-238
EC9-281,
DPF pressure sensor circuit
EC9-370
EC9-246,
Exhaust gas temperature sensor 1 circuit
EC9-355
Exhaust gas temperature sensor 2 circuit EC9-317
Glow control unit circuit x x x x EC9-228
Glow plug circuit x x x x EC9-228
Cooling fan resister circuit x x —
Thermoplunger unit circuit —
EC9-332,
Thermoplunger control unit circuit EC9-335,
EC9-338
Engine coolant bypass valve circuit —
Engine coolant bypass valve control solenoid
EC9-376
valve circuit
EC9-
216,EC9-
Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit x x x
218, EC9-
359

EC9-390
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
SYMPTOM
A

HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)

EC9

ENGINE STALL
D

SYSTEM — Basic engine control system Reference

E

HARD TO START WHEN ENGINE IS COLD

page

HARD TO START WHEN ENGINE IS HOT

F

HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
NO START (without first firing)
NO START (with first firing)

WHEN DECELERATING

POOR ACCELERATION
KNOCK/DETONATION
DURING DRIVING

LACK OF POWER
H

LOW IDLE
AT IDLE

HI IDLE
I

Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF

J
Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit x x x EC9-244
SEC-66,
NATS (Nissan Anti-theft System) x
SEC-215
K
1 - 5: The numbers refer to the order of inspection.
(continued on next page)

EC9-391
 STOP/START SYSTEM
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
STOP/START SYSTEM
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010309425

1.CHECK STOP/START SYSTEM FUNCTION-1

Activate stop/start system. Refer to EC9-38, "STOP/START SYSTEM : System Description (M/T models)".
Is the stop/start system activated?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Proceed to EC9-394, "Diagnosis Procedure".
2.CHECK STOP/START INDICATOR LAMP
Check the stop/start indicator lamp during stop/start system operation.
Is stop/start indicator lamp turned ON?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Check the combination meter. Refer to MWI-54, "Work flow".
3.CHECK STOP/START SYSTEM FUNCTION-2
Check the engine status during stop/start system operation.
Is the engine stalled during stop/start system operation?
YES >> Perform “All DTC Reading” with CONSULT and perform trouble diagnosis for DTC indicated.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK STOP/START SYSTEM FUNCTION-3
Check the engine restart operation during stop/start system operation. Refer to EC9-38, "STOP/START SYS-
TEM : System Description (M/T models)".
Is the engine restarted?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK STARTER MOTOR OPERATION
Check the starter motor operation (cranking) when engine restart during stop/start system operation.
Is the starter motor operated (cranking)?
YES >> Refer to “HARD/NO START/RESTART” in EC9-389, "Symptom Table".
NO >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for starting system. Refer to STR-18, "Work Flow".

EC9-392
 STOP/START SYSTEM NOT ACTIVATED
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
STOP/START SYSTEM NOT ACTIVATED
A
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010309426

NOTE: EC9
Check the stop/start system operation condition. Refer to EC9-38, "STOP/START SYSTEM : System Descrip-
tion (M/T models)" (M/T models), EC9-46, "STOP/START SYSTEM : System Description (CVT models)" (CVT
models).
C
1. CHECK WARNING LAMP
Check the MIL, ABS warning lamp and air bag warning lamp.
Are MIL, ABS warning lamp or air bag warning lamp turned ON? D
YES >> Perform “All DTC Reading” with CONSULT and perform trouble diagnosis for detected DTC.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK STOP/START INDICATOR LAMP E

Check stop/start indicator lamp.

Is stop/start indicator lamp blinks slowly? F
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 6.
3.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS G
With CONSULT
Perform “ECM” self-Diagnosis. Refer to EC9-61, "CONSULT Function".
Is any DTC detected? H
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for detected DTC. Refer to EC9-106, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 4.
I
4.CHECK HIGH PRESSURE FUEL PUMP OPERATION COUNTER
With CONSULT
1. Select “ENGINE REV COUNT” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT. J
2. Check that the “ENGINE REV COUNT” indication.

Monitor item Indication K

ENGINE REV COUNT Less than 380,000
Is the indication less than 380,000?
L
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace high pressure fuel pump. Refer to EM-270, "Removal and Installation".
5.CHECK CAN DIAGNOSIS SUPPORT MONITOR M
With CONSULT
1. Perform “CAN DIAGNOSIS SUPPORT MONITOR” using CONSULT. Refer to LAN-17, "CAN Diagnostic
Support Monitor". N
2. Check the communication between “ECM” and other ECU.
Is “OK” displayed on CONSULT screen?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". O
NO >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for CAN communication system. Refer to LAN-20, "Trouble Diagno-
sis Flow Chart".
6.PERFORM ACTIVE TEST P
With CONSULT
1. Start the engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “AUTO STOP START” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ECM” using CONSULT.
3. Touch “START” and operate stop/start system. (engine stop.)
4. Touch “CANCEL” and restart the engine.
Is stop/ start system activated normal?

EC9-393
 STOP/START SYSTEM NOT ACTIVATED
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK BATTERY
Check whether use battery designed for the stop/start system. Refer to PG-158, "Battery".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Replace battery designed for the stop/start system. Refer to PG-155, "Removal and Installation".
8.CHECK CUMULATIVE BATTERY DISCHARGE CURRENT
WITH CONSULT
1. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ECM” using CONSULT.
2. Check that the “CML B/DCHG CRNT” indication.

Monitor item Indication

CML B/DCHG CRNT Less than 50400
Is the indication less than 50,400?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Replace battery designed for the stop/start system. Refer to PG-155, "Removal and Installation".
9.CHARGE BATTERY
Charge battery. Refer to PG-136, "FOR MAINTENANCE REQUIRED BATTERY MODELS : How to Handle
Battery" (for maintenance required battery models) or PG-142, "FOR MAINTENANCE FREE BATTERY MOD-
ELS : How to Handle Battery" (for maintenance free battery models).

>> GO TO 10.
10.CHECK BATTERY STATUS
WITH CONSULT
1. Start the engine and warm up the engine coolant temperature to 45°C (113°F) or more.
2. Check the temperature of battery fluid is 5°C (41°F) or more.
3. Select “BATTERY STS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “EMCM” using CONSULT.
4. Check the “BATTERY STS” indication.
Is “OK” displayed on CONSULT screen?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Check battery. Refer to PG-136, "FOR MAINTENANCE REQUIRED BATTERY MODELS : How
to Handle Battery" (for maintenance required battery models) or PG-142, "FOR MAINTENANCE
FREE BATTERY MODELS : How to Handle Battery" (for maintenance free battery models).
11.CHECK STOP/START OFF SWITCH
Check the stop/start OFF switch. Refer to EC9-386, "Component Function Check".
Is the inspection normal?
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> Replace stop/start OFF switch. Refer to IP-13, "Removal and Installation".
12.CHECK HOOD SWITCH
Check the hood switch. Refer to EC9-384, "Component Function Check".
Is the inspection normal?
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> Replace hood lock. Refer to DLK-170, "HOOD LOCK : Removal and Installation" (TYPE 1), DLK-
344, "HOOD LOCK : Removal and Installation". (TYPE 2), DLK-473, "HOOD LOCK : Removal
and Installation" (TYPE 3), DLK-608, "HOOD LOCK : Removal and Installation" (TYPE 4). For
details of TYPE, refer to DLK-17, "Information".
13.CHECK STOP/START SYSTEM OPERATION CONDITION

EC9-394
 STOP/START SYSTEM NOT ACTIVATED
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [R9M]
Check the stop/start system operation condition again. Refer to EC9-38, "STOP/START SYSTEM : System
Description (M/T models)" (M/T models), EC9-46, "STOP/START SYSTEM : System Description (CVT mod- A
els)" (CVT models).

>> INSPECTION END EC9

EC9-395
 IDLE SPEED
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE > [R9M]

PERIODIC MAINTENANCE
IDLE SPEED
Inspection INFOID:0000000010309427

1.CHECK IDLE SPEED

With CONSULT
Check “ENGINE SPEED” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.

Idle speed: Refer to EC9-405, "Idle Speed".

>> INSPECTION END

EC9-396
 VACUUM LINES
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [R9M]

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION A

VACUUM LINES
Vacuum Layout INFOID:0000000010309428
EC9

JSBIA4746ZZ J

1. TC boost control actuator 2. Engine coolant bypass valve control 3. Engine coolant bypass valve control
solenoid valve actuator
4. Vacuum pump 5. TC boost control solenoid valve
K

CAUTION:
Do not use soapy water or any type of solvent while installing vacuum hose. L

EC9-397
 ECM
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [R9M]
ECM
Exploded View INFOID:0000000010309429

JSBIA4864GB

1. Battery mounting bracket 2. Bracket A 3. Bracket B

4. ECM
: N·m (kg-m, ft-lb)

: N·m (kg-m, in-lb)

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000010309430

CAUTION:
Perform ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING ECM. Refer to EC9-142, "Work Procedure".
REMOVAL
1. Disconnect battery negative terminal.
2. Remove air duct (inlet). Refer to EM-243, "Removal and Installation".
3. Disconnect ECM harness connectors.
4. Remove battery, battery cover and battery tray. Refer to PG-155, "Removal and Installation".
5. Remove bracket A with ECM.
6. Remove ECM from bracket B.
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.

EC9-398
 GLOW CONTROL UNIT
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [R9M]
GLOW CONTROL UNIT
A
Exploded View INFOID:0000000010500754

EC9

G
JSBIA4869GB

1. Glow control unit 2. Bracket

: N·m (kg-m, ft-lb)
H

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000010500755

I
REMOVAL
1. Remove front bumper. Refer to EXT-16, "Removal and Installation". J
2. Disconnect glow control unit harness connector.
3. Remove glow control unit from bracket.
INSTALLATION K
Install in the reverse order of removal.

EC9-399
 THERMOPLUNGER CONTROL UNIT
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [R9M]
THERMOPLUNGER CONTROL UNIT
Exploded View INFOID:0000000010309431

JSBIA4868GB

1. Bracket 2. Thermoplunger control unit

: N·m (kg-m, ft-lb)

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000010309432

REMOVAL
1. Remove front bumper. Refer to EXT-16, "Removal and Installation".
2. Disconnect thermoplunger control unit harness connector.
3. Remove thermoplunger control unit from bracket.
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.

EC9-400
 DC/DC CONVERTER
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [R9M]
DC/DC CONVERTER
A
Exploded View INFOID:0000000010309433

EC9

G
JSBIA4865GB

1. DC/DC converter 2. Bracket

: N·m (kg-m, in-lb)
H

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000010309434

I
REMOVAL
1. Disconnect battery negative terminal. J
2. Remove glove box cover. Refer to IP-12, "Exploded View".
3. Remove bracket with DC/DC converter.
4. Disconnect DC/DC converter harness connectors. K
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.
L

EC9-401
 ENGINE RESTART BYPASS RELAY
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [R9M]
ENGINE RESTART BYPASS RELAY
Exploded View INFOID:0000000010309435

JSBIA4866GB

1. Engine restart bypass relay 2. Battery mounting bracket

: N·m (kg-m, ft-lb)

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000010309436

REMOVAL
1. Remove battery, battery cover and battery tray. Refer to PG-155, "Removal and Installation".
2. Disconnect engine restart bypass relay harness connectors.
3. Remove bracket with engine restart bypass relay.
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.

EC9-402
 FUEL PUMP CONTROL MODULE (FPCM)
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [R9M]
FUEL PUMP CONTROL MODULE (FPCM)
A
Exploded View INFOID:0000000010500761

EC9

I
JSBIA4867GB

1. Bracket 2. Fuel pump control module (FPCM) 3. Cover J

: N·m (kg-m, in-lb)

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000010500762 K

REMOVAL
1. Remove luggage side finisher (RH). Refer to INT-28, "Exploded View". L
2. Remove bracket with fuel pump control module (FPCM).
3. Disconnect fuel pump control module (FPCM) harness connectors.
M
4. Remove cover and fuel pump control module (FPCM) from bracket.
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal. N

EC9-403
 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) [R9M]

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
Idle Speed INFOID:0000000010309439

Condition Specification
No load* (in Neutral position) 850 ± 100 rpm
*: Under the following conditions
• A/C switch: OFF
• Electric load: OFF (Lights, glow plug, heater fan & rear window defogger)
• Steering wheel: Kept in straight-ahead position

EC9-404
 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) [R9M]

EC9

EC9-405